UNIVERSAL
REGISTRATION
DOCUMENT

 

2024

ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT 2023

   
                                           

This Universal Registration Document was filed on 11 March 2024 with the AMF, as competent authority under Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, without prior approval pursuant to Article 9 of the said regulation.

The Universal Registration Document may be used for the purposes of an offer to the public of securities or admission of securities to trading on a regulated market if completed by a securities note and, if applicable, a summary and any amendments to the Universal Registration Document. The whole is approved by the AMF in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

This document is a translation into English of the Annual Financial Report/Universal Registration Document of the Company issued in French and is available on the website of the Issuer.

The Universal Registration Document is a copy of the official version of the Universal Registration Document which has been prepared in XHTML format and is available on the Issuer’s website.

MESSAGE 

 

from the Chairman of the Board of Directors

Lorenzo
Bini Smaghi
 
Chairman of the
Board of Directors

2023 was a year of managerial transition with Slawomir Krupa being appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Group on 23 May. The transition at the top management of the Group had been carefully prepared, under the aegis of the Board of Directors and its Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. As soon as he was appointed, Slawomir Krupa put in place a new General Management and an experienced and gender-balanced Executive Committee which were immediately operational, and prepared a new strategic and financial plan that was presented last September with a view to making Societe Generate a top-tier, rock-solid and sustainable European bank.

Being a rock-solid and sustainable bank is first and foremost about setting a goal for lasting strength and performance by adapting our business model, by optimising capital management and improving operational efficiency, while maintaining a disciplined and strict approach to risk. This is key to boosting our long-term flexibility and competitiveness.

Accelerating our ESG ambitions is also a cornerstone of Societe Generale’s sustainable development strategy. The ESG expertise built by our Group over many years is well recognised. Supporting our clients on their decarbonisation pathway is an even more critical priority at a time when the economic risks associated with climate transition are intensifying. The pro-active commitments that we have made and the milestones achieved are well recognised by the main extra-financial rating agencies that have placed the Group among the top-ranking global banks.

2023 was also filled with strategic achievements such as the emergence of SG, the new retail bank in France, which involved the successful migration of information systems, and the creation of Ayvens, a global leader in sustainable mobility following ALD’s acquisition of LeasePlan. We also made significant strategic headway in the other Group businesses, notably by laying the groundwork to form the joint venture with AllianceBernstein in the cash equities and equity research business, and further developing the exceptional momentum at BoursoBank, which took the number of individual clients to over 6 million January 2024.

2023, year of transition

From the financial perspective, the results were contrasted, marked by very solid performances in Global Banking and Investor Solutions and International Retail Banking, the negative impacts of rising interest rates in French Retail Banking, which only started to ease in the fourth quarter of 2023, and by LeasePlan’s higher-than-expected integration costs. But it is important to emphasise that our disciplined management of costs, risks and capital have helped make the Bank more robust.

As our Group prepares to celebrate its 160th anniversary, the Board of Directors is confident of the ability of General Management and the Group’s staff to commit to serving clients, shareholders and the various stakeholders to embark on the new chapter that is opening up for Societe Generale, with the purpose of building together a better and sustainable future.

MESSAGE 

 

from the Chief Executive Officer

2023 was marked by the launch of a new strategic roadmap for Societe Generale designed to strengthen our Group by building on our solid foundations, with the aim of solidifying our position among Europe’s top-tier banks and creating long-term value for our various stakeholders.

From the moment we took office on 24 May 2023, the entire new Group management team and I immediately concentrated on our short-term priorities and on finalising the medium-term strategic roadmap that we presented last September.

After a 2023 of transition and transformation for our Group, a year that was both challenging in terms of performance and resolute in rolling out our strategic initiatives, 2024 will be a year focused on the execution of the Group’s new strategic medium-term plan.

Our strategy announced at the Capital Markets Day event is based on two key ambitions: rock-solid strength and sustainability. This means enhancing our commercial performance by paying constant attention to customer satisfaction and anticipating their needs, managing our capital selectively and proactively, and making structural cost reductions by improving efficiency and simplifying our organisation. This also means continuing our disciplined approach to risk management and fostering innovation. We have set interim targets for 2024 that will put us well on track to reach our medium-term targets by 2026.

2024 will also be crucial for achieving new milestones in our various strategic initiatives. Accelerating the rollout of our new retail banking model and winning new clients at BoursoBank will enable us to strengthen our positions in the French banking market. The creation of our joint venture with AllianceBernstein and our partnership with Brookfield will broaden our offering to corporate banking clients and investors. The further integration of Leaseplan’s activities into Ayvens will establish us as a world leader in mobility. We will also push further ahead with our portfolio review to focus on our core businesses and simplify the Group’s business model.

A new chapter in
the history of our Group

  Slaowmir
Krupa

Chief Executive Officer
 
 

Maintaining our leadership in the ESG universe is clearly more than ever a linchpin of our strategy. The Group has accelerated its ESG ambitions for environmental transition to increase sustainable finance and reinforce our contribution to environmental imperatives and to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. We were again a pioneer in that domain and took ground-breaking and leading decisions based on our resolve to heavily reduce exposure to the oil and gas sector, define new decarbonisation targets for our businesses, and support development of new low-carbon technologies and solutions. To increase our positive impact, we signed new partnerships with The Ocean Cleanup and the International Finance Corporation (IFC), a member of the World Bank Group. Determined to lead by example, we also made another strong commitment to diversity, appointed the Chairman to our new Scientific Advisory Council and expanded our philanthropy programme. Societe Generale was the recipient of IFR’s prestigious Bank for Sustainability award in recognition of our leadership in this field. The rollout of our ESG ambitions is a major imperative and a continuous process.

With all the teams of SG, we are writing a new chapter in the history of our Group in a committed and responsible way. Leveraging a 160-year legacy through which we have assisted millions of clients, we can look confidently to the future. We have solid and differentiating assets that enable us to play an essential role, support major transitions of our stakeholders, help our clients’ ideas flourish, and assist their development and projects. Our contribution to their growth and to the achievement of their potential is, and will continue to be, a source of pride to us

Key figures
and profile of Societe Generale

1.1History

On 4 May 1864, Napoleon III signed Societe Generale’s founding decree. Founded by a group of industrialists and financiers driven by the ideals of progress, the Bank’s mission has always been “to promote the development of trade and industry in France”. 

Since its beginnings, Societe Generale has worked to modernise the economy, following the model of a diversified bank at the cutting edge of financial innovation. Its retail banking branch network grew rapidly throughout the French territory, increasing from 46 to 1,500 branches between 1870 and 1940. During the interwar period, the Bank became the leading French credit institution in terms of deposits.

At the same time, Societe Generale began to build its international reach by financing infrastructure essential to the economic development of a number of countries in Europe, Americas and  North Africa. This expansion was accompanied by the establishment of an International Retail Banking network. In 1871, the Bank opened its London branch. On the eve of World War I, Societe Generale had a presence in 14 countries, either directly or through one of its subsidiaries. This network was subsequently expanded by opening branches in New York, Buenos Aires, Abidjan and Dakar, and by acquiring stakes in financial institutions in Central Europe. 

Societe Generale was nationalised by law on 2 December 1945 and played an active role in financing the reconstruction of France. The Bank thrived during the prosperous post-war decades and contributed to the increased use of banking techniques by launching innovative products for businesses, including medium-term discountable credit and lease financing agreements, for which it held the position of market leader.

Societe Generale demonstrated its ability to adapt to a new environment by taking advantage of the banking reforms that followed the French Debré Acts of 1966-1967. While continuing to support the businesses it partnered, the Group lost no time in focusing its business on individual clients. In this way, it supported the emergence of a consumer society by diversifying the credit and savings products it offered private households.

In June 1987, Societe Generale was privatised with a successful stock market launch and shares offered to Group staff. The Group developed a universal banking strategy, in particular through its Corporate and Investment Banking activities, to support the worldwide development of its clients. In France, it expanded its networks by founding Fimatex in 1995, which later became Boursorama and now BoursoBank, currently France’s leading online bank, and by acquiring Crédit du Nord in 1997. Internationally, it established itself in Central and Eastern Europe through Komerčni banka in the Czech Republic and BRD in Romania while consolidating its growth in Africa, notably in Morocco, Côte d’Ivoire, and Senegal. Building on the professionalism of its teams and the relationship of confidence developed with its clients, the Bank continues its process of transformation by adopting a sustainable growth strategy driven by its core values of team spirit, innovation, responsibility and commitment.

In 2023, the Group completed two major strategic projects: the launch of the new French Retail Banking, SG, resulting from the merger of the two Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord networks, and the creation of Ayvens, a leader in sustainable mobility resulting from the acquisition of LeasePlan by ALD Automotive.

The Group currently employs more than 126,000 people(1) in 65 countries. 

With 160 years of expertise serving clients and the sustainable development of economies, Societe Generale intends to leverage this legacy to look confidently towards the future.

1.2Profile of Societe Generale

Societe Generale is a top-tier European Bank with more than 126,000 employees serving around 25 million clients in 65 countries across the world. We have been supporting the development of our economies for nearly 160 years, providing our corporate, institutional, and individual clients with a wide array of value-added advisory and financial solutions. Our long-lasting and trusted relationships with the clients, our cutting-edge expertise, our unique innovation, our ESG capabilities and leading franchises are part of our DNA and serve our most essential objective – to deliver sustainable value creation for our various stakeholders.

The Group runs three complementary sets of businesses, embedding ESG offerings for all its clients:

  • French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance, with the leading retail bank SG and insurance franchise, premium private banking services, and the leading digital bank BoursoBank;

  • Global Banking and Investor Solutions, a top-tier wholesale bank offering tailored-made solutions with distinctive global leadership in Equity Derivatives, Structured Finance and ESG;
  • International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services, comprising well-established universal banks (in Czech Republic, Romania and several African countries), Ayvens (the new ALD  - LeasePlan brand), a global player in sustainable mobility, as well as specialised financing activities.

Committed to building together with its clients a better and sustainable future, Societe Generale aims to be a leading partner in the environmental transition and in sustainability overall.

The Group is included in the principal socially responsible investment indices: DJSI (Europe), FTSE4Good (Global and Europe), Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index, Refinitiv Diversity and Inclusion Index, Euronext Vigeo (Europe and eurozone), STOXX Global ESG Leaders indexes, and the MSCI Low Carbon Leaders Index (World and Europe).

KEY FIGURES

Results (In EURm)

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

Net banking income

25,104

27,155

25,798

22,113

24,671

o.w. French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

8,023

9,210

7,777

7,315

7,746

o.w. Global Banking and Investor Solutions

9,640

10,108

9,530

7,613

8,704

o.w. International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

8,507

8,139

8,117

7,524

8,373

o.w. Corporate Centre

(1,066)

(302)

374

(339)

(152)

Gross operating income

6,580

9,161

8,208

5,399

6,944

Cost/income ratio

73.8%

66.3%

68.2%

75.6%

71.9%

Operating income

5,555

7,514

7,508

2,093

5,666

Group net income

2,493

1,825

5,641

(258)

3,248

Equity (In EURbn)

 

 

 

 

 

Group shareholders’ equity

66.0

67.0

65.1

61.7

63.5

Total consolidated equity

76.2

73.3

70.9

67.0

68.6

ROTE

4.2%

2.5%

11.7%

-0.4%

6.2%

Common Equity Tier 1(1)

13.1%

13.5%

13.7%

13.4%

13.3%

Risk Weighted assets (In EURbn)

388.8

362.4

363.4

351.9

345.0

  • ( 1 )        Figures based on CRR2/CRD5 rules, including IFRS 9 phasing.

Note: 2022 figures restated in compliance with IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 for insurance entities. Definitions and potential adjustments presented in section  2.3.6 / Definitions and methodology, alternative performance measures on pages  2.3.6.

1.3A clear strategy for a sustainable future

The Group’s ambition is underpinned by a clear strategy and roadmap for a sustainable future: to become a rock-solid bank that fosters solid and sustainable performances that contribute to sustainable development objectives.

To further strengthen the Bank's financial profile is a core priority for the Group. This will notably be achieved by continuing to improve the Group's capital ratio, with a target CET1 ratio of 13% under Basel IV set for 2026. To achieve this target, the Group will allocate and use its capital effectively, improve operational efficiency and simplify its portfolio based on a consistent, integrated and synergy-centric business model leveraging its core franchises, while maintaining best-in-class risk management.

The Group intends to leverage high-performance, sustainable businesses with a robust diversified banking model suited to the needs of around 25 million corporate, institutional and individual clients, structured around three core businesses:

  • French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance;
  • Global Banking and Investor Solutions;
  • International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services.

In French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance, the Group intends to take advantage of the new operating model of its new SG network to boost synergies with the Insurance and Private Banking activities while improving operating efficiency, and accelerate BoursoBank's development with the aim of reaching 8 million clients by 2026 and enhancing long-term value creation. Leveraging a high-impact value offer, the Group intends to be the partner of choice for businesses, professionals and high net worth clients, as well as for digital clients, and at the same time be a responsible bank for its various counterparties.

For the Global Banking and Investor Solutions businesses, the Group is pursuing with the strategy initiated in 2021 that seeks to further enhance the sustainability and profitability of its model. Building on its positioning as a top-tier European player and trusted partner for its global banking clients, the Group intends to unlock greater value from its leading franchises, notably through innovative action, while continuing to improve operating efficiency and optimising its resources, particularly capital. Recent partnerships with AllianceBernstein and Brookfield are merely two examples of the Group’s ability to create innovative solutions to broaden the offering and value proposition for its clients.

The International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services' main objective is to deliver sustainable performances that exceed the cost of capital, notably by implementing a more compact and efficient model that also offers first-rate client experience. The Group is aiming to become a world leader in the mobility ecosystem through its mobility and leasing activities, chiefly through Ayvens, following the finalisation of ALD's acquisition of LeasePlan. 

The Group’s main priority is to press further ahead with its commercial development, furnishing quality service, value-added and innovation to enhance client satisfaction. Its aim is to become a trusted partner for its clients, making sound use of its digital capabilities to provide them with responsible and innovative financial solutions. To this end, the Group is pursuing various digital transformation and operational efficiency initiatives.

Another priority for the Group is to foster a culture of performance and accountability. To this end, it has set targets to increase its employee engagement score, reduce the gender pay gap and promote diversity in senior leadership roles. The Group has also adjusted its financial reporting principles to embed greater accountability.

The Group is fully committed to the strategic initiatives presented in September 2023 and has set the following main financial targets: 

  • a robust CET1 ratio at 13% under Basel IV in 2026;
  • average annual revenue growth of between 0% and 2% over 2022-2026;
  • increased operational efficiency, with a cost-to-income ratio below 60% in 2026;
  • cost of risk within the 25-30 basis-point range over 2024-2026;
  • return on tangible equity (ROTE) between 9 and 10% in 2026;
  • a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) of at least 130% and a Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) of at least 112% throughout the cycle;
  • a Non-Performing Loans (NPL) ratio target of 2.5-3% in 2026;
  • a leverage ratio of 4-4.5% throughout the cycle;
  • an MREL ratio equal to at least 30% of risk-weighted assets (RWA) throughout the cycle;
  • application of a sustainable distribution policy, based on a payout ratio range between 40% and 50% of reported net income(2) with a balanced distribution mix between cash dividends and share buybacks from 2024 onwards.
Being an ESG leader

In a world faced with climate change, environmental imperatives and shifting societal norms, a a bank like Societe Generale has a crucial role to play. Mindful of its corporate purpose, Societe Generale has placed ESG concerns front and centre of its ambition to become a rock-solid and top-tier sustainable European bank.

Transitioning to sustainable, low-carbon economies presents complex and multifarious challenges for all economic operators. Tackling them requires a holistic approach that looks beyond the economic effects to also encompass the strategic, technological, geopolitical and social impacts of the transition. The Group firmly believes in the need to work together on this. It is committed to supporting its clients in their transition process and to working hand in hand with its various stakeholders.

As part of these efforts, Societe Generale has pledged EUR 300 billion to develop sustainable finance out to 2025 and offers its clients a range of financing and investment solutions designed their changing needs. Naturally, the Group must also look inwards if it is to live up to its promise of supporting clients in their transitions and satisfying stakeholder expectations: it continues to pursue its own transition and factors environmental and social considerations into decision-making processes Group-wide.

When presenting its 2026 strategic plan in September 2023, the Group highlighted a series of far-reaching measures to reaffirm its commitment as a top-tier operator in the transition to a sustainable world. ESG considerations are of critical importance and form the linchpin of the Group’s roadmap and the strategic trajectories of its various businesses.

The Group also announced that it is accelerating the decarbonisation of its activities with O&G exploration and production reduction targets and diligent decarbonisation of emission-intensive sectors. As a founding member of the Net Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), launched in 2021 as part of the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP-FI) which is composed today of 130 banks, the Group has already set alignment targets for nine sectors out of 12 to align its financing portfolios with trajectories compatible with the Paris Agreement’s climate goals, starting with short- and medium-term targets. 

The three core themes of the Group’s environmental strategy are supporting clients in their transitions, managing the climate impact of its own activities and addressing environmental risk factors. This entails adapting its businesses, capitalising on its sector-specific expertise to offer clients customised support and develop innovative solutions. Not satisfied with simply financing existing technologies, the Group intends to position itself as a partner for emerging operators who are developing new technologies and experimenting with new ways of doing business.

This has prompted the Group to increase investment in groundbreaking partnerships and solutions to amplify its impact. And it is not doing so alone: aware of the value of international cooperation and outside expertise, it is strengthening its partnership with the International Finance Corporation (IFC) – a member of the World Bank Group – on sustainable finance projects. It has also announced the creation of a Scientific Advisory Council to contribute expert opinions on topics relating to climate, nature, social issues and sustainable development. Another announcement concerns the launch of a new EUR 1 billion transition investment fund to support transition champions, green technologies, nature-based solutions and impact finance projects. The fund offers further opportunities for positive action, notably by supporting new actors in the transition sector.

Last, embedding a culture of accountability and being a responsible employer are also priorities for the Group. In terms of gender diversity, it has decided to allocate EUR 100 million to reduce the pay gap between men and women. Also working along these lines, Societe Generale aims to get women into at least 35% of its Top 250 senior managerial positions worldwide by 2026.

The Group is deeply committed to the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals. This is reflected in the four strategic themes of its CSR ambition, each of which contributes to a number of the SDGs. The first two themes – Environmental Transition and Positive Local Impact – form the pillars of the Group’s transition efforts. The other two – Responsible Employer and Culture of Accountability – form the framework of responsible banking.

SOC2024_URD_EN_H012_HD.png

The Group’s businesses have all included ESG in their strategic roadmaps. Leveraging its regional footprint, French Retail Banking's ambition is to furnish support to its individual, corporate and local authority clients in their environmental transitions by developing a comprehensive range of ESG solutions. Likewise, Global Banking and Investor Solutions intends to remain the most innovative provider of ESG solutions. Meanwhile, International Retail Banking is seeking to position itself as a leader in ESG across all its regions worldwide. Last Ayvens, the Group’s new vehicle leasing subsidiary, is focusing on three ways to advance sustainable mobility: advising clients on greener mobility options, facilitating the switch to EVs and offering integrated Mobility-as-a-Service (MaaS) solutions.

Addressing these new challenges demands wide-sweeping change within the Group. CSR can no longer be the sole preserve of experts; a major considerable awareness-raising and upskilling campaign is required to tackle the challenges of transition. As such, the Group is rolling out an extensive in-house training programme.

As a responsible bank, the Group is maintaining its target to cut own-account CO2 emissions by -50% by 2030. This awareness of its responsibilities is also reflected in the Societe Generale Foundation’s work, with plans to boost sponsoring of cultural, educational and into-work initiatives.

The Group’s capacity for innovation across all businesses, its commitment to international coalitions to establish new standards and a firm grasp of its responsibilities as a bank are essential to consolidating the Group's leadership position. The strong commitments made in its 2026 strategic plan, the operational implementation of its CSR ambition and its ESG risk factor management are helping the Group move forward with its transformation, develop new processes and solutions to effect change and dial up its transition efforts.

The Group's aim is to remain a pioneer in this field, preparing for the future by developing expertise in areas such as the circular economy, nature conservation and water management. It continues to foster a Group-wide culture of responsibility and to strengthen its internal control framework, especially its Compliance operations, to meet the banking industry’s highest standards. It has now completed the rollout of its Culture & Conduct programme, embedding rules of conduct and strong shared values throughout the entire organisation.

1.4The Group’s core businesses

1.4.1French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

SOC2024_URD_EN_H057_HD.png

In May 2023, French Retail Banking activities (SG Network and BoursoBank) were housed together with those of Private Banking and Insurance under the one banner in a bid to optimise synergies between businesses and offer a large suite of products and services adapted to the needs of a diversified client base – retail, professional and corporate clients, as well as non-profits and municipalities – seeking varied expertise.

2023 was marked by:

  • the creation of the new bank SG resulting from the successful merger between the Societe Generale network and Crédit du Nord. After a large-scale IT migration process in the spring of 2023, the new relational model is being rolled out by strengthening our regional foothold, expertise and responsiveness. It is also capitalising on a strengthened CSR commitment;
  • the number of Boursorama (now BoursoBank) clients reaching the 5 million mark;
  • solid commercial and financial performances from the Private Banking and Insurance businesses that give further value to our suite of products and services with clients of the Retail Banking networks.

Our networks continue to support the economy and assist our clients with their financing projects despite a decrease in average loan outstandings in the networks from EUR 247 billion in 2022 to EUR 234 billion in 2023 in a context of climbing interest rates. At the same time and amid intense competition particularly in the corporate segment, deposit outstandings decreased by -3% to EUR 295 billion at the end of December 2023.

SOC2024_URD_EN_H058_HD.png
SG Network in France

The SG Network France offers solutions tailored to the needs of nearly 9 million individual, professional, non-profit and corporate clients, representing EUR 217 billion in annual average outstanding deposits and EUR 201 billion in outstanding loans in 2023.

SG Network offers clients:

  • around 1,700 main branches located predominantly in urban areas where a large proportion of national wealth is concentrated;
  • an exhaustive and diversified range of products and services, ranging from savings vehicles and asset management solutions to corporate finance and payment means;
  • a comprehensive and innovative omnichannel system offering Internet, mobile, phone and service platforms.

The system is the result of the legal merger of the French Retail Banking networks of Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord on 1 January 2023.

The migrations of Crédit du Nord’s IT system towards Societe Generale’s information system were successfully carried out in a two-stage process during the first quarter of 2023 and on schedule.

The strategic objectives set out in the programme to bring the networks closer together focus on four major areas:

  • a bank with a local foothold across 11 regions: decisions will be predominantly taken at regional level and on an increasing basis directly in agencies and business centres;
  • a more responsive, accessible and efficient bank with the launch of programmes to simplify internal procedures and optimise customer pathways;
  • a bank that gears itself more to the specific needs of each client category: a bank that offers expertise, with resources increasingly focused on the specific requirements of the various client categories, notably with the creation of a wealth management bank, across-the-board presence of a dedicated advisor for professional clients – covering both their personal and professional banking needs – and more experts throughout France to deal with the full scope of their savings, insurance and advisory concerns.
  • In 2023, Societe Generale continued to expand its network and increase its service offering in response to clients’ requirements. These efforts have focused in particular on increasing the use of electronic signatures and the continued development of digital applications for retail, private banking, professional and corporate markets;
  • a responsible bank: the Societe Generale network makes sustainable development the linchpin of its strategy. It offers to support all clients in their energy transition: in each region, a regional CSR manager provides expertise to SMEs, non-profit organisations and local authorities, offering a comprehensive range of advice and financing solutions designed with benchmark partners.
  • Retail clients could also avail themselves in 2023 of an energy renovation programme that includes diagnosis, building work and financing, on top of a dedicated range of savings products. Irrespective of their profile, the Bank also offers to measure clients’ greenhouse gas emissions, in partnership with Carbo.
BoursoBank

Boursorama is a subsidiary of Societe Generale, and a pioneer and leader in France for its three main businesses: online banking, brokerage and online financial information at boursorama.com, ranked No. 1 for economic and stock market news. An online bank accessible to all, without any revenue or financial wealth prerequisites, BoursoBank’s promise is the same as it was when it was first created, which is to simplify clients’ lives at the most competitive price and furnish the best service possible to boost their purchasing power.

At end-2023, BoursoBank served 5.9 million clients, which is a +26% increase in the space of a year, after a 41% rise in 2022. This growth has been matched by an increase in the bank’s total outstandings of EUR 6 billion over the period, for a total of around EUR 71 billion at end-December 2023, including approximately EUR 15 billion in loans, around EUR 34 billion in current accounts, around EUR 13 billion in off-balance sheet savings (life insurance) and around EUR 9 billion in share securities).  

2023 was dominated by:

  • the number of BoursoBank clients passing the 5 million mark midway through the year. Most of the targets of the prior strategic plan were met two and half years ahead of schedule;
  • rebranding in October, making the bank’s name simpler. Boursorama Banque is now known as BoursoBank, but the portal name will remain boursorama.com;
  • profitability of almost EUR 50 million in the second quarter, lending weight to the underlying economic model;
  • B Corp certification, an international standard attesting to the fact that Societe Generale meets social and environmental performance, transparency, and accountability standards towards the public.

Over and above its successful mainstream banking offer, BoursoBank provides an increasingly wide range of products and services that in 2023 included the launch of:

  • Banque au Quotidien: the launch of a BoursoPrime service which enables clients who subscribe to the offer to make use of the multiple advantages on all aspects of the offer, notably a cashback offer on all bankcard (CB) expenditure;
  • savings: against the backdrop of increasing interest rates, a term account and a second savings account were launched (Bourso+). Cumulative net inflows on these two products totalled around EUR 6 billion in 2023;
  • loans: an “ecoresponsible” mortgage loan offer was launched;
  • a more comprehensive Beyond the Bank offer was introduced that generates larger business volumes via The Corner platform that again doubled in 2023 to reach EUR 300 million.

Boursorama was voted the least expensive bank for the 16th consecutive year (source: Le Monde/Panorabanque 2023) and France’s preferred bank for digital banking (source: Opinionway 2023). The online bank was ranked No. 1 on app stores, with a rating of 4.9/5 on iOS and 4.8/5 on Android. It boasts a Net Promoter Score of +36 for the sector (source: Bain and Company – January 2023).

Its online portal, www.boursorama.com, is consistently ranked the No. 1 website for online financial and economic information, and receives around 50 million visits a month for almost 300 million page views (Source ACPM – September 2023).

BoursoBank generally attracts young clients – the average age is 35 – who are city dwellers, who work and are financially stable. The average client outstanding is around EUR 13,000 (savings and loans). Against an overall backdrop of accelerated growth, the acquisition of private banking clients also continues to rise amid a rapid acceleration in growth. BoursoBank also continues to push ahead with optimisation and rationalisation efforts. It notably registered an annual decrease in IT costs per client of around 20%, whereas its headcount has increased by a mere 6% per year since 2017, in contrast to the number of clients by employee which  has increased on average by almost 30% per year.

Societe Generale Private Banking

Societe Generale Private Banking has an extensive foothold in Europe and offers global financial engineering and wealth management solutions, in addition to global expertise in structured products, hedge funds, mutual funds, private equity funds and real estate investment solutions. It also offers clients access to capital markets.

Since January 2014 and in conjunction with the French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance core business, Societe Generale Private Banking has extensively modified its relationship banking model in France by extending its services to all individual clients with more than EUR 500,000 in their accounts.

Societe Generale Private Banking also created a Wealth Investment Services centre of expertise in 2022, thereby becoming a genuine one-stop shop that houses unique expertise within the Group to design investment and open-architecture solutions. It consolidates the management and structuring skills offered by Investment Management Services, the Market Solutions teams in charge of market solutions and the management entities of SG 29 Haussmann(5) in France and SGPWM(6) in Luxembourg that have been housed in Societe Generale Private Banking following the Lyxor disposal at the end of 2021.

2023 was dominated by the legal and IT merger of the Societe Generale retail bank and Crédit du Nord. As a result, Societe Generale Private Banking welcomed new clients from Crédit du Nord in France and in Monaco in its network. The project enabled Private Banking to strengthen its local foothold and also capitalise on its national reputation.

Societe Generale Private Banking’s offering is available from three main centres: SGPB France, SGPB Europe (Luxembourg, Monaco and Switzerland) and Kleinwort Hambros (London, Jersey, Guernsey and Gibraltar). At the end of 2023, Private Banking held EUR 143 billion in assets under management.

Societe Generale was the recipient of around 30 awards in 2023 acclaiming the quality of its service and the depth of its high-value offering (Euromoney, Private Banker International, WealthBriefing, etc.).

Societe Generale Assurances

Societe Generale Assurances lies at the core of Societe Generale Group’s development strategy, in synergy with its retail banking, private banking and financial services businesses. Societe Generale Assurances also pursues the expansion of its distribution model through the development of external partnerships.

Societe Generale Assurances offers a full range of products and services to meet the needs of individual, professional and corporate clients in Life Insurance Savings, Retirement Savings and Personal Protection businesses.

Leveraging the expertise of its 3,000 employees (FTE), Societe Generale Assurances combines financial strength with dynamic innovation and a sustainable development strategy to be a trusted partner for its clients. Gross premiums stood at EUR 13 billion in 2023, with the share of unit-linked (UL) funds totalling 38%. Outstandings in life insurance investment solutions reached EUR 136.2 billion at end-2023, up by 3.5%, of which UL funds accounted for 38%. Business is increasing in the personal protection and property and casualty lines, with growth accelerating by 3.6% compared to 2022.

In 2023, Societe Generale Assurances pushed ahead with its bid to assist and protect the clients of Group networks by stepping up the development of digital sales tools and its phygital dimension. It also accelerated the pace of digital client journeys by optimising data and client behaviour knowledge.

Societe Generale Assurances also continued diversifying its business model, which is a proven high-potential growth driver in both the life insurance and personal protection areas, in synergy with the Group’s other businesses, such as Ayvens, BoursoBank and with external partners.

As one of the dominant players in the retirement savings market in France, Societe Generale Assurances offers cross-business products to meet the needs of individual clients, corporate clients and their employees through customised solutions, simple and easy-to-use digital pathways, innovative and tailor-made services and bespoke assistance.

The financial strength of Societe Generale Assurances was confirmed by S&P Global Ratings which upgraded Sogécap’s long-term credit rating from BBB+ to A-, and the hybrid debt issue rating from BBB to BBB+.

Societe Generale Assurances actively endorses a policy to strengthen its CSR commitments, vowing to make Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) a differentiating factor in its strategy. It has divided its policy into three areas: Being a Responsible Insurer, Being a Responsible Investor and Being a Responsible Employer. A host of actions have been rolled out both in relation to the Group’s investment policy – signing the Finance for Biodiversity Pledge, limiting non-conventional oil and gas funding, developing green investments and creating an energy efficiency plan – and to the products on offer, such as a responsible UL offering, giving the “Positive Insurance” certification to ten of its protection products. In addition, the Group has embedded the ESG dimension into all its activities making it the bedrock underpinning all its activities and processes (“ESG by design”).

Group management report

2.1Societe Generale Group’s main activities

SOC2024_URD_EN_H005_HD.png

2.2Group activity and results

Definitions and details of methods used are provided on page  2.3.6 and following.

Information followed by an asterisk (*) is indicated as adjusted for changes in Group structure and at constant exchange rates.

2022 data in this document are restated in compliance with IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 for insurance entities 2022 data are restated in compliance with IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 for insurance entities (see  Note 1.4 of the consolidated financial statements, page  Note 1.4 and following).

Analysis of the consolidated income statement

(In EURm)

2023

2022

Change

Net banking income

25,104

27,155

-7.6%

-8.2%*

Operating expenses

(18,524)

(17,994)

+2.9%

+0.6%*

Gross operating income

6,580

9,161

-28.2%

-25.8%*

Net cost of risk

(1,025)

(1,647)

-37.8%

-30.8%*

Operating income

5,555

7,514

-26.1%

-24.8%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

24

15

+60.0%

+26.8%*

Net profits or losses from other assets

(113)

(3,290)

+96.6%

+96.6%*

Impairment losses on goodwill

(338)

0

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(1,679)

(1,483)

+13.2%

+15.9%*

Net income

3,449

2,756

+25.2%

+28.4%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

956

931

+2.7%

+7.1%*

Group net income

2,493

1,825

+36.6%

+39.1%*

Cost-to-income ratio

73.8%

66.3%

 

 

Average allocated capital

56,396

55,282

 

 

ROTE

4.2%

2.5%

 

 

Net banking income

Over 2023, net banking income for the Group decreased by -7.6% vs. 2022.

Revenues in French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance contracted by -12.9% relative to 2022, mainly due to the negative impact from short-term hedges taken before the period of rising interest rates that occurred as of 2022.

Activity at Global Banking and Investor Solutions decreased by -4.6% despite solid revenues of EUR 9.6 billion in 2023. Global Markets and Investor Services  contracted by -6.3% vs. 2022 owing to an unfavourable base effect compared with a record year for market activities in 2022. The Financing and Advisory busines posted high revenues of EUR 3,341 million in 2023, down slightly by -1.4% vs. 2022.

Revenues for International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services rose by +4.5% vs. 2022 on back of stable activity levels in International Retail Banking despite the disposal of the business in Russia and a sharp  increase in Mobility and Leasing Services actitivities (+9.3%) that was driven by the LeasePlan integration in ALD.

Revenues for the Corporate Centre totalled EUR -1,066 million in 2023 compared with EUR -302 million in 2022, notably due to  the impact of the unwinding of hedges on TLTRO operations and non-recurring items.

Operating expenses

In 2023, operating expenses totalled EUR 18,524 million, up by a moderate +2.9% vs. 2022. They include EUR 617 million for the integration of LeasePlan's activities and EUR 730 million in transformation costs. At constant perimeter, operating expenses rose by a very moderate +0.3% in spite of the inflationary context. 

Cost of risk

Over 2023, the cost of risk came to 17 basis points.

The Group’s provisions on performing loans amounted to EUR 3,572 million, down EUR -197 million relative to 31 December 2022, notably linked to the strong decrease in the Russian offshore exposure.

The gross coverage ratio stood at 2.9%(1) at 31 December 2023. The net coverage ratio on the Group’s doubtful loans stood at around 80%(2) at 31 December 2023, after taking into account guarantees and collateral.

At 31 December 2023, the Group sharply reduced its offshore exposure to Russia to around EUR 0.9 billion of EAD (Exposure at Default) compared with EUR 1.8 billion at 31 December 2022 (-50%). The maximum risk exposure on this portfolio is estimated at around EUR 0.3 billion before provision. Total provisions stood at EUR 0.2 billion at end-2023. The onshore residual exposure is marginal at around EUR 15 million and relates to the integration during the year of LeasePlan activities in Russia.

Operating income

Operating income totalled EUR 5,555 million in 2023 compared with EUR 7,514 million in 2022 (-26.1%).

Impairment losses on goodwill

In 2023, a goodwill impairment of around EUR -340 million was recorded on Africa, Mediterranean Basin and Overseas Territories, and on Equipment Leasing activities.

Net income

The Group net income for 2023 came to EUR 2.5 billion, representing ROTE of 4.2%.

2.3Activity and results of the core businesses

2.3.1Results by core businesses

(In EURm)

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Global Banking 
and Investor Solutions

International Retail, Mobility 
and Leasing Services

Corporate

Centre

Group

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

2023

2022

Net banking income

8,023

9,210

9,640

10,108

8,507

8,139

(1,066)

(302)

25,104

27,155

Operating expenses

(6,708)

(6,896)

(6,787)

(6,832)

(4,765)

(3,957)

(264)

(309)

(18,524)

(17,994)

Gross operating income

1,315

2,314

2,853

3,276

3,742

4,182

(1,330)

(611)

6,580

9,161

Net cost of risk

(505)

(483)

(30)

(421)

(486)

(705)

(4)

(38)

(1,025)

(1,647)

Operating income

810

1,831

2,823

2,855

3,256

3,477

(1 334)

(649)

5,555

7,514

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

7

8

7

6

10

1

0

0

24

15

Net profits or losses from other assets

10

57

0

6

(11)

11

(112)

(3,364)

(113)

(3,290)

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

0

0

0

0

0

(338)

0

(338)

0

Income tax

(213)

(489)

(517)

(538)

(823)

(838)

(126)

382

(1,679)

(1,483)

Net income

614

1 407

2 313

2 329

2 432

2 651

(1 910)

(3 631)

3 449

2 756

o.w. non-controlling interests

4

1

33

36

826

730

93

164

956

931

Group net income

610

1,406

2,280

2,293

1,606

1,921

(2,003)

(3,795)

2,493

1,825

Cost-to-income ratio

83.6%

74.9%

70.4%

67.6%

56.0%

48.6%

 

 

73.8%

66.3%

Average allocated capital(1)

15,449

15,592

15,426

16,176

9,707

9,670

15,814

13,844

56,396

55,282

RONE (businesses)/ROTE (Group)

3.9%

9.0%

14.8%

14.2%

16.5%

19.9%

 

 

4.2%

2.5%

  •  

2.4Extra-Financial Report

Drivers of positive transformation

The environmental transition

  • Accelerating decarbonisation
    • -Oil & Gas: sharply accelerated reduction
      • --80% exposure to the upstream sector between 2019 and 2030, with an intermediary target of a -50% reduction in 2025.
      • --70% absolute reduction in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions across the entire oil and gas chain by 2030 vs. 2019.
    • -Highest emitting sectors: 9 NZBA sectors out of 12 New targets set for the automotive, steel, cement, commercial real estate, maritime transport and aluminium sectors.
    • -Publication of the Climate and Alignment Report.
  • Stepping up our efforts to protect nature
    • -Integrating nature-related considerations into E&S impact management and materiality assessment.
    • -Signature of a five-year partnership agreement with The Ocean Cleanup.
  • Building solutions
    • -Rethinking our business to accompany clients with their transition.
    • -EUR 1 billion transition investment fund focused on the transition actors, green technology, nature and impact.
    • -Supporting “emerging champions”.
    • Three investments in 2023 INNOENERGY, PARTECH and POLESTAR.
    • First round of ESG start-ups accepted in our Global Markets Incubator.

Positive impact on local communities

  • Providing support at local level
    • -SG network: creation of a retail bank that is firmly anchored in the local community and with a Chief CSR Officer appointed in each region.
    • -New offerings: Solar Pack and HelloWatt for home energy revovation.
    • -Supporting female entrepreneurs locally
    • -Promoting awareness to make a difference: Positive Impact Week in 22 towns and cities in France.
  • Infrastructure financing
    • -Recognised expertise in project financing.
    • -Investing in the AFRIGREEN fund: financing access to water and light in Africa.
  • At the cutting edge of sustainable mobility
    • -Ayvens, an agent of sustainable mobility.
    • -Mobility-as-a-Service and multimodal mobility.
    • -Global partnership with CHARGEPOINT, a charging station operator.
    • -Initiatives to finance sustainable transport in emerging economies in 2023.
  • Building a social and inclusive range of products and services
    • -Distributor of state-guaranteed student loans in France (Bpi France).
    • -BOOST: non-banking services platform accessible to young people.
SOC2024_URD_EN_H028_HD.png

IEA: International Energy Agency scenario.

RESPONSIBLE BANK

Responsible employer

Empowering all our employees to fulfil their potential

  • No forced departures under the transformation plan for Societe Generale in France (excluding subsidiaries).
  • 17.5% increase in staff committed to 32 reskilling modules in 2023 vs. 2022
  • More than 80% of Group employees have completed at least one ESG training course since 2021.

 

Offering an appropriate, fulfilling and motivating working environment

  • Provide the conditions for an equitable and inclusive culture:
    • -renewed the 2023-2025 three-year agreement promoting the employment and professional integration of people with disabilities in France.
    • -EUR 100 million budget allocated to reduce the gender pay gap.
    • -Target of at least 35% women in senior leadership positions by 2026.
  • Ensure working conditions respect people’s private time
    • -Signed the Work-life quality and working conditions agreement in France.
    • -Signature of the new global agreement with UNI Global Union.

 

Promoting employee engagement and ability to make a difference

  • Close collaboration with networks of engaged employees that are the voice of employees : Prides&Allies, Mix&Win, WAY, DKdrés, S'engaGer.
  • 3rd Move for Youth challenge in support of organisations (involving 20% of staff).
  • Organisation of solidarity days in support of C’est vous l’avenir, the Societe Generale Foundation.

Culture of responsibility

Embedding ESG at the highest level of the organisation

  • Sustainable Development Department reporting to General Management.

 

Creation of a Scientific Advisory Council to provide expert advice and long term vision on matters related to climate, nature, social issues and sustainable development.

 

Collaboration Framework Agreement signed with the International Finance Corporation (IFC) to make a stronger impact and contribute to the UN Sustainable Development Goals

 

Monitoring ethical and responsible business conduct 

  • Continuation of Culture and Conduct initiatives.
  • The Group’s ESG training and awareness catalogue
  • updated: 150 modules on 6 topics.
  • Extensive roll-out of Climate Fresk workshops by the end of 2024.

 

Managing ESG-related risks and meeting voluntary commitments

  • Founding member of international working groups on decarbonisation.
  • Oil & Gas and Thermal Power Stations sector policies updated.
SOC2024_URD_EN_H029_HD.png

The Group’s actions are guided by its corporate purpose which is “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”.

In 2023, under the leadership of the new management team, Societe Generale placed its ESG goals firmly at the centre of its strategy. In its 2026 strategic plan, it announced a series of major initiatives to accelerate its contribution to the environmental transition and, more broadly, to the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. It stated the Group’s ambition to be a rock-solid and sustainable top-tier bank, lead in ESG, and foster a culture of performance and accountability. ESG is an imperative and is included in the criteria used to manage the Group's activities.

Societe Generale is a founding signatory of the UNEP-FI's Principles for Responsible Banking (PRB).

In the second half of 2023, the Group announced it was stepping up the pace of decarbonisation across its businesses with the following measures:

  • sharply accelerate steps to reduce exposure to the upstream oil and gas sector, together with a new absolute carbon emissions reduction target across the whole oil and gas value chain;
  • new decarbonisation targets for the steel, automotive, cement, aluminium and commercial real estate sectors to contribute to the alignment of the Group's financing activities with Net Zero trajectories by 2050. 

The Group also announced higher investment to develop innovative impact-generating solutions and partnerships to generate a bigger impact and develop as early as possible its positioning with emerging players and new markets:

  • planned launch of a new EUR 1 billion transition investment fund that includes an equity investment of EUR 700 million. The fund aims to support transition actors, green technologies, nature-based solutions and impact-driven investments projects;
  • continued development of key partnerships, such as with the International Finance Corporation, a member of the World Bank Group;
  • planned establishment of an independent scientific advisory council to provide a long-term view and expert scientific opinions to inform strategy, with a focus on climate, nature, social questions and sustainable development.

Being a responsible employer and embedding a culture of responsibility are priorities for the Group. Launching its strategic plan, the Group announced:

  • a new target of at least 35% of women in senior leadership roles (Top 250) by 2026;
  • a EUR 100 million allocation to reduce the gender pay gap.

The Group ran its 30th Global employee share ownership plan in 2023.

The core goals of the Group’s CSR policy break down into four strategic priorities. Two of these concern the Group's activities: supporting clients with their environmental transition and making a positive contribution to local communities. And two make up the very foundation of a responsible bank: being a responsible employer and nurturing a culture of responsibility and accountability across all our businesses.

The Group's aim is to contribute EUR 300 billion in sustainable financing over the period 2022-2025 in: sustainable bonds, Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance (SPIF), advisory mandates on SPIF transactions, Sustainability-linked loans, as well as financing and long-term leases of electric vehicles. All Group businesses are committed to working towards these goals to meet the environmental and social challenges of our time. The Group’s contribution at end-2023 towards achieving the target was more than EUR 250 billion.

To drive the positive changes we urgently need now the Group is pushing forward with its transformation through the internal “Building together” programme. This approach places all its business lines on a change trajectory and seeks to embed an ESG culture throughout the Group. The three core themes are:

  • rethinking the Bank’s businesses: revamping the teams’ missions to develop solutions to support clients as they transition their businesses to more sustainable models;
  • implementing the transformation: systematically building ESG into all the Group’s strategic decisions, management tools and processes and applying them to the business lines;
  • deepening expertise through team training: Societe Generale has rolled out a specific CSR training programme.

This year brought out new players. The first was a new SG-branded retail bank in France, formed by the merger of the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord networks. The new bank sets out to provide a comprehensive range of ESG solutions (savings, financing and advisory). The second new player was Ayvens, the new global mobility brand created from ALD’s acquisition of LeasePlan. It is positioned to become a global agent in the mobility ecosystem.

These new ESG-focused models, the announcement of the new strategic plan and the accelerated decarbonisation drive represent major changes. Together with an unprecedented training programme and our determination to ensure that all the Group’s businesses evolve to better support its clients, these advances position it to help set new standards and open up new possibilities. Building on its hallmark innovation and entrepreneurship, combined with its pioneering position in financing the energy transition, the Group is accelerating the number and pace of transformations and readying itself to meet the pressing challenges of water management, the circular economy, protecting and restoring nature.

Thanks to the transformation of its businesses, the Group is poised to seize a myriad of opportunities at a stage when existing clients require increasingly sophisticated solutions in their transition pathways and where new markets and operators are materialising in the economies.

2.4.1The environmental transition: accelerating decarbonisation and ACCOMPANYIng clients

For more than 20 years Societe Generale has financed renewable energy and positive impact finance as a founding member of the UNEP-FI Positive Impact Finance initiative. Having built up solid expertise, in 2023 the Bank stepped up measures to progressively align its portfolios, at the heart of which is the Group's support for clients to successfully make the transition to a low-carbon model.

Acutely aware that decarbonising is a global challenge that requires collective action, the Group is working with clients, peers and all its stakeholders to accelerate the transition and contribute to setting new standards.

To promote transparency and accountability, the Group takes part in many sector working groups to advance research and development in sustainable finance and decarbonisation. Through building partnerships and participating in alliances within expert bodies such as the Poseidon Principles, the Hydrogen Council or, more recently, in industries such as steel, aviation and aluminium, the Group aims to work towards the adoption of common standards and comparability between companies.

2.4.1.1Accelerating decarbonisation

Societe Generale Group takes a proactive approach to decarbonisation. Backed by a capacity for innovation and its teams’ industry-specific expertise, the Group is not only a driving force, but also has the ambition to be a leader in the green transition and sustainable development of our economies.

In 2020, Societe Generale co-published with a small group of banks a report on the application of the PACTA (Paris Agreement Capital Transition Assessment) methodology, developed by the 2Degrees Investing Initiative, to the credit portfolios of the banking sector. Societe Generale joined the UNEP-FI's Net Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) as a founding member in April 2021 and has since undertaken, for the highest carbon emitting sectors defined by the NZBA, to align its financing portfolios with trajectories compatible with the goals of the Paris Agreement based on reference climate scenarios and science-based methodologies. The group has also undertaken to be transparent on the progress of these steps.

The Group’s portfolio alignment strategy is based on (i) prioritising reducing its absolute CO2 footprint in fossil fuels, and (ii) defining a trajectory to reduce the carbon intensity of its portfolios in other sectors.

2023 marked an important milestone with the announcement that the Group intends to accelerate its alignment efforts. Having largely completed its exit from thermal coal (target of zero exposure in 2030 in EU and OECD countries and by 2040 in the rest of the world) and hit its first reduction target ahead of time (-20% by 2025) for exposure to upstream oil and gas, the Group has set new targets aimed at aligning with benchmark 1.5 °C “low overshoot”(5) scenarios.

oil and gas targets

The Group announced a sharp acceleration in steps to reduce the Group’s exposure to the upstream oil and gas sector: an 80% reduction by 2030 (vs. 2019) with an intermediate target of 50% in 2025 stands out in the global banking world as one of the most ambitious targets.

The Bank has added a new target for a 70% absolute reduction in its carbon footprint across the entire oil and gas value chain by 2030 compared to 2019 levels (from a previous target of -30%). This is twice as ambitious as the IEA’s NZE (Net Zero Emissions) scenario.

The Group has also updated its Oil and Gas sector policy in line with the definition of these NZBA trajectories. Societe Generale will no longer provide financing and advisory services for new oil and gas field projects and is withdrawing from financing private pure players in upstream oil and gas. These exposures will be managed in run-off. At the same time, it is strengthening engagement with energy sector clients on their climate strategy.

New NZBA targets

Automotive sector: reduce the sector’s average carbon emissions intensity (carmakers, on their annual sales and over the vehicle’s useful life) to 90g of CO2 equivalent per km travelled per vehicle by 2030, vs. 2021 (184gCO2eq/v-km), a reduction of 51% in emissions intensity.

Steel sector: achieve a target alignment score of 0 by 2030(6), which equates to aligning the portfolio of steel manufacturers with the International Energy Aency’s Net Zero Emission (NZE) scenario trajectory.

Cement sector: reduce the carbon intensity of cement manufacture to 535kg of CO2 equivalent per tonne of cement by 2030, vs. 2022 (671kgCO2eq/t cement), a reduction of 20% in emissions intensity.

Commercial real estate: achieve target carbon intensity of 18kgCO2eq/sq.m in 2030 (based on the current composition of the Group’s portfolio) vs. 49kgCO2eq/sq. m in 2022, a reduction of 63% from 2022 levels.

Aluminium sector: reduce carbon emission intensity by -25% by 2030 vs. 2022, i.e., 6tCO2 e/t in 2030 vs. 8tCO2 e/t in 2022.

Maritime transport sector: achieve a Poseidon Principles target alignment score of 15% by 2030, which equates to a -43% reduction of carbon emission intensity (Annual Efficiency Ratio) relative to 2022.

Target for power generation

The Group maintains its objective of reducing carbon intensity in the electricity generation sector to 125 gCO2  per kWh by 2030 vs. 221 gCO2  per kWh in 2019, which equates to a 43% reduction.

Having at this stage set targets for nine sectors, the Group is continuing its work on other sectors, namely aviation, residential real estate and agriculture. In December 2023, the Bank published a “Climate and Alignment Report” (available in English only) outlining the progress of its work as a member of the Net Zero Banking Alliance: https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/climate-and-alignment-report.pdf 

2.4.1.2Accompanying clients in their environmental transition

Financing clients on their path to decarbonisation is a fundamental imperative that calls for unparalleled levels of investment. The International Energy Agency (IEA) estimates USD 100 trillion is needed in energy alone by 2050. Colossal investment is required to decarbonise our economies, often simultaneously across all value chains – which also calls for collective intelligence and co-construction.

The Group embeds the ESG dimension in the strategy of all its businesses and makes helping clients to achieve the transition a priority.

In a bid to speed up the pace of investment in the development of solutions and innovative partnerships to generate more positive impact, the Group announced in September 2023 that it was launching a EUR 1 billion transition investment fund that includes a EUR 700 million equity investment component. The fund aims to provide support for:

  • green technologies and transition drivers;
  • impact projects in line with the goal of contributing to the UN Sustainable Development Goals;
  • solutions that are nature based and that help preserve biodiversity.
Rethinking the Bank’s businesses

The Group makes ESG a core part of strategy across all its businesses, with each one working on shaping its business model and putting together a range of products and services to meet new client needs.

Bit by bit, the Bank is expanding its offering to meet the requirements of clients of all sizes and to support them in their transition. These offers are available to all Group clients and include not only financing and investment products, but also financial services.

A programme in Global Banking & Investor Solutions aims to upgrade its offering, step up expertise in the teams, and work with clients to build innovative solutions tailored to their transition challenges. Involving more than 400 professionals, the programme promotes cross-sector collaboration to share expertise and develop a broader vision and more comprehensive insight into what clients are grappling with. It also intensifies the focus on new value chains and brings deeper understanding of emerging leaders’ business models. In 2023, programme outcomes included a methodology to assess the maturity of clients' transitions with a tool to identify emerging opportunities. Based on a sector analysis and a review of where the client is on the decarbonisation and transition pathway, the tool, which is currently being deployed, flags the opportunities created by the client’s transition.

The programme has delivered handsomely with major advisory and financing transactions in the electrical power sector (such as financing for the first cross-border electricity interconnection between Germany and the United Kingdom), the green energy sector (e-fuels in Chile and the US), and in low-carbon hydrogen and rare metals (with the world’s most economical and cleanest copper-nickel projects in Australia).

SG, the new retail bank in France, formed from merging the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord banking networks, is a responsible bank strongly committed to ESG and helping its clients move forward with their transition. CSR is at the very heart of its business model to strengthen the positive and local impact it has on its clients. This is reflected in how the Bank is organised and the appointment of a Chief CSR Officer in each region.

Drawing from its deep pool of talent, the Group is positioned to offer support and expertise in CSR to its clients to shift to a low-carbon economy through partnerships with innovative providers.

2.4.1.3Building an ecosystem to seed innovation

Societe Generale is developing an ecosystem to seed innovation to grow its businesses and serve its clients. Firm in the knowledge that innovation is central to sustainable finance, the Group promotes the new, supporting cutting-edge companies in business incubators, investing in the champions of the future and cementing partnerships to offer bold and original solutions to its clients. The transition investment fund focused on the transition, nature and impact will further boost this capacity to identify and support innovative players and emerging champions.

The Group has a number of incubators, including the Global Markets Incubator (GMI). The GMI and the Capital Markets Division works with start-ups and entrepreneurs to turn their innovative ideas into market-ready solutions. The Incubator has also upped its support for Fintechs. In 2023, it doubled the number of incubees and accepted the first intake of start-ups focused on sustainability. The ultimate aim is to deliver on its commitments and expand the offering to corporate clients, financial institutions and private investors who stand to benefit from these novel solutions tailored to their ESG objectives. The incubator spurs progress towards tackling sustainability imperatives and rounds out the Group’s offering with the products and services developed by the start-ups.

In France, the retail banking incubator for impact start-ups, SG Planète A, continued to scale up. It welcomed its third intake in the Lille-based incubator this year.

By supporting low-carbon champions and new technologies, the Group is breaking new ground. It made major new investments in 2023.

The Bank took a stake in the capital of EIT InnoEnergy. The aim of this strategic partnership is to help new industrial champions grow and to accelerate the energy transition by supporting the current 200 portfolio start-ups, which include names like Verkor, GravitHy, Holosolis and FertigHy. Societe Generale will provide access to its full range of financing and advisory services and to its own ecosystem of clients and investors.

Another key investment in 2023 was in Polestar, the only private debt fund in Europe dedicated to the circular economy. Polestar provides debt finance to innovative mid-sized Dutch companies to build their first recycling plants for organic, plastic, chemical, textile, metal and other forms of waste.

The Group joined the pool of investors in Partech which is launching its first growth impact fund (target: EUR 300 million). The fund plans to invest in around 15 European champions. The objective is to help them scale up innovative climate and social solutions.

Finally, the Group also took a stake in namR, an innovator in making data work for the green transition of buildings and regions, and Quarnot, a pioneer in heat recovery from data centres. These investments are part of the Group’s existing policy of forging partnerships with pioneering and innovative players.

2.4.1.4Help preserve biodiversity

Helping to protect biodiversity is part of the Group's commitment to the environmental transition. A member of the Act4Nature international* alliance, it updated its specific and measurable biodiversity objectives for the Group.

The Group is a member of several international alliances: the Taskforce for Nature-related Financial Disclosures, the Science-Based Targets Network and the Finance for Biodiversity Pledge. This engagement ensures we continuously deepen our understanding of nature-based issues and contribute to enhancing expertise in the area by collaborating on best practices.

In 2023, the Group completed an initial exercise to map the sectors it finances by the severity of their impacts and dependencies. It also developed an indicator of financial vulnerability based on an assessment of nature-based physical and transition risks. Following on from these two exercises, the Group started a process to assess nature-based impacts, dependencies and risks, which will be expanded in the near term. The Group's commitments to biodiversity are also set out in Group sector policies that specify exclusions to protect nature. In addition, a biodiversity component is now part of the client environmental and social assessment. The Group’s objective is to have conducted an assessment of all Corporate and Investment Banking clients by the end of 2024. Biodiversity factors have also been added to the E&S Interview Guide for SMEs. And to ensure everyone can put these initiatives to good use, a training programme is available with targeted modules.

Societe Generale champions innovation in this area. One example is the SG incubator’s support for REGROW, a start-up working to make agriculture more sustainable and resilient.

Last but not least, nature-based solutions form part of the EUR 1 billion transition investment fund announced in 2023.

Societe Generale was one of the sponsors of the Day of Dialogue on Nature for financial companies organised in 2023 by Entreprises pour l’Environnement* (EpE), a member of the World Business Council for Sustainable Development global network.

The Group also signed the Ecod’eau* Charter, an initiative to save water aimed at the general public, local authorities, businesses and other organisations.

2.5Significant new products or services

2.5.1Societe Generale Assurances and Tikehau Capital launch an innovative investment solution contributing to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions

Press release, 7 February 2023

Societe Generale Assurances and Tikehau Capital, alternative asset manager, announce a partnership for the launch of SG Tikehau Dette Privée. This unit-linked support, unprecedented on the French market, offers individual investors the opportunity to finance selected French and European unlisted companies while supporting the reduction of their greenhouse gas emissions.

An alternative source of financing to traditional bank loans and bond issuances on the financial markets, private debt is a source of financing increasingly used by unlisted companies to support their growth. Initially reserved for institutional investors, this investment strategy is now accessible to individual investors through this innovative support.

The support makes it possible to invest in the debt of French and European SMEs and medium-sized companies with a strong territorial footprint, to support them in their development (growth, acquisition, international deployment, etc.).

By only financing companies making a commitment to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions, SG Tikehau Dette Privée presents an ambitious low-carbon strategy, aligned with the objectives set by the Paris Climate Agreement(7).

In addition, in order to have a concrete influence on the environmental policy of companies:

  • each financed company must commit to a decarbonisation trajectory based on the SBTi(8) reference methodology proposing a concrete application of the Paris Agreement.

Throughout the financing period, an independent audit will annually assess compliance with this trajectory and, depending on the results, will adjust the financing conditions granted to the Company.

Distributed today by Societe Generale Private Banking France, this Article 8 Unit of Account (SFDR)(9) will be available for 24 months on Life Insurance policies insured by Societe Generale Assurances. SG Tikehau Dette Privée is an FCPR(10) offering easy access to institutional quality assets from EUR 5,000 with a risk level of 4 out of 7 (SRI(11)). Its lifespan is ten years, but the capital invested in unit-linked support is available at any time thanks to liquidity provided by Societe Generale Assurances.

“We are very pleased with this partnership with Societe Generale, which underlines our pioneering position in private debt and sustainable financing. It is essential that the asset management sector plays its role in directing French savings towards the financing of companies and the real economy. Contributing to the achievement of the objectives set by the Paris Agreement is a priority of our roadmap: it is important for Tikehau Capital to take part in the launch of innovative solutions promoting the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions by companies while providing them with financing to support their growth” says Antoine Flamarion, co-founder of Tikehau Capital.

“Relying on the expertise of Tikehau Capital, Societe Generale Assurances continues to enrich its savings offer. This innovative and liquid investment solution will allow our clients to invest in a selection of around fifty companies and marks a new stage in our desire to democratise access to real assets. The launch of this unique support is, moreover, a new illustration of our desire to take concrete action in favor of ecological transition and regional development. Our development ambitions are strong, given the resolutely committed positioning of this offer in favor of reducing greenhouse gas emissions” adds Philippe Perret, Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale Assurances.

2.6Analysis of the consolidated balance sheet

Assets

(In EUR m)

31.12.2023

31.12.2022 R

Cash, due from central banks

223,048

207,013

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

495,882

427,151

Hedging derivatives

10,585

32,971

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 

90,894

92,960

Securities at amortised cost

28,147

26,143

Due from banks at amortised cost

77,879

68,171

Customer loans at amortised cost 

485,449

506,635

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(433)

(2,262)

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

459

353

Tax assets

4,717

4,484

Other assets

69,765

82,315

Non-current assets held for sale 

1,763

1,081

Investments accounted for using the equity method

227

146

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

60,714

33,958

Goodwill

4,949

3,781

Total

1,554,045

1,484,900

2.7Financial policy

The objective of the Group’s financial policy is to optimise the use of shareholders’ equity in order to maximise short- and long-term return for shareholders, while maintaining a level of capital ratios (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios) consistent with the market status of Societe Generale and the Group’s target rating. 

Since 2010, the Group has launched a major realignment programme, strengthening capital and focusing on the rigorous management of scarce resources (capital and liquidity) and proactive risk management in order to apply the regulatory changes related to the implementation of new Basel 3 regulations.

2.7.1Group shareholders’ equity

Group shareholders’ equity totalled EUR 66.0 billion at 31 December 2023. Net asset value per share was EUR 71.45 and net tangible asset value per share was EUR 62.71 using the new methodology disclosed in Chapter 2 of this Universal Registration Document, on page  2.3.6

Book capital includes EUR 9.1 billion in deeply subordinated notes.

At 31 December 2023, Societe Generale possessed, directly or indirectly, 6.7 million Societe Generale shares, representing 0.84% of the capital (excluding shares held for trading purposes). 

Under the liquidity contract implemented on 22 August 2011 with an external investment services provider, Societe Generale acquired 1,145,812 shares in 2023, with a value of EUR 26.4 million and sold 1,145,812 shares with a value of EUR 26.4 million. The liquidity contract was temporarily suspended from 2 January to 17 February 2023, and later from 7 August to 22 September 2023 during the share buyback periods.

The information concerning the Group’s capital and shareholding structure is available in Chapter 7 of this Universal Registration Document (p  Share, share capital and legal information).

2.8Major investments and disposals

The group maintained a targeted acquisition and disposal policy, in line with its strategy focused on its core businesses and the management of scarce resources.

Business division

Description of investments

2023

 

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Acquisition of LP Group B.V., holding company of LeasePlan Corporation N.V., one of the world's leading leasing companies.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Acquisition of a minority stake in EIT InnoEnergy, an investment company which is the main driver of innovation in Europe in sustainable energy.

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Acquisition of a majority stake in PayXpert, a fintech specialised in payment service.

2022

 

 

No major investment finalised in 2022.

2021

 

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Acquisition of Fleetpool, a leading German car subscription company.

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Acquisition of Banco Sabadell’s subsidiary (Bansabadell Renting) specialised in long-term renting and the signing of an exclusive white label distribution agreement with Banco Sabadell.

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Acquisition by ALD of a 17% stake in Skipr, a start-up specialised in mobility as a service.

Business division

Description of disposals

2023

 

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Disposal of three ALD subsidiaries (Ireland, Norway and Portugal) and three subsidiaries of LeasePlan Corporation N.V. (Czech Republic, Finland and Luxembourg) in connection with the acquisition of LP Group B.V.

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Disposal of SG’s stake in Société Générale Congo.

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Disposal of Société Générale’s stake in ALD Automotive in Russia.  

2022

 

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Disposal of Societe Generale Group’s and Sogecap’s entire stakes in Rosbank and two joint ventures co-held with Rosbank (Societe Generale Strakhovanie LLC and Societe Generale Strakhovanie Zhizni LLC).

Corporate Centre

Sale of a 5% stake in Treezor to MasterCard, reinforcing an industrial partnership.

International Retail, Mobility and Leasing Services

Disposal of a minority stake in Schufa, a credit rating agency in Germany.

2021

 

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Disposal of Lyxor, a European asset management specialist.

2.9Pending acquisitions and major contracts

2.9.1Financing of the main ongoing investments

Ongoing investments will be financed using the Group’s usual sources of funding.

2.10Property and equipment

The gross book value of the Societe Generale group’s tangible operating fixed assets amounts to EUR 83 billion as at 31 December 2023. This comprises land and buildings (EUR 5.3 billion), right of use (EUR 3.6 billion), assets leased by specialised financing companies (EUR 67.4 billion), investment property (EUR 0.7 billion) mainly related to insurance activities) and other tangible assets (EUR 5.9 billion).

The net book value of the tangible operating assets and investment property amounts to EUR 57.1 billion, representing only 3.7% of the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2023. 

Owing to the nature of the businesses of Societe Generale, property and equipment are not material at Group level.

2.11Post-closing events

None.

2.12Statement on post-closing events

Since the end of the last financial period, no significant change in the financial performance of the Group occurred other than those described in the present Universal Registration Document filed with the AMF on 11 March 2023.

2.13Information about geographic locations and activities as at 31 December 2023

The article L. 511-45 of the Monetary and Financial Code modified by Order No. 2014-158 of 20 February 2014, require credit institutions to communicate information about the locations and activities of their entitites included in their consolidation scope, in each State or territory.

Societe Generale publishes below the information relative to staff and the financial information by countries or territories.

The list of locations is published in the Note 8.4 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Country

Staff (*)

NBI (*)

Earnings before corporate tax (*)

Corporate tax (*)

Deferred
 corporate tax (*)

Other taxes (*)

Subventions (*)

Algeria

1,653 

192 

86 

(25)

(6)

-

Australia

76 

48 

(5)

(1)

-

Austria

235 

47 

19 

(3)

(2)

(1)

-

Belarus

-

(0)

-

-

Belgium

645 

213 

114 

(41)

11 

(1)

-

Benin

122 

26 

11 

(2)

(2)

(1)

-

Bermuda(1)

-

-

-

-

-

Brazil

451 

105 

58 

(11)

(19)

(3)

-

Bulgaria

38 

(0)

-

-

Burkina Faso

284 

46 

(3)

(4)

-

Cameroon

655 

150 

58 

(23)

(3)

-

Canada

585 

42 

25 

(5)

(0)

(0)

-

Cayman Islands(2)

-

-

-

-

-

-

 

Chad

207 

31 

(2)

(2)

-

Chile

41 

(0)

-

(0)

-

China

250 

61 

23 

(3)

(0)

(0)

-

Colombia

32 

(0)

(2)

(0)

(3)

(0)

-

Congo

-

28 

(3)

(0)

(1)

-

Côte d'Ivoire

1,515 

371 

191 

(40)

(1)

(6)

-

Croatia

60 

15 

11 

(2)

(0)

(0)

-

Czech Republic

8,012 

1,551 

826 

(140)

(4)

(55)

-

Denmark

276 

80 

38 

(0)

(7)

-

-

Equatorial Guinea

230 

22 

-

(1)

-

Estonia

14 

(0)

-

(0)

-

Finland

125 

50 

31 

(4)

-

-

France

54,234 

10,106 

(1,597)

110 

(139)

(1 317)

-

French Polynesia

265 

68 

36 

(19)

(1)

-

Germany

3,305 

1,335 

594 

(165)

(42)

(4)

-

Ghana

530 

92 

44 

(20)

(0)

(0)

-

Gibraltar

38 

17 

-

(0)

-

-

Greece

266 

44 

25 

(3)

(0)

-

Guernsey

56 

36 

12 

(1)

(0)

-

-

Guinea

296 

95 

55 

(17)

(2)

(2)

-

Hong Kong

1,027 

588 

198 

(26)

(1)

(1)

-

Hungary

245 

41 

24 

(4)

(0)

(1)

-

India(3)

11,680 

134 

142 

(58)

(2)

-

Ireland

441 

164 

152 

(14)

(2)

(0)

-

Isle of Man

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Italy

2,509 

1,129 

633 

(98)

(65)

(3)

-

Japan

230 

220 

74 

(25)

(5)

-

Jersey

182 

32 

12 

(2)

-

-

Latvia

22 

(1)

-

-

-

Lithuania

12 

(1)

(0)

-

-

Luxembourg

1,415 

928 

604 

(54)

17 

(24)

-

Madagascar

1,055 

86 

40 

(9)

(5)

-

Malaysia

16 

(1)

-

-

-

Mauritania

169 

36 

(1)

(1)

-

Mauritius

-

-

-

-

-

-

Mexico

300 

48 

26 

(21)

(0)

-

Monaco

296 

132 

59 

(17)

-

(1)

-

Morocco

4,020 

545 

227 

(85)

(6)

(26)

-

Netherlands

2,622 

(361)

(543)

(17)

172 

(1)

-

New Caledonia

344 

80 

41 

(16)

(5)

(0)

-

Norway

141 

53 

24 

(7)

-

-

Peru

32 

(2)

-

-

Poland

728 

148 

89 

(15)

(2)

(3)

-

Portugal

401 

69 

37 

(7)

(2)

(0)

-

Romania

8,885 

795 

431 

(69)

(3)

(17)

-

Russian Federation

54 

21 

17 

(3)

(1)

(0)

-

Saudi Arabia

(0)

(0)

(0)

(0)

-

Senegal

920 

133 

54 

(16)

(0)

(5)

-

Serbia

32 

12 

(2)

(0)

-

Singapore

222 

153 

(2)

(0)

(0)

-

Slovakia

181 

44 

27 

(6)

(1)

(0)

-

Slovenia

15 

(1)

(0)

(0)

-

South Africa

-

-

-

-

(0)

-

South Korea

103 

109 

39 

(12)

(3)

-

Spain

1,166 

464 

253 

(61)

(4)

(4)

-

Sweden

351 

103 

47 

(8)

(0)

-

Switzerland

599 

276 

66 

(13)

(0)

-

Taiwan

44 

25 

(1)

(3)

(2)

-

Thailand

-

(0)

(1)

-

-

-

-

Togo

29 

(1)

-

(0)

-

Tunisia

1,359 

160 

63 

(29)

(5)

-

Turkey

279 

141 

119 

(0)

(38)

(0)

-

Ukraine

45 

19 

17 

(3)

(1)

(0)

-

United Arab Emirates

64 

33 

15 

-

-

(0)

-

United Kingdom

3,486 

1,721 

754 

(197)

10 

(11)

-

United States

1,980 

1,906 

649 

(162)

(60)

(9)

-

Total

122,200  

25,105 

5,128 

(1,470)

(209)

(1,537)

-

*       Staff: Full-time equivalent (FTE) as at closing date. Staff members of entities accounted for by the equity method and entities removed during the year are excluded.

NBI: net banking income by territorial contribution to the consolidated statement, in millions of euros, before elimination of intra-group reciprocal transactions. Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method is directly recorded in the earnings before tax, there is no contribution from them.

Earning before tax: Earning before tax by territorial contribution to the consolidation statement, in millions of euros, before elimination of intra-group reciprocal transactions.

Corporate taxes: Such as presented in the consolidated statement in accordance with the IFRS standards and by distinguishing the current taxes of the deferred taxes, in millions of euros.

Other taxes: Other taxes include among others payroll taxes, the C3S, the contribution to the SRF, CET taxes and local taxes. The data arise from the consolidated reporting. and from Management Report, in millions of euros.

Public subsidies received: Non-matching or non-refundable subsidies granted by a public entity on a one-off or renewable basis to complete a clearly defined project.

  • ( 1 )     Income from the entity located in Bermuda is taxed in France.
  • ( 2 )     Income from the entity located in Cayman Islands is taxed in the United States.
  • ( 3 )     Most of the staff located in India is assigned to a shared services centre, the re-invoicing income of which is recorded in general and administrative expenses and not in NBI.
(1)
Ratio calculated according to EBA methodology published on 16 July 2019
(2)
Ratio  of S3 provisions and guarantees/colllateral on the gross book value of doubtful loans
(3)
Excluding prospective depreciation and PPA.
(4)
Cost-to-income ratio of around 70% reported at SG level.
(5)
The Group sets the objectives for aligning credit portfolios with the aim to align with reference scenarios striving to limit the temperature increase to +1.5°C compared with the pre-industrial era. These scenarios may allow for an overshoot period during which warming increases above 1.5°C before returning to 1.5°C in 2100. Low overshoot scenarios can allow periods in excess of about 0.1°C for several decades.
(6)
As described in Sustainable Steel Principles, the score is an intensity indicator (CO2/t steel).
(7)
International treaty on climate change mitigation and adaptation aimed at limiting global warming to below 2 °C, preferably 1.5 °C, above pre-industrial levels.
(8)
Science-Based Target initiative (SBTi) is aimed at companies and has set itself the objective of piloting “ambitious climate action” by offering them to make their transition to a low-carbon economy a competitive advantage.
(9)
The support promotes environmental and social characteristics (“Article 8”) within the meaning of European Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 known as Sustainable Finance Disclosure (SFDR).
(10)
Mutual Fund for Risk Investment managed by Tikehau Investment Management, a management company of the Tikehau Capital group, and exclusively accessible within Unit-Linked (UC) life insurance policies.
(11)
Synthetic Risk Indicator.
(12)
Specialist in energy renovation, member of the French Tech Green20 program and supported by the Ministry of Ecological Transition.
(13)
Societe Generale-FORGE (SG-FORGE) is a regulated subsidiary of the Societe Generale Group licensed as an investment firm and authorised to provide MiFID 2 investment services under the supervision of ACPR and registered as a Digital Asset Service Provider (DASP) with the AMF. SG-FORGE provides Digital Assets structuring, issuing, exchange and custody services.
(14)
Link to Societe Generale “Sustainable and Positive Impact Bond” framework.
(15)
Including a +6 basis-point impact in respect of the phase-in of IFRS 9. Excluding this impact, the CET1 ratio was 13.1%.

Corporate
governance

3.1Board of Directors’ report on corporate governance

3.1.1Governance

Purpose

The Board of Directors reviewed the Bank’s purpose in 2019 following the introduction of French Act No. 2019-486 on 22 May 2019, referred to as the Pacte Law and defined the new purpose as “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”. From a formal standpoint, it was decided not to include the purpose in the By-laws. However, at its Extraordinary General Meeting of 2020, Societe Generale modified its By-laws to specify that the Board determines the Company’s strategy and supervises its implementation in accordance with its corporate interests, taking into account the social and environmental stakes of its activity (see Chapter 5). In May 2021, the first sentence of the preamble of the Board of Directors’ internal rules was also modified to take account of this change.

Presentation of the organisation

(At 1 January 2024)

SOC2024_URD_EN_H013_HD.png

The composition of the Board of Directors is presented on page  Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2023 of this report on corporate governance. The internal rules of the Board of Directors, which define the Board of Directors’ powers, are provided in this Universal Registration Document, on pages  3.3. The Board of Directors’ work is presented on pages  The Board of Directors’ work.

The composition of General Management and of the Executive Committee is presented in the corresponding sections of this report (see pages and  Presentation of the members of the General Management and  Group Executive Committee  - Presentation of the members of the General Management and Group Executive Committee).

The duties of the Group’s Cross-functional Committees, Risk Committee and the main Business Committees are described in section 3.1.4 on page  Main Committees.

The powers of the Board of Directors and of its various Committees, along with the report on their work, are presented on pages  The Board of Directors’ work and following, and notably cover:

Information regarding the non-voting Director’s role and a report on his activities appear on page  Non-voting Director.

Organisation of the governance

On 15 January 2015, the Board of Directors decided that, in accordance with Article L. 511-58 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer would be separated following the General Meeting of 19 May 2015. At that date, Lorenzo Bini Smaghi became Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Frédéric Oudéa remained Chief Executive Officer until the General Meeting of 23 May 2023. In 2019, Mr. Oudéa’s term of office was renewed until the Annual General Meeting held on 23 May 2023. Lorenzo Bini Smaghi was reappointed Chairman of the Board of Directors, following the renewal of his term of office as a Director at the Annual General Meeting held on 17 May 2022, for a term equal to that of his term of office as a Director, i.e., until the Annual General Meeting called to approve the financial statements for the 2025 financial year.

As Frédéric Oudéa’s term of office as Chief Executive Officer expired on 23 May 2023 and given his wish not to renew his term of office, the Board of Directors’ meeting held on 23 May 2023 appointed Slawomir Krupa as Chief Executive Officer following his appointment as a Director by the Annual General Meeting held on the same day.

Slawomir Krupa is assisted by two Deputy Chief Executive Officers – Philippe Aymerich, whose term of office was renewed on 23 May 2023, and Pierre Palmieri, who was appointed on 23 May 2023.

As Chief Executive Officer, Slawomir Krupa directly supervises the Risk function, in addition to the Inspection & Audit and Finance Departments, and the Global Banking and Investor Solutions businesses.

Philippe Aymerich, Deputy Chief Executive Officer, supervises the Group’s non-HR resources, the General Secretariat, Communications, French Retail, Private Banking & Insurance businesses.

Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer, supervises the Compliance Control function, Corporate Social Responsibility, Human Resources, and the International Retail Banking and Mobility and Leasing Services businesses.

Statement on the corporate governance regime

Societe Generale refers to the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code for listed companies (hereinafter the “AFEP-MEDEF Code”). The document is available on the https://hcge.fr website. In accordance with the “comply or explain” principle, Societe Generale states that it applies all recommendations from the AFEP-MEDEF Code, with the exception of recommendation 23.1 governing the termination of a Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract due to his exceptional length of service with the company (24 years) and the related benefits (described on page  Suspension of the Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract and related rights)

A set of internal rules amended on 7 February 2024 (hereinafter referred to as the “internal rules”) governs the functioning of the Board of Directors and its Committees. The Company’s internal rules appears on pages  3.3 and By-laws appear in the Universal Registration Document (see Chapter  7.4 / By-laws).

3.2Statutory auditors’ special report on regulated agreements

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres 
Tour First
TSA 1444492037
Paris-La Défense Cedex
S.A.S. à capital variable
438 476 913 R.C.S. Nanterre

DELOITTE & ASSOCIÉS 
6, place de la Pyramide
92908 Paris-La Défense Cedex
S.A.S. au capital de € 2.188.160
572 028 041 R.C.S. Nanterre

SOCIETE GENERALE 
Société Anonyme
17, cours Valmy
92972 Paris-La Défense

Annual General Meeting held to approve the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on regulated agreements issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users.

This report should be read in conjunction with and construed in accordance with French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France. It should be understood that the agreements reported on are only those provided for by the French Commercial Code and that the report does not apply to those related-party transactions described in IAS 24 or other equivalent accounting standards.

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

In our capacity as Statutory Auditors of your Company, we hereby report to you on regulated agreements.

The terms of our engagement require us to communicate to you, based on information provided to us, the principal terms and conditions of those agreements brought to our attention or which we may have discovered during the course of our audit, as well as the reasons justifying that such agreements are in the Company’s interest, without expressing an opinion on their usefulness and appropriateness or identifying other such agreements, if any. It is your responsibility, pursuant to Article R.225-31 of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce), to assess the interest involved in respect of the conclusion of these agreements for the purpose of approving them.

Our role is also to provide you with the information stipulated in Article R.225-31 of the French Commercial Code (code de commerce) relating to the implementation during the year ended December 31, 2023, of agreements previously approved by the Annual General Meeting, if any.

We conducted the procedures we deemed necessary in accordance with the professional guidelines of the French National Institute of Statutory Auditors (Compagnie Nationale des Commissaires aux Comptes) relating to this engagement (Code de commerce).

Agreements submitted to the approval of the Annual General Meeting

We hereby inform you that we have not been advised of any agreement authorized and entered into during the year ended December 31, 2023, to be submitted to the approval of the Annual General Meeting pursuant to Article L.225-38 of the French Commercial Code.

3.3Internal rules of the Board of Directors(14)

(Amended on 7 February 2024)

Preamble

The Board of Directors collectively represents all shareholders and acts in the corporate interest of Societe Generale (the "Company"), taking into consideration the social and environmental stakes of its activity. Each Director, regardless of the manner in which he/she was appointed, must act in the Company's corporate interest in all circumstances.

Societe Generale applies the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code for listed companies.

As a credit institution listed on a regulated market, Societe Generale is subject to the provisions of the regulations, directives and other European texts applicable to the banking and financial sectors, the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and the recommendations or guidelines of the European Banking Authority (the EBA) included in national law, the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority (Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution - ACPR) and the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the AMF).

The purpose of these Internal Rules is to define the Board of Directors’ organisation and operating procedures and to specify the rights and duties of its members (the “Internal Rules”).

The Board of Directors ensures that Societe Generale has a solid governance system including, in particular, a clear organisation with shared responsibilities in a well-defined, transparent and consistent manner, effective procedures for the detection, management, monitoring and reporting of risks to which the Company is or could be exposed, an adequate internal control system, sound administrative and accounting procedures and compensation policies and practices enabling and promoting sound and effective risk management.

Appendix 1Charter of the Audit and Internal Control Committee of Societe Generale

Article 1Content of the charter

The present charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this charter is governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules.

The topics that may be addressed jointly by the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Risk Committee are indicated by an asterisk (*) in each of the charters.

Appendix 2Charter of the Risk Committee of Societe Generale

Article 1Content of the charter

The present charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this charter is governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules. The type of risks falling within the scope of the Committee’s competence is that mentioned in the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement.

The topics that may be dealt with jointly by the Risk Committee and the Audit and Internal Control Committee are indicated by an asterisk (*) in each of the charters.

Appendix 3Charter of the Compensation Committee of Societe Generale

Article 1Content of the charter

The present charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this charter is governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules.

Appendix 4Charter of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee of Societe Generale

Article 1Content of the charter

The present charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this charter is governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules.

Appendix 5Charter of the US Risk Committee of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale

Mandate

The U.S. Risk Committee (“Committee” or the “USRC”) of the Societe Generale (“SG” or “SG Group”) Board of Directors (“Board”) is formed in accordance with the requirements of the Enhanced Prudential Standards for Bank Holding Companies and Foreign Banking Organizations (“EPS Rules”) as promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.(23) The Committee’s mandate is to (a) review all kinds of risks, both current and future, relating to, booked in or arising from SG’s business, activities, affairs and operations in the United States, including SG’s subsidiaries, branches and representative offices in the United States (collectively, “SGUS”), (b) advise the Board on the overall strategy and the appetite regarding such risks, and (c) assist the Board when it oversees the implementation of this strategy; and (d) oversee the adequacy and effectiveness of the SGUS Internal Audit function.

For avoidance of doubt, it is the responsibility of SG and SGUS senior management to identify and assess SGUS’ exposure to risk and escalate those risks, and planned mitigants, to the Committee. Although the Committee is responsible for overseeing the SGUS enterprise risk management function and challenging management on SGUS risk issues, it is not the sole body responsible for ensuring that SGUS’ risk management function is carried out efficiently and effectively.

Risk and capital adequacy

Key figures

SOC2024_URD_EN_H070_HD.png

(1)2022 figures are restated in compliance with IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 for insurance entities. In the rest of the chapter 4, unless otherwise mentioned, 2022 RWA figures have not been restated for.

4.1Risk factors by category

This section identifies the main risk factors which, based on the Group's estimates, could have a significant effect on its business, profitability, solvency or access to financing.

Societe Generale has updated its risk typology as part of its internal risk management. For the purposes of this section, these different types of risks have been grouped into six main categories (4.1.1 to 4.1.6), in accordance with Article 16 of the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, also known as “Prospectus 3” regulation of 14 June 2017, according to the main risk factors that the Group believes could impact the risk categories. Risk factors are presented based on an evaluation of their materiality, with the most material risks indicated first within each category.  

The diagram below illustrates how the categories of risks identified in the risk typology have been grouped into the six categories and which risk factors principally impact them.

SOC2024_URD_EN_H045_HD.png

4.1.1Risks related to the macroeconomic, geopolitical, market and regulatory environments

4.1.1.1The global economic and financial context, geopolitical tensions, as well as the market environment in which the Group operates, may adversely affect its activities, financial position and results.

As a global financial institution, the Group’s activities are sensitive to changes in financial markets and economic conditions in Europe, the United States and elsewhere around the world. The Group generates 40% of its business in France (in terms of net banking income for the financial year ended 31 December 2023), 38% in Europe, 8% in the Americas and 14% in the rest of the world. The Group could face significant worsening of market and economic conditions in particular resulting from crises affecting capital or credit markets, liquidity constraints, regional or global recessions and fluctuations in commodity prices, notably oil and natural gas. Other factors could explain such deteriorations, such as variations in currency exchange rates or interest rates, inflation or deflation, rating downgrades, restructuring or defaults of sovereign or private debt, or adverse geopolitical events (including acts of terrorism and military conflicts). In addition, the emergence of new pandemics such as Covid-19 cannot be ruled out. Such events, which can develop quickly and whose effects may not have been anticipated and hedged, could affect the Group’s operating environment for short or extended periods and have a material adverse effect on its financial position, the cost of risk and its results.

The economic and financial environment is exposed to intensifying geopolitical risks. The war in Ukraine, which began in February 2022, has sparked deep tensions between Russia and Western countries, impacting global growth, energy and raw materials prices, as well as the humanitarian situation. This has also prompted a large number of countries, particularly in Europe and the United States, to impose economic and financial sanctions on Russia. The war between Israel and Hamas, which began in October 2023, could have similar impacts or contribute to existing ones and pose a risk to the flow of goods and raw materials via the Suez Canal. The Group will continue to analyse in real time the global impact of these crisis and take necessary measures.

In Asia, relations between the US and China, China and Taiwan and China and the European Union are fraught with geopolitical and trade tensions, the relocation of production and the risk of technological fractures.

After a long period of low interest rates, the current inflationary environment is pushing the major central banks to raise interest rates. The entire economy has had to adapt to a context of higher interest rates. In addition to the impact on the valuation of equities, interest rate-sensitive sectors such as real estate are adjusting. The US Federal Reserve and the European Central Bank (ECB) are expected to maintain tight monetary conditions before starting to loosen them from 2024 onwards, as inflation recedes according to our forecasts.

The slowdown in economic activity could generate strong volatility on the financial markets and a significant drop in the price of certain financial assets, potentially leading to payment defaults, with consequences that are difficult to anticipate for the Group. In France, Group's main market , after the long period of low interest rates which fostered an upturn of the housing market, the ongoing reversal of activity in this area had an adverse effect on the Group’s asset value and on business by decreasing demand for loans and resulting in higher rates of non-performing loans. More generally, the higher interest rate environment in a context where public and private debts have tended to increase is an additional source of risk.

Considering the ensuing uncertainty, both in terms of duration and scale, these disruptions could persist throughout 2024 and have a significant impact on the activity and profitability of certain Group counterparties.

Recent attacks on merchant ships in the Bab-el-Mandeb strait, claimed by the Houthi movement, could also have an impact on gas and oil supplies, or on prices and delivery times.

In the longer term, the energy transition to a “low-carbon economy” could adversely affect fossil energy producers, energy-intensive sectors of activity and the countries that depend on them.

With the ALD/LeasePlan merger in 2023, the automotive sector represents a major exposure for the Group. It is currently undergoing major strategic transformations, including environmental (growing share of electric vehicles), technological, as well as competitive (arrival of Asian manufacturers in Europe on the electric vehicles market), the consequences of which could generate significant risks for the Group’s results and the value of its assets.

With regard to financial markets, the topic of non-equivalence of clearing houses (central counterparties, or CCPs) beyond 2025 remains a point that needs watching, with possible impacts on financial stability, notably in Europe, and therefore on the Group’s business. In addition, capital markets (including foreign exchange activity) and securities trading activities in emerging markets may be more volatile than those in developed markets and may also be vulnerable to certain specific risks such as political instability and currency volatility. These elements could negatively impact the Group’s activity and results.

The Group’s results are therefore exposed to the economic, financial, political and geopolitical conditions of the main markets in which the Group operates.

4.1.1.2The Group’s failure to achieve the strategic and financial targets disclosed to the market could have an adverse effect on its business and its results.

During its Capital Markets Day event, the Group presented its strategic plan, which is to :

  • be a rock-solid bank: streamline business portfolio, enhance stewardship of capital, improve operational efficiency, maintain best-in-class risk management;
  • foster high performance sustainable businesses: excel at what SG does, lead in ESG, foster a culture of performance and accountability.

This strategic plan is reflected in the following financial targets:

  • a robust CET 1 ratio of 13% in 2026 after the implementation of Basel IV;
  • average annual revenue growth of between 0% and 2% over the 2022-2026 period;
  • an improved cost-to-income ratio lower than 60% in 2026 and ROTE of between 9% and 10% in 2026;
  • a distribution rate between 40% and 50% of reported net income(1), applicable from 2023.

The Group is fully on track to achieving its strategic milestones:

  • the Group’s “Vision 2025” project involves a review of the network of branches resulting from the merger of Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale. Although this project has been designed to achieve controlled execution, the merger could have a short-term material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position and costs. The project could lead to some staff departures, requiring their replacement and training efforts that could potentially generate additional costs. The merger could also lead to the departure of some of the Group’s clients, resulting in loss of revenue;
  • Mobility and Leasing Services will leverage the full integration of LeasePlan by ALD to be a world leader in the mobility ecosystem. However, 2024 will be an intermediate period, with the implementation of gradual integrations. From 2025 onwards, the new entity will make the transition to the target business model, including the implementation and stabilisation of IT and operational processes. If the integration plan is not carried out as expected or within the planned schedule, this could have adverse effects on ALD, particularly by generating additional costs, which could have a negative impact on the Group’s activities and results.

The Group also announced in November 2022 the signing of a letter of intent with AllianceBernstein to combine the equity research and execution businesses in a joint venture to create a leading global franchise in these activities. This announcement was followed by the signature of an acquisition agreement in early February 2023.

The creation of the Bernstein joint venture with AllianceBernstein in cash and equity research is making good progress. The final documentation was signed on 2 November 2023, with a revised structure to accelerate completion of the transaction. At the closing date (expected in the first half of 2024), the joint venture will be organised under two separate legal entities, focusing respectively on North America and on Europe and Asia. The two entities will then be combined, subject to required regulatory approvals. This change should have no significant impact on the Group’s expected net contribution. The capital impact is estimated at less than 10 basis points on the closing date. The transaction remains fully aligned with the strategic priorities of our Global Banking and Investor Solutions franchise.

Societe Generale and Brookfield Asset Management announced on 11 September 2023 a strategic partnership to originate and distribute private debt investments.

The conclusion of final agreements on these strategic transactions depends on several stakeholders and, accordingly, is subject to a degree of uncertainty (legal terms, delays in the integration process of LeasePlan or in the merger of the Crédit du Nord agencies). More generally, any major difficulties encountered in implementing the main levers for executing the strategic plan, notably in simplifying business portfolios, allocating and using capital efficiently, improving operating efficiency and managing risks to the highest standards, could potentially weigh on Societe Generale’s share price.

Societe Generale has placed Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) at the heart of its strategy in order to contribute to positive transformations in the environment and the development of local regions. In this respect, the Group has made new commitments during the Capital Market Day on 18 September 2023 such as:

  • an 80% reduction in upstream Oil & Gas exposure by 2030 vs. 2019; with a 50% reduction by 2025;
  • a EUR 1 billion transition investment fund with a focus on energy transition solutions and nature-based and impact-based projects supporting the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals.

Failure to comply with these commitments, and those that the Group may make in the future, could create legal and reputation risks. Furthermore, the rollout of these commitments may have an impact on the Group’s business model. Last, failure to make specific commitments, particularly in the event of changes in market practices, could also generate reputation and strategic risks.

4.1.1.3The Group is subject to an extended regulatory framework in each of the countries in which it operates. Changes to this regulatory framework could have a negative effect on the Group’s businesses, financial position and costs, as well as on the financial and economic environment in which it operates.

The Group is governed by the laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This includes French, European and US legislation as well as other local laws in light of the Group’s cross-border activities, among other factors. The application of existing laws and the implementation of future legislation require significant resources that could affect the Group’s performance. In addition, possible failure to comply with laws could lead to fines, damage to the Group’s reputation and public image, the suspension of its operations and, in extreme cases, the withdrawal of operating licences.

Among the laws that could have a significant influence on the Group:

  • several regulatory changes are still likely to significantly alter the framework for Market activities: (i) the strengthening of transparency conditions related to the implementation of the new requirements and investor protection measures (review of MiFID II/MiFIR, IDD, ELTIF (European Long-Term Investment Fund Regulation)), (ii) the implementation of the fundamental review of the trading book, or FRTB, which may significantly increase requirements applicable to European banks and (iii) possible relocations of clearing activities could be requested despite the European Commission’s decision of 8 February 2022 to extend the equivalence granted to UK central counterparties until 30 June 2025, (iv) the European Commission’s proposal to amend the regulation on benchmarks (European Parliament and EU Council, Regulation (EU) No. 2016/1011, 8 June 2016) with possible changes in scope and charges;
  • the adoption of new obligations as part of the review of the EMIR regulation (EMIR 3.0); in particular, the information requirements for European financial actors towards their customers, the equity options regime and the calibration of requirements for active account funding in a European Union central counterparty;
  • the implementation of technical standards (RTS) published by the European Banking Authority to clarify risk retention requirements to contribute to the development of a healthy, safe and sound securitisation market in the European Union published by the European Banking Authority on 12 April 2022;
  • the implementation of the new directive on credit agreements for consumers (Directive (EU) 2023/2225, 18 October 2023), which strengthens consumer protection;
  • the Retail Investment Strategy (RIS) presented by the European Commission on 24 May 2023, aimed at prioritisng the interests of retail investors and strengthening their confidence in the EU Capital Markets Union, including measures to regulate commission retrocessions in the case of non-advised transactions and to introduce a value-for-money test for investment products;
  • new legal and regulatory obligations could also be imposed on the Group in the future, such as the continuation in France of consumer protection measures weighing on retail banks, and the potential obligation at European level to open up access to banking data to third-party service providers;
  • the Commission’s proposal of 28 June 2023 for a regulation on the establishment of the digital euro, accompanying the initiatives taken by the ECB in this field;
  • the strengthening of data quality and protection requirements and a future strengthening of cyber-resilience requirements in relation to the adoption by the Council on 28 November 2022 of the European Directive and regulation package on digital operational resilience for the financial sector (DORA). Added to this is the transposition of the NIS 2 Directive (Network and Information Security Directive, published in the Official Journal of the EU on 27 December 2022) expected before 18 October 2024, which extends the scope of application of the initial NIS Directive;
  • the implementation of European regulatory frameworks related to due diligence under the so-called “CS3D” Directive proposal (Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive), as well as to sustainable finance including the regulation on European green bonds, with an increase in non-financial reporting obligations, particularly under the CSRD Directive (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive), enhanced inclusion of environmental, social and governance issues in risk management activities and the inclusion of such risks in the supervisory review and assessment process (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process, or SREP);
  • the implementation of the requirements of the French “Green Industry” law (Loi Industrie verte) (no. 2023-973 of 23 October 2023), which aims to green up existing industries;
  • new obligations arising from the Basel Committee’s proposed reform of banking regulations (the final text of Basel 3, also called Basel 4). This reform will be implemented in the European legislative corpus CRR (Regulation (EU) no. 575/2013) which, with a few exceptions, will become applicable on 1 January 2025, and CRD (Directive 2013/36/EU), which should be transposed into the applicable law of Member States no later than 18 months after its entry into force, i.e. by mid-2025;
  • the European Commission’s initiative, published on 18 April 2023, aiming to strengthen the framework for bank crisis management and deposit insurance (CMDI). This proposal could lead to wider use of the guarantee and resolution funds and increase the Group’s contributions to the guarantee and resolution funds;
  • European measures aimed at restoring banks’ balance sheets, notably through active management of Non-Performing Loans (NPLs), are leading to an increase in prudential requirements and require the Group to adapt its NPL management strategy. More generally, additional measures to define a best practices framework for loan origination (see the Loan origination guidelines published by the European Banking Authority) and loan monitoring could also have an impact on the Group. This new framework should ensure that newly granted loans are of high credit quality and contribute to reducing levels of non-performing loans in the future;
  • in 2023, the “Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book” (IRRBB) guidelines published by the European Banking Authority in October 2022 have applied:
    • -since 30 June 2023 for the IRRBB part,
    • -since 31 December 2023 for the “Credit Spread Risk arising from non-trading Book Activities” (CSRBB) section, requiring banks to calculate and manage the impact of a change in Credit Spread on the Bank’s value and revenues;
  • in 2024, the following evolutions are expected:
    • -calculation and supervision of the Supervisory Outlier Test (SOT) for Net Interest Income (NII); this requirement has already been implemented by the Group,
    • -detailed reporting notably on IRRBB and CSRBB risks;
  • new obligations arising from a package of proposed measures announced by the European Commission on 20 July 2021 aiming to strengthen the European supervisory framework around anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML-CFT), as well as the creation of a new European agency to combat money laundering.

The Group is also subject to complex tax rules in the countries where it operates. Changes in applicable tax rules, uncertainty regarding the interpretation of certain evolutions or their effects may have a negative impact on the Group’s business, financial position and costs.

In the US, as the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act nears completion, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) has embarked on a complete regulatory overhaul of markets that covers the equity market structure, treasury markets and derivatives markets, among others, which could lead to significant changes in the way these markets operate, the cost of market participation and the competitive landscape, among others.

Moreover, as an international bank that handles transactions with US persons, denominated in US dollars, or involving US financial institutions, the Group is subject to US regulations relating in particular to compliance with economic sanctions, the fight against corruption and market abuse. More generally, in the context of agreements with US and French authorities, the Group largely implemented, through a dedicated programme and a specific organisation, corrective actions to address identified deficiencies and strengthen its compliance programme. In the event of a failure to comply with relevant US regulations, or a breach of the Group’s commitments under these agreements, the Group could be exposed to the risk of (i) administrative sanctions, including fines, suspension of access to US markets, and even withdrawals of banking licences, (ii) criminal proceedings, and (iii) damage to its reputation.

4.1.1.4Increased competition from banking and non-banking operators could have an adverse effect on the Group’s business and results, both in its French domestic market and internationally.

Due to its international activity, the Group faces intense competition in the international and local markets in which it operates from banking or non-banking actors alike. As such, the Group is exposed to the risk of not being able to maintain or develop its market share in its various activities. This competition may also lead to pressure on margins, which would be detrimental to the profitability of the Group’s activities.

Consolidation in the financial services industry could result in competitors bolstering their capital, resources and an ability to offer a broader range of financial services. In France and in the other main markets where the Group operates, the presence of major domestic banking and financial actors, as well as new market participants (notably neo-banks and online financial services providers), has increased competition for virtually all products and services offered by the Group. New market participants such as “fintechs” and new services that are automated, scalable and based on new technologies (such as blockchain) are developing rapidly and are fundamentally changing the relationship between consumers and financial services providers, as well as the function of traditional retail bank networks. Competition with these new actors may be exacerbated by the emergence of substitutes for central bank currency (crypto-currencies, digital central bank currency, etc.), which themselves carry risks.

Moreover, competition is also heightened by the emergence of non-banking actors that, in some cases, may benefit from a regulatory framework that is more flexible and in particular less demanding in terms of equity capital requirements.

To address these challenges, the Group has implemented a strategy, notably the development of digital technologies and the creatioin of commercial or equity partnerships with these new actors. In this context, the Group may have to make additional investments to be able to offer new innovative services and compete with these new actors. Tougher competition could, however, adversely impact the Group’s business and results, both on the French market and internationally.

4.1.1.5Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks, particularly those involving climate change, could have an impact on the Group’s activities, results and financial situation in the short-, medium- and long-term

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks are defined as risks stemming from the current or prospective impacts of ESG factors on counterparties or invested assets of financial institutions. ESG risks are seen as aggravating factors to the traditional categories of risks (including credit risk, counterparty risk, market risk, non-financial risks, structural risks, business and strategy risks, other types of risk and other factors of risk). ESG risks are therefore likely to impact the Group’s activities, results and financial position in the short, medium and long-term.

The Group is consequently exposed to environmental risks, including climate change risks through certain of its financing, investment and service activities.

The Group could be exposed to physical risk resulting from a deterioration in the credit quality of its counterparties whose activity could be negatively affected by extreme climatic events or long-term gradual changes in climate, and through a decrease in the value of collateral received (particularly in the context of real estate financing in the absence of guarantee mechanisms provided by specialised financing companies). The Group could also be exposed to transition risk through the deterioration in the credit quality of its counterparties impacted by issues related to the process of transitioning to a low-carbon economy, linked for example to regulatory changes, technological disruptions or changes in consumer preferences.

Beyond the risks related to climate change, risks more generally related to environmental degradation (such as the risk of loss of biodiversity, water resources or pollution) are also aggravating factors to the Group’s risks. The Group could notably be exposed to credit risk on a portion of its portfolio, on back of lower profitability of some of its counterparties due, for example, to increasing legal and operating costs (due to the implementation of new environmental standards).

In addition, the Group is exposed to social risks, related for example to non-compliance by some of its counterparties with labour laws or workplace health and safety issues, which may trigger or aggravate reputation and credit risks for the Group.

Similarly, risks relating to governance of the Group’s counterparties and stakeholders (suppliers, service providers, etc.), such as an inadequate management of environmental and social issues, could generate credit and reputational risks for the Group.

Beyond the risks related to its counterparties or invested assets, the Group could also be exposed to risks related to its own activities. Hence, the Group is exposed to physical climate risk with respect to its ability to maintain its services in geographical areas affected by extreme events (floods, etc.).

The Group also remains exposed to specific social and governance risks, relating for example to the operational cost of implementation of regulations (in particular related to labour laws) and the management of its human resources.

All of these risks could have an impact on the Group’s business, results and reputation in the short, medium and long term.

4.1.1.6The Group is subject to regulations relating to resolution procedures, which could have an adverse effect on its business and the value of its financial instruments.

Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 15 May 2014 (BRRD) and Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 15 July 2014 (the Single Resolution Mechanism, or “SRM”) define, respectively, a European Union-wide framework and a Banking Union-wide framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms. The BRRD provides the authorities with a set of tools to intervene early and quickly enough in an institution considered to be failing so as to ensure the continuity of the institution’s essential financial and economic functions while reducing the impact of the failure of an institution on the economy and the financial system (including the exposure of taxpayers to the consequences of the failure). Within the Banking Union, under the SRM Regulation, a centralised resolution authority is established and entrusted to the SRB and national resolution authorities.

The powers granted to the resolution authority under the BRRD and the SRM Regulations include write-down/conversion powers to ensure that capital instruments and eligible liabilities absorb the Group’s losses and recapitalise it in accordance with an established order of priority (the “Bail-in Tool”). Subject to certain exceptions, losses are borne first by the shareholders and then by the holders of additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments, then by the non-preferred senior debt holders and finally by the senior preferred debt holders, all in the order of their claims in a normal insolvency proceeding. The conditions for resolution provided by the French Monetary and Financial Code implementing the BRRD are deemed to be met if: (i) the resolution authority or the competent supervisory authority determines that the institution is failing or likely to fail; (ii) there is no reasonable perspective that any measure other than a resolution measure could prevent the failure within a reasonable timeframe; and (iii) a resolution measure is necessary to achieve the resolutions’ objectives (in particular, ensuring the continuity of critical functions, avoiding a significant negative effect on the financial system, protecting public funds by minimising the recourse to extraordinary public financial support, and protecting customers’ funds and assets) and the winding-up of the institution under normal insolvency proceedings would not meet these objectives to the same extent.

The resolution authority could also, independently of a resolution measure or in combination with a resolution measure, proceed with the write-down or conversion of all or part of the Group’s capital instruments (including subordinated debt instruments) into Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) instruments if it determines that the Group will no longer be viable unless it exercises this write-down or conversion power or if the Group requires extraordinary public financial support (except where the extraordinary public financial support is provided in the form defined in Article L. 613-48 III, paragraph 3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code).

The Bail-in Tool could result in the write-down or conversion of capital instruments in whole or in part into ordinary shares or other ownership instruments.

In addition to the Bail-in Tool, the BRRD provides the resolution authority with broader powers to implement other resolution measures with respect to institutions that meet the resolution requirements, which may include (without limitation) the sale of the institution’s business segments, the establishment of a bridge institution, the splitting of assets, the replacement or substitution of the institution as debtor of debt securities, changing the terms of the debt securities (including changing the maturity and/or amount of interest payable and/or the imposition of a temporary suspension of payments), the dismissal of management, the appointment of a provisional administrator and the suspension of the listing and admission to trading of financial instruments.

Before taking any resolution action, including the implementation of the Bail-in Tool, or exercising the power to write down or convert relevant capital instruments, the resolution authority must ensure that a fair, prudent and realistic valuation of the institution’s assets and liabilities is made by a third party independent of any public authority.

The application of any measure under the French implementing provisions of the BRRD or any suggestion of such application to the Group could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s ability to meet its obligations under its financial instrument and, as a result, holders of these securities could lose their entire investment.

In addition, if the Group’s financial condition deteriorates, the existence of the Bail-in Tool or the exercise of write-down or conversion powers or any other resolution tool by the resolution authority (independently of or in combination with a resolution) if it determines that Societe Generale or the Group will no longer be viable could result in a more rapid decline in the value of the Group’s financial instruments than in the absence of such powers.

4.2Risk management organisation

4.2.1Risk appetite

Risk appetite is defined as the level of risk that the Group is prepared to accept to achieve its strategic goals.

Thus, risk appetite is part of the Group’s overall strategy, which has the following objectives:

  • CET 1 ratio at 13% in 2026, under Basel IV;
  • average annual revenue growth between 0% and 2% over 2022-2026;
  • cost-to-income ratio below 60% in 2026 • Return on tangible equity (ROTE) between 9% and 10% in 2026
  • maintaining a risk management at the highest standards with a cost of risk between 25 and 30 bps over 2024-2026 and a rate of non performing loan between 2,5% and 3% in 2026;
  • maintaining a strength liquidity profile with a short term liquidity ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), greater or equal to 130% over 2024-2026 and a Net Stable Funding Ratio greater or equal to 112% over 2024-2026.
A robust financial strength profile

The Group seeks to achieve sustainable profitability, relying on a robust financial profile consistent with its diversified banking model, by:

  • adjusting its activities portfolio according to performance criteria, synergy with the Group and extreme risk criteria;
  • targeting profitable and resilient business development;
  • maintaining a target rating allowing access to financial resources at a cost consistent with the development of the Group’s businesses and its competitive positioning;
  • calibrating its capital indicators (consistent with the results of the ICAAP group process) to ensure:
    • -satisfaction of minimum regulatory requirements on CET1 ratio,
    • -financial conglomerate ratio requirement, which take into consideration the combined solvency of Group banking and insuring activities,
    • -coverage of one year of “internal capital requirement” using available CET1 capital,
    • -a sufficient level of creditor protection consistent with a debt issuance program that is particularly hybrid consistent with the Group’s objectives in terms of rating and regulatory ratios such as Tier 1, TLAC (“Total Loss Absorbing Capacity”), MREL (“Minimum Required Eligible Liabilities”), and the leverage ratio;
  • ensuring resilience of its liabilities, which are calibrated by taking into account a survival horizon in a combined liquidity stress ratio (ILSI – Internal Liquidity Stress Indicator), compliance with LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio) and NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio) regulatory ratios and the level of dependence on short-term fundings and the foreign currencies needs business of the Group, notably in USD;
  • controlling financial leverage.

Based on this model, the risk appetite is established and formalised at a Group level by type of risks.

Credit risk (including concentration effects)

Credit risk appetite is managed through a system of credit policies, risk limits and pricing policies.

When it takes on credit risk, the Group focuses on medium- and long-term client relationships, targeting both clients with which the Bank has an established relationship of trust and prospects representing profitable business development potential over the mid-term.

Acceptance of any credit commitment is based on in-depth client knowledge and a thorough understanding of the purpose of the transaction.

In particular, concerning the underwriting risk, the Group, mainly through the Business Unit GLBA “Global Banking and Advisory”, makes a steadfast commitment to transactions at a guaranteed price as debt financing arranger, prior to syndicating them to other banking syndicates and institutional investors. If market conditions deteriorate or markets close while the placement is under way, these transactions may create a major over-concentration risk (or losses, if the transaction placement requires selling below the initial price).

The Group controls the aggregate value of approved underwriting positions, so as limit it risk if debt markets are closed for an extended period.

In a credit transaction, risk acceptability is based first on the borrower’s ability to meet its commitments, in particular through the cash flows which will allow the repayment of the debt. For medium and long-term operations, the funding duration must remain compatible with the economic life of the financed asset and the visibility horizon of the borrower’s cash flow.

Security interests are sought to reduce the risk of loss in the event of a counterparty defaulting on its obligations, but may not, except in exceptional cases, constitute the sole justification for taking the risk. Security interests are assessed with prudent value haircuts and paying special attention to their actual enforceability.

Complex transactions or those with a specific risk profile are handled by specialised teams within the Group with the required skills and expertise.

The Group seeks risk diversification by controlling concentration risk and maintaining a risk allocation policy through risk sharing with other financial partners (banks or guarantors).

Counterparty ratings are a key criterion of the credit policy and serve as the basis for the credit approval authority grid used in both the commercial and risk functions. The rating framework relies on internal models. Special attention is paid to timely updating of ratings (which, in any event, are subject to annual review)(5).

The risk measure of the credit portfolio is based primarily on the Basel parameters that are used to calibrate the capital need. As such, the Group relies for the internal rating of counterparties on Basel models allowing the assessment of credit quality, supplemented for “non-retail” counterparties, by expert judgment. These measures are complemented by an internal stress-sized risk assessment, either at the global portfolio level or at the sub-portfolio level, linking risk measures and rating migration to macroeconomic variables most often to say expert. In addition, the calculation of expected losses under the provisions of IFRS 9, used to determine the level of impairment on healthy outstandings, provides additional insight into assessing portfolio risk.

In cooperation with the Risk Function, the business lines implement pricing policies which are differentiated based on counterparty and transaction risk levels. The purpose of pricing a transaction is to ensure acceptable profitability, in line with the objectives of ROE (Return on Equity) of the business or entity, after taking into account the cost of the risk of the transaction in question. The pricing of an operation can nevertheless be adapted in certain cases to take into account the overall profitability and the potential customer relationship development. The intrinsic profitability of products and customer segments is subject to periodic analysis in order to adapt to changes in the economic and competitive environment.

Proactive management of impaired risks is key to containing the risk of final loss in the event of default of a counterparty. As such, the Group has put in place rigorous procedures and/or enhanced follow-up to monitor counterparties with a worsening risk profile. Furthermore, the businesses lines and subsidiaries or branches, along with the Risk function, have set up joint teams of employees specialised in asset recovery management to effectively preserve the Bank’s interests in the event of default.

Measures to manage environmentals, socials and governance risks factors

Transitional and physical environmental risk factors can have a significant impact on the credit risk and are an aggravating factor for the risks the Bank is facing, in particular credit risk through an increase of costs, a decrease in the guarantees’ performance and a reduction in demand.

Concerning ESG risks (Environmental, Social & Governance), the assessment and management of the impact of ESG risk factors on credit risk is particularly based on portfolio alignment indicators (power generation for example).

In general, credit granting policies must comply with the criteria defined within the framework of the Group’s Social and Environmental Responsibility (CSR) policy, which is broken down through:

  • the general environmental and social principles and the sectoral and cross-cutting policies appended to them. Sector policies cover sectors considered potentially sensitive from an environmental, social or ethical point of view;
  • the targets for alignment with the objectives of the Paris agreement, which the Group has set itself, starting with the sectors with the highest CO2 emissions;
  • commitment to granting sustainable financing classified as Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance and to Sustainability linked transactions.

The risk related to climate change is taken into consideration in the credit risk assessment process. In July 2022, a Group procedure was published on the integration of C&E factors in the credit granting analysis, and a training program is being rolled out. In addition, over the course of 2023, the climate vulnerability assessment dedicated to transition risk will be fully integrated in the credit grating process and tools. It makes it possible to integrate the impact of climate risk in the analysis of credit risk.

Counterparty credit risk

Counterparty risk is the credit risk on market transactions and includes counterparty credit risk (CCR) and settlement-delivery risk (RDL). They are measured by parameters taken into account the dynamics of exposures distortions linked to market movements. Counterparty risk is thus managed via a set of limits that reflect the Group’s risk appetite. The Group also measures this risk under stress tests to take account exceptional market disturbances. In order to mitigate these risks, the Group has contracted close-out netting agreements and market collateralisation.

a) Counterparty credit risk

The future value of exposure to a counterparty as well as its credit quality are uncertain and variable over time, both of which are affected by changes in market parameters. Thus, counterparty credit risk management is based on a combination of several types of indicators:

  • indicators of potential future exposures (potential future exposures, or PFE), aimed at measuring exposure to our counterparties:
    • -the Group controls idiosyncratic counterparty credit risks via a set of CVaR(6) limits. The CVaR measures the potential future exposure linked to the replacement risk in the event of default by one of the Group’s counterparties. The CVaR is calculated for a 99% confidence level and different time horizons, from one day until the maturity of the portfolio,
    • -in addition to the risk of a counterparty default, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the value of our portfolio of derivatives and repos account the credit quality of our counterparties;
  • the abovementioned indicators are supplemented by stress test impacts frameworks or on nominal ones in order to capture risks that are more difficult to measure;
  • risks are measured via stress tests at different levels:
    • -across all categories(7) of counterparties,
    • --on all categories of clients,
    • -at activity level for agency businesses collateralised financing bearing more wrong-way risks by nature;
  • the CVA risk is measured through a stress test aiming at measuring the CVA impacts due to hypothetical market risk scenarios reflecting market moves deemed to be representative, especially counter parties’ credit spreads.
  • exposures to central counterparty clearing houses (CCP(8)) are subject to specific supervision:
    • -the amount of collateral posted for each segment of a CCP: the initial posted margins, both for our principal and agency activities, and our contributions to CCP default funds,
    • -in addition, a stress test measures the impact linked to (i) the default of an average member on all segments of a CCP and (ii) the failure of a major member on a segment of a CCP;
  • the Global Stress Test on market activities includes cross market-counterparty risks, it is described in more detail in the “Market risk” section;
  • besides, a specific framework that has been set up aims to avoid individual concentration related to counterparty risk in market operations.
  • finally, a CCR RAS metric is now under Board delegation authority (subject to CORISQ, etc.), relying on the sum of the GASEL and the Collaterised Financing stress test commensurate with market risk.
b) Settlement/delivery risk on market activities

Settlement-delivery risk is the risk of non-payment of amounts due by a counterparty or the risk of non-delivery of currencies, securities, commodities or other products by a counterparty in the context of the settlement of a market transaction whose payment type is FOP (Free of Payment, which implies that payment and delivery are two distinct flows that should be considered independently of each other).

The Group measures its exposure to this risk of non-payment or non-delivery of funds or securities using a dedicated metric (RDL). It is measured as the amount of flows (of funds, securities or commodities) to be received after netting the settlement flows to be paid and received and taking into account the risk mitigation mechanisms(9).

The characteristics of the transactions, as well as the legal and operational environment in which they are processed, are used to calculate the settlement-delivery risk profile for each Counterparty.

Market risk

Group market activities are guided as part of a development strategy focused in priority for meeting the customer needs, with a complete range of solutions.

Market risk is managed through a set of limits for several indicators (such as stress tests, Value-at-Risk (VaR) and stressed Value-at-Risk (SvaR), “Sensitivity” and “Nominal” indicators). These indicators are governed by a series of limits proposed by the business lines and approved by the Risk Division during the course of a discussion-based process.

The choice of limits and their calibration reflect qualitatively and quantitatively the fixing of the Group’s appetite for market risks. This analysis is related to market conditions, the flexibility in managing down the Group’s positions or the consumption of regulatory own funds based on internal reference models. A regular review of these frameworks also enables risks to be tightly controlled according to changing market conditions with, for example, a temporary reduction of limits if market conditions worsen. Warning thresholds are also in place to prevent the possible occurrence of overstays.

Limits are set at different sub-levels of the Group, thereby cascading down the Group’s risk appetite from an operational standpoint within its organisation.

Within these limits, the Global Stress Test limits on market activities and the Market Stress Test limits play a pivotal role in determining the Group’s market risk appetite; in fact, these indicators cover all operations and the main market risk factors as well as risks associated with a severe market crisis which helps limit the total amount of risk and takes account of any diversification effects. These stress tests and their associated threshold, permit to evaluate and frame a potential loss under different market scenarios, adverse but plausible, of decennial occurrence (for instance, systemic crisis).

Non financial risks (including compliance risk)

Non-financial risks are defined as non-compliance risk, risk of inappropriate conduct, IT risk, cybersecurity risk, other operational risks, including operational risk associated with credit risk, market risk, model risk, liquidity and financing, structural and rate risk. These risks can lead to financial losses.

Governance and a methodology have been put in place for the scope of non-financial risks.

As a general rule, the Group has no appetite for operational risk or for non-compliance risk. Furthermore, the Group maintains a zero-tolerance policy on incidents severe enough to potentially inflict serious harm to its image, jeopardise its results or the trust displayed by customers and employees, disrupt the continuity of critical operations or call into question its strategic focus. The Group underscores that it has is no or very low tolerance for operational risk involving the following:

  • internal fraud: the Group does not tolerate unauthorised trading by its employees. The Group’s growth is founded on trust, as much between employees as between the Group and its employees. This implies respecting the Group’s principles at every level, such as exercising loyalty and integrity. The Group’s internal control system must be capable of preventing acts of major fraud;
  • cybersecurity: the Group has no appetite for fraudulent intrusions, disruption of services, compromise of elements of its information system, in particular those which would lead to theft of assets or theft of customer data. The Bank intends to introduce effective means to prevent and detect this risk. It has a barometer that measures the maturity of the cybersecurity controls deployed within its entities and the appropriate organisation to deal with any incidents;
  • data leaks: trust is one of Societe Generale Group’s key assets. As a result the Bank commits to deploy the necessary resources and implement controls to prevent, detect and remedy data leaks. The Bank does not tolerate leaks of its most sensitive information, in particular where it concerns its customers;
  • business continuity: the Group relies heavily on its information systems to perform its operations and is therefore committed to deploying and maintaining the resilience of its information systems to ensure the continuity of its most essential services. The Group has very low tolerance for the risk of downtime in its information systems that perform essential functions, in particular systems directly accessible to customers or those enabling to conduct business on financial markets. In addition, to deal with the occurrence of certain extreme events that could permanently affect its information system, its external service providers or a major Group entity based abroad, the Bank is developing resilience solutions to ensure its survival. The Group thus defines the duration (“impact tolerance”) beyond which any interruption of a Group vital process would present a risk to (i) the safety and soundness of the Group, (ii) customers, (iii) the stability of the financial system. Impact tolerance applies to each vital process, regardless of crisis scenarios and available solutions, and differs from Recovery Time Objective (RTO), which is a business continuity indicator that oversees unavailability for low-impact incident. A maturity index will also be calculated to measure the degree of resilience of the most vital processes by crisis nature;
  • outsourced services: Societe General Group intends to demonstrate a high degree of throroughness in the control of its activities entrusted to external service providers. As such, the Societe Generale Group adheres to a strict discipline of monitoring it’s providers with a review frequency depending on their level of risk. Thus, Societe General does not have any appetite for a delay in the management of its service providers exceeding three months;
  • managerial continuity: the Group intends to ensure the managerial continuity of its organisation to avoid the risk of a long-term absence of a manager that would question the achievement of its strategic objectives, which might threaten team cohesion or disrupt the Group’s relationships with its stakeholders;
  • physical security: the Societe Generale Group applies security standards to protect personnel, tangible and intangible assets in all the countries where it operates. The Group Security Department ensures the right level of protection against hazards and threats, in particular through security audits on a list of sites that it defines;
  • execution errors: the Societe Generale Group has organised its day-to-day transaction processes and activities through procedures designed to promote efficiency and mitigate the risk of errors. Notwithstanding a robust framework of internal control systems, the risk of errors cannot be completely avoided. The Group has a low tolerance for execution errors that would result in very high impacts for the Bank or its clients.

The Group is exposed to legal risks inherent in its business such as commercial disputes and non-respect of the competition laws. The Group aims at managing and mitigating these risks. Its Legal Division serves a risk mitigation function within the Group and defines the norms, standards, procedures and controls associated with legal risk. The Legal Division provides independent legal advice within the Group and, among its roles, it identifies, assesses, analyses and mitigates legal risk issues within the Group. It also promotes a solid “legal risk culture” throughout the Group.

The Group is required to strictly comply with all laws and regulations which govern its activities in all countries in which it operates, and implements international best practices to that effect. It strives, in particular, to:

  • knowing its customers by implementing appropriate KYC measures;
  • work with clients and partners that comply with international rules and standards on anti-money laundering and terrorism financing;
  • work with clients and complete transactions in accordance with rules related to international sanctions and embargoes;
  • perform transactions, offer products and advisory services and work with partners in accordance with regulations governing, in particular, client protection;
  • implementing the necessary measures and conducting transactions in the respect of the integrity of the markets;
  • implementing and complying with data protection obligations, in particular obligations regarding the protection of personal data and the use of digital technologies;
  • ensuring the proper functioning of the system for interpreting and transposing prudential regulations by the expert functions, in particular DFIN and RISQ.
Structural risks
a) Liquidity and funding risk

Liquidity risk is defined as the Group’s inability to meet its financial obligations at a reasonable cost: debt repayments, collateral supply. The Group assesses this risk over various time horizons, including intraday, considering market access restriction risk (generalised or specific to the Group).

Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will not be able to finance the development of its businesses at a scale consistent with its commercial goals and at a competitive cost compared to its competitors. The capacity to raise funding is assessed over a three-year horizon. Controlling liquidity risk is based primarily on:

  • compliance with regulatory liquidity ratios, with precautionary buffers: LCR (liquidity coverage ratio) ratios that reflect a stress situation and NSFR (net stable funding ratio);
  • compliance with a minimum survival horizon under combined market and idiosyncratic stress (Internal Liquidity Stress Indicator (ILSI));
  • framing of transformation and anti-transformation positions (price risk);
  • management of the contingent liquidity reserve with the Central Bank.

Controlling financing risk is based on:

  • maintaining liabilities structure designed to meet the Group’s regulatory constraints (Tier1, Total Capital, Leverage, TLAC, NSFR, MREL) and rating agency requirements in order to secure a minimum rating level;
  • recourse to market financing: annual long-term issuance programs and a stock of moderate structured issues and short-term financing raised by supervised treasuries.
b) Credit Spread Risk in the Banking Book

Structural exposure to interest rate, credit spread and foreign exchange risks results from commercial transactions and their hedging in the banking book (and not in the trading book, which concerns market risk).

Structural interest rate risk (also referred to as Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book – IRRBB) refers to the risk – whether current or prospective – to the Group’s equity and earnings (hence for the Net Present value and the Net Interest Margin) posed by adverse movements in interest rates affecting the items comprising its banking book. There are four main types of risk based on the EBA taxonomy: Interest rates level risk, curve risk, optional risk and basis risk. All four types of risks may potentially affect the value or yield of interest-rate sensitive assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items.

Structural credit spread risk (also referred to as Credit Spread Risk in the Banking Book – CSRBB) refers to the Group’s equity and earnings posed by adverse movements in market price for credit risk, for liquidity (of lenders) and for potentially other characteristics of credit-risky instruments, which is not captured by another existing prudential framework (such as IRRBB) or by expected credit default risk or a jump-to-default risk. The management of interest rate risk is detailed in Chapter 4-8 Structural risk-interest rate and exchange rate risk of the 2024 URD.

c) Foreign Exchange Risk in the Banking Book

Changes in inter-currency exchange rates may cause changes in the value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items and result in volatility in the income statement or other gains and losses recognised in equity.

The Group’s policy in terms of structural exchange rate risks consists of limiting as much as possible the sensitivity of its CET1 capital ratio to changes in exchange rates, so that the impact on the CET1 ratio of an appreciation or a depreciation of all currencies against the euro does not exceed a certain threshold in terms of bp by summing the absolute values of the impact of each currency.

d) Risk on employee benefits

The risks on social commitments result from the deficit between the social liabilities and the related financial assets.

Regarding risks to pension and long-service obligations, which are the Bank’s long-term obligations towards its employees, the amount of the provision is monitored for risk on the basis of a specific stress test and an attributed limit. The risk management policy has two main objectives: reduce risk by moving from defined-benefit plans to defined-contribution plans and optimize asset risk allocation (between hedge assets and performance assets) where allowed by regulatory and tax constraints.

Model risk

The source of model risk may be linked to incorrect model design, implementation, use or monitoring.

The Group is committed to defining and deploying internal standards to reduce model risk on the basis of key principles, including the creation of three independent lines of defence, the proportionality approach relying on a model tiering methodology, a model inventory and the consistency of the approaches used within the Group.

Risk model appetite is defined for the perimeter of this group of models: credit risk IRB and IFRS 9, market and counterparty risk, market product valuation, ALM, trading model, compliance and granting.

A wrong design, application, use or monitoring of these models can have unfavourable consequences of two types: an underestimation of own funds on the basis of models approved by the regulators and/or financial losses.

Risk related to insurance activities

The Group conducts Insurance activities (Life Insurance and Savings, Retirement savings, Property & Casualty Insurance, etc.) which exposes the Group to two major types of risks:

  • subscription risk related to pricing and fluctuations in the claims ratio;
  • risks related to financial markets (interest rate, credit and equity) and asset-liability management.

Insurance management risk is described in Financial Statements Note 4.3 Insurance activities

Investment risk

The Group has limited appetite for financial holdings, such as proprietary private equity transactions. The investments allowed are mainly related to:

  • support clients and business development of the retail banking network through SGRF and certain subsidiaries abroad;
  • taking stakes, either directly or through investment funds, in innovative companies via SG Ventures;
  • the takeover of stakes in local companies: Euroclear, Crédit Logement, etc., which does not have limit.

The real estate risk is defined as the risk of decline in the value of SG’s own real estate investments. Such assessment is linked to the value of financial instruments related to real estate assets.

The SG policy related to the own real estate allows to mitigate this risk thanks to two mitigation actions:

  • agency: the good location of the agency allows to limit the impact on the price in case of market depreciation;
  • the practice of lease back for offices: the offices no longer belong to the Group that continues to occupy the premises for rent.
Risks related to operating leasing activities

The residual value risk is the risk of a loss of value due to the changes in the price of vehicles on second-hand markets.

The resale price of the vehicles is estimated at inception of the leasing contract. The resale price may differ from this estimated value, thus generating a gain or a loss.

Residual value risk is managed according to a central policy which defines the procedure for setting residual values and their review. The governance in place on residual value risk aims to monitor used car market price evolutions and adapt the Company’s pricing and financial policy. The governance in place on residual value risk also aims to monitor residual values for electric vehicles, whose future resale in the specific used vehicle market could also involve uncertainties related to the level of demand, the level of prices, or rapid technological change.

Several factors can cause deviations between the estimated price at contract inception and the actual realised resale price: economic context changes, used car market demand and supply evolutions (in terms of brand, model, car segment, etc.), new vehicle regulations/taxes, etc.

4.3Internal control framework

4.3.1Internal control

Internal control is part of a strict regulatory framework applicable to all banking institutions.

In France, the conditions for conducting internal controls in banking institutions are defined in the Order of 3 November 2014, modified by the Order of 25 February 2021. This Order, which applies to all credit institutions and investment companies, defines the concept of internal control, together with a number of specific requirements relating to the assessment and management of the various risks inherent in the activities of the companies in question, and the procedures under which the supervisory body must assess and evaluate how the internal control is carried out.

The Basel Committee has defined four principles – independence, universality, impartiality, and sufficient resources – which underpin the internal control carried out by credit institutions.

The Board of Directors ensures that Societe Generale has a solid governance system and a clear organisation ensuring:

  • a well-defined, transparent and coherent sharing of responsibilities;
  • effective procedures for the detection, management, monitoring and reporting of risks to which the Company could be exposed.

The Board tasks the Group’s General Management with rolling out the Group’s strategic guidelines to implement this set-up.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is a Board of Directors’ Committee that is specifically responsible for preparing the decisions of the Board in respect of internal control supervision.

As such, General Management and Risk Division submits reports to the Audit and Internal Control Committee on the internal control of the Group. The Committee monitors the implementation of remediation plans when it considers the risk level to be justified.

Internal control is based on a body of standards and procedures.

All Societe Generale Group activities are governed by rules and procedures contained in a set of documents referred to collectively as the “Standard Guidelines”, compiled in the Societe Generale Code, which:

  • set out the rules for action and behavior applicable to Group staff;
  • define the structures of the businesses and the sharing of roles and responsibilities;
  • describe the management rules and internal procedures specific to each business and activity.

The Societe Generale Code groups together the standard guidelines which, in particular:

  • define the governance of the Societe Generale Group, the structures and duties of its Business Units and Services Units, as well as the operating principles of the cross-business systems and processes (Codes of Conduct, charters, etc.);
  • set out the operating framework of an activity and the management principles and rules applicable to products and services rendered, and also define internal procedures.

The Societe Generale Code has force of law within the Group and falls under the responsibility of the Group Corporate Secretary.

In addition to the Societe Generale Code, operating procedures specific to each Group activity are applied. The rules and procedures in force are designed to follow basic rules of internal control, such as:

  • segregation of functions;
  • immediate, irrevocable recording of all transactions;
  • reconciliation of information from various sources.

Multiple and evolving by nature, risks are present in all business processes. Risk management and control systems are therefore key to the Bank’s ability to meet its targets.

The internal control system is represented by all methods which ensure that the operations carried out and the organisation and procedures implemented comply with:

  • legal and regulatory provisions;
  • professional and ethical practices;
  • the internal rules and guidelines defined by the Company’s management body of the undertaking in its executive function.

Internal control in particular aims to:

  • prevent malfunctions;
  • assess the risks involved, and exercise sufficient control to ensure they are managed;
  • ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of internal processes, particularly those which help safeguard assets;
  • detect irregularities;
  • guarantee the reliability, integrity and availability of financial and management information;
  • check the quality of information and communication systems.

The internal control system is based on five basic principles:

  • the comprehensive scope of the controls, which cover all risk types and apply to all the Group’s entities;
  • the individual responsibility of each employee and each manager in managing the risks they take or supervise, and in overseeing the operations they handle or for which they are responsible;
  • the responsibility of functions, in line with their expertise and independence, in defining normative controls and, for three of them, exercising second-level permanent control;
  • the proportionality of the controls to the materiality of the risks involved;
  • the independence of internal auditing.

The internal control framework is based on the “three lines of defence” model, in accordance with the Basel Committee and European Banking Authority guidelines:

  • the first line of defence comprises all Group employees and operational management, both within the Business Units and the Services Units in respect of their own operations.
  • Operational management is responsible for risks, their prevention and their management (by putting in place first-level permanent control measures, amongst other things) and for implementing corrective or remedial actions in response to any deficiencies identified by controls and/or process steering;
  • the second line of defence is provided by the risk and compliance functions.
  • Within the internal control framework, operational management is responsible for verifying the proper and continuous running of the risk security and management operation functions through the effective application of established standards, defined procedures, methods and requested controls.
  • Accordingly, these functions must provide the necessary expertise to define in their respective fields the controls and other means of risk management to be implemented by the first line of defence, and to ensure that they are effectively implemented; they conduct second-level permanent control over all of the Group’s risks, based in particular on the controls they have defined, as well as those defined, if necessary, by other expert functions (e.g. sourcing, legal, tax, human resources, information system security, etc.) and by the businesses;
  • the third line of defence is provided by the Internal Audit Department, which encompasses the General Inspection and Internal Audit functions. This department performs periodic internal audits that are strictly independent of the business lines and the permanent control function;
  • internal control coordination, which falls under the responsibility of the Chief Risk Officer, is also provided at Group level and is rolled out in each of the departments and core businesses.
SOC2024_URD_EN_H011_HD.png

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for ensuring the overall consistency and effectiveness of the internal control system.

The purpose of the Group Internal Control Coordination Committee (GICCC) is to ensure the consistency and effectiveness of the Group’s internal control, in response in particular to the obligation laid down in Art. 16 of the amended French Order of 3 November 2014. The Committee is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his absence, by a Deputy General Manager tasked with supervising the area under review. Organised by RISQ/NFR, the CCCIG convenes the Managers of the second line of defence (CPLE and RISQ), the Representatives appointed by the Heads of DFIN and RESG (including the Global CISO), the Manager of the third line of defence (IGAD), as well as the Heads of the level 2 permanent control central teams (RISQ/CTL, CPLE/CTL, DFIN/CTL).

The Committee meets approximately 20 times a year to deal with cross-cutting topics, as well as the annual review of each BU/SU.

Its roles and responsibilities are:

  • provide a consolidated view of the Group’s internal control framework to General Management;
  • evaluate the Group’s internal control framework in terms of effectiveness, consistency, and completeness;
  • evaluate the operation Group’s permanent control framework based on the analysis of the Group’s quarterly permanent control dashboard, completed by cross-functional thematic reviews and by the independent reviews of RISQ and CPLE in their role as the Group’s second line of defense;
  • examine and validate the annual report of the Group’s internal control (“RCI”);
  • define or validate the roles and responsibilities of permanent control stakeholders and of the GICCC and ICCC;
  • validate the operational principles of permanent control and governance;
  • validate the sections dealing with internal control in the SG Code;
  • review and “challenge” the BU/SU permanent control framework, in particular, validate the target organisation of permanent control in the major and significant entities;
  • review other cross-functional subjects related to the Group’s permanent control:
    • ( i )the permanent control budget,
    • ( ii )validate of level 2 Control Plans,
    • ( iii )other cross-functional subjects concerning all or part of the Group, in particular risks (including ESG topics), requiring an assessment of the effectiveness of preventive measures and controls; two subjects are examined annually, due to their importance and the attention they receive from the supervisory authorities:
      • control of information security framework, and
      • control of essential outsourced services;
  • follow up the Group’s permanent control framework with the permanent members of the Committee: review and comment on the status of the action plan prepared by RISQ/NFR and take appropriate decisions if necessary.

The GICCC is a decision-making body. It therefore has the authority to take appropriate measures to correct any deficiencies or weaknesses detected and communicated.

The GICCC is declined into BU/SU ICCCs, which are mandatory in each BU/SU (expect IGAD) and in the most significant subsidiaries.

Permanent control system

The Group’s permanent control system comprises:

  • the first-level permanent control, which is the basis of the Group’s permanent control, is performed by the businesses. Its purpose is to ensure the security, quality, regularity and validity of transactions completed at operational level;
  • the second-level permanent control, which is independent of the businesses and concerns three departments, i.e. the Compliance, Risk and Finance Departments.
First-level permanent control

Permanent Level 1 controls, carried out on operations performed by BUs and the SUs, ensure the security and quality of transactions and the operations. These controls are defined as a set of provisions constantly implemented to ensure the regularity, validity, and security of the operations carried out at operational level.

The permanent Level 1 controls consist of:

  • any combination of actions and/or devices that may limit the likelihood of a risk occurring or reduce the consequences for the Company: these include controls carried out on a regular and permanent basis by the businesses or by automated systems during the processing of transactions, automated or non-automated security rules and controls that are part of transaction processing, or controls included in operational procedures. Also falling into this category are the organisational arrangements (e.g., segregation of duties) or governance, training actions, when they directly contribute to controlling certain risks;
  • controls performed by managers: line managers control the correct functioning of the devices for which they are responsible. As such, they must apply formal procedures on a regular basis to ensure that employees comply with rules and procedures, and that Level 1 controls are carried out effectively.

Defined by a Group entity within its scope, Level 1 controls include controls (automated or manual) that are integrated into the processing of operations, proximity controls included in operating procedures, safety rules, etc. They are carried out in the course of their daily activities by agents directly in charge of an activity or by their managers. These controls aim to:

  • ensure the proper enforcement of existing procedures and control of all risks related to processes, transactions and/or accounts;
  • alert management in the event of identified anomalies or malfunctions.

Permanent Level 1 controls are set by management and avoid, as far as possible, situations of self-assessment. They are defined in the procedures and must be traced without necessarily being formalised, e.g. preventive automated controls that reject transactions that do not comply with system-programmed rules.

In order to coordinate the operational risk management system and the permanent Level 1 control system, the BUs/SUs use a specific department called CORO (Controls & Operational Risks Office Department).

Second-level permanent control

The permanent Level 2 control ensures that the Level 1 control works properly:

  • the scope includes all permanent Level 1 checks, including managerial supervision checks and checks carried out by dedicated teams;
  • this review and these audits aim to give an opinion on (i) the effectiveness of Level 1 controls, (ii) the quality of their implementation, (iii) their relevance (including, in terms of risk prevention), (iv) the definition of their modus operandi, (v) the relevance of remediation plans implemented following the detection of anomalies, and the quality of their follow-up, and thus contribute to the evaluation of the effectiveness of Level 1 controls.

The permanent level 2 control, control of the controls, is carried out by teams independent of the operational.

These controls are performed centrally by dedicated teams within Risk Service Unit (RISQ/CTL), Compliance Service Unit (CPLE/CTL) and Finance Service Unit (DFIN/CTL) and locally by the second-level control teams within the BU/SUs or entities.

Internal audit

The internal audit function is carried out within the Societe Generale Group (the “Group”) by the General Inspection and Internal Audit Service Unit (“IGAD”). The internal audit function is under the responsibility of the Group’s General Inspector.

The Internal Audit function contributes to Societe Generale Group’s internal control framework. It constitutes the third and final line of defense and ensures periodic control, strictly independent of the business lines and other internal control functions.

The internal audit function performed by IGAD, defined in accordance with IIA (Institute of Internal Auditors) standards, is an independent and objective activity that gives the Group assurance on the level of control of its risks and operations, provides advice to improve them and helps create added value. Through the exercise of this mandate, Inspection and Internal Audit help the Group to achieve its objectives by evaluating, through a systematic and methodical approach, its risk management, controls, and corporate governance processes and by making proposals to strengthen their effectiveness.

IGAD’s scope of operations includes Societe Generale SA and all Group entities, regardless of their area of activity. All the Group’s activities, operations, and processes, without exception, may be the subject of a mission conducted by the General Inspection Department or the Internal Audit Department. That said, entities in which the Group holds a minority stake are excluded from IGAD’s scope of intervention, including when Societe Generale exercises a significant influence, except when this stake is likely to have a significant impact on the Group’s risk management.

Outsourced activities also fall within the scope of the internal audit function.

The Group’s General Inspector reports directly to the Group’s Chief Executive Officer.

He meets regularly with the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors, updated in August 2023, provide that the General Inspector shall report to the Board of Directors on his mission on the basis of presentations made beforehand to the Audit and Internal Control Committee. He presents the audit and inspection plans approved by the Group’s Chief Executive Officer for validation to the Board of Directors, after review by the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

The General Inspector is a permanent member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee, to which he regularly presents a summary of the activity of the General Inspection and Internal Audit as well as the review of the follow-up of the implementation of the recommendations issued by both the Audit and the General Inspection and the supervisors. The General Inspector is also a permanent member of the Risk Committee. He may be heard on any subject by these Committees at their request or on its initiative.

Finally, pursuant to the Board of Directors’ internal rules, the General Inspector may, if necessary, in the event of an actual or potential deterioration of risks, report directly to the Board of Directors, directly or through the Audit and Internal Control Committee, without referring to the Executive Managers.

In order to achieve its objectives, the General Inspection and Internal Audit Service Unit is provided with appropriate resources, proportionate to the challenges, both in terms of quality and quantity. In total, it comprises around 930 employees based at the Group’s head office, subsidiaries or branches (France and abroad).

The IGAD Service Unit is a hierarchically integrated directorate. The General Inspection Department, based at headquarters, operates throughout the Group. The Internal Audit Departments are each responsible for a defined scope of activities or risks. Whether located at headquarters or within entities (branches or subsidiaries), the audit teams are all attached to the IGAD Service Unit. Thanks to a matrix organisation, the main cross-cutting topics at Group level are covered. Depending on the resources and skills required, an audit assignment can bring together teams from different departments. IGAD has the possibility to involve any team of its choice in the execution of a mission within the Group.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit departments carry out their work from missions. In addition to the missions listed in its tour plan, the General Inspection may be asked to carry out specific studies or contribute to “due diligence” reviews in the event of the acquisition or disposal of entities or activities by the Group. This work is governed by procedures ensuring that the Inspection Department cannot subsequently find itself in a conflict-of-interest situation.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit Departments design their respective audit plans on a risk-based approach. Internal Audit combines this approach with the requirement to comply with a five-year audit cycle and determines the frequency of its interventions according to the level of risk of the scopes to be audited. While the General Inspection Department is not required to comply with an audit cycle, its work is considered for the compliance with the audit cycle.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit Departments are also involved in monitoring the implementation of supervisors’ recommendations as part of their independent positioning within the Group. This work continued in 2023 with regular presentations to the General Management – in coordination with the General Secretariat – and to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

As required by the International Standards for Internal Audit, IGAD is subject to independent external certification by IFACI (French Institute of Audit and Internal Control).

4.4Capital management and adequacy

4.4.1The regulatory framework

Audited I Since January 2014, Societe Generale has been applied the new Basel III regulations implemented in the European Union through a regulation and a directive (CRR and CRD respectively).

The general framework defined by Basel III is structured around three pillars:

  • Pillar 1 sets the minimum solvency, leverage and liquidity requirements and defines the rules that banks must use to measure risks and calculate the related capital requirements, according to standard or more advanced methods;
  • Pillar 2 concerns the discretionary supervision implemented by the competent authority, which allows them – based on a constant dialogue with supervised credit institutions – to assess the capital adequacy calculated in accordance with Pillar 1, and to calibrate additional capital requirements taking into account all the risks faced by these institutions;
  • Pillar 3 promotes market discipline by developing a set of reporting requirements, both quantitative and qualitative, that allow market participants to better assess the capital, risk exposure, risk assessment procedures and hence the capital adequacy of a given institution.

Several amendments to European regulatory standards were adopted in May 2019 (CRR2/CRD5). The majority of the provisions came into effect in June 2021.

The amendments concern in particular the following items:

  • Leverage ratio: the minimum requirement of 3% to which will be added since January 2023, 50% of the buffer required as a systemic institution;
  • Derivatives counterparty risk  (SA-CCR(3)): the “SA-CCR” method is the Basel method replacing the old CEM(4)method for determining the prudential exposure on derivatives under the standardised approach;
  • Large Exposure: the main change is the calculation of the regulatory limit (25%) on Tier 1 capital (instead of total capital), as well as the introduction of a specific cross-limit on systemic institutions (15%);
  • TLAC: the ratio requirement for G-SIB is introduced in CRR. According to the Basel text, G-SIBs must comply with an amount of capital and eligible debt equal to the highest between 18% + risk-weighted assets buffers and 6.75% leverage since 2022.

In December 2017, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Banking Supervision (GHOS), which oversees the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, approved regulatory reforms to complement Basel 3.

The transposition into European law of the finalisation of Basel 3 in CRR3 and CRD6 was completed at the end of 2023. The new rules will apply from 1 January 2025.

One of the main novelties is the introduction of a global output floor: the Group’s risk-weighted assets (RWA) will be applied a floor corresponding to a percentage of the sum of the individual risk types (credit, market and operational) computed according to the standard method. The output floor level will gradually increase from 50% in 2025 to 72.5% in 2030.

Regarding FRTB, for the SA-Standard Approach: the reporting has been effective since the third quarter of 2021. The full implementation of FRTB, including the rules on the boundary between the banking and trading portfolio, should be aligned with the entry into force of CRR3. Nevertheless, the EU legislators reserve the right to postpone this application (up to 2 years) depending on how it is applied in other jurisdictions (in particular the US).

4.5Credit risk

Audited I Credit risk corresponds to the risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. 

This risk may be further amplified by individual, country and sector concentration risk. It includes:

  • the risk linked to securitisation activities;
  • the underwriting risk which is the risk of loss arising from debt syndication activities where the Bank fails to meet its final take target due to market conditions, inaccurate reading of investor demand, miscalculated credit profile of the borrower or credit deterioration of the borrower during the syndication phase of the loan/the bond.

4.5.1Credit risk monitoring and surveillance system

General principles

Audited I Business Units translate the principles laid out in this section as necessary into credit policies, which must comply with all the following rules:

  • a credit policy that defines lending criteria and, usually, limits on risk-taking by sector, type of loan, country/region or customer/customer category. These rules are defined particularly by the CORISQ and Credit Risk Committees (CRCs) and are drawn up in concert with the BU concerned;
  • the credit policy forms part of the Group’s risk management strategy in accordance with its risk appetite;
  • credit policies concerning major issues must be periodically approved by DGLE and the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ). Those involving smaller issues or more specific in scope can be approved at BU level;
  • credit policies rest on the principle that any commitment entailing credit risks depends on:
    • -in-depth knowledge of the customer and their business,
    • -an understanding of the purpose and nature of the transaction structure and the sources of income that will generate fund repayment,
    • -the appropriateness of the transaction structure, to minimise risk of loss in the event of counterparty default;
  • the analysis and the validation of the files, involving respectively and independently the responsibility of the Primary Customer Responsibility Unit (PCRU-SSC) and the dedicated risk units within the risk management function. To ensure a consistent approach to the Group’s risk-taking, this PCRU-SSC and/or and this risk unit reviews all applications for authorisation relating to a given customer or category of customers except in the case of credit delegations granted by the PCRU-SSC and RISQ to certain SG entities, the monitoring being conducted on a consolidated customer basis for all these authorisations. The PCRU-SSC and risk unit must operate independently of each another;
  • the allocation of rating or score, which is a key criterion of the granting policy. These ratings are validated by the dedicated risk unit. Particular attention is paid to the regular review of the ratings. On retail scope, cf. infra “Specificities of retail portfolios”;
  • for the non-retail scope, a delegation of authority regime, mainly based on the internal rating of counterparties, provides decision-making authority on the risk units on one hand and the PCRU-SSC on the other;
  • proactive management and monitoring of counterparties whose situation has deteriorated to contain the risk of loss given a default of a counterparty. 
Governance

The main mission of the Risk Department is to draw up the document formalising and defining with the Finance Department the Group’s risk appetite, a mechanism aimed at defining the acceptable level of risk given the Group’s strategic objectives.

The Risk Department is responsible for implementing the system to manage and monitor risks, including cross-Group risks. The Risk Department exercises hierarchical and functional oversight of the Risk management function in charge of Group credit risk giving it a comprehensive view of all the Group’s credit risks.

The Risk Department helps define risk policies in light of each core business targets and the associated risk issues. It defines or approves the methods and procedures used to analyse, measure, approve and monitor risks and the risk IT system and makes sure these are appropriate to the core businesses’ needs. As second line of defence, various Risk Departments (for Retail Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking and Market activities) are also in charge of credit risk and as such responsible for the independent control as second line of defence. These consist in independently reviewing and comparing any credit application that exceeds the authority delegated to core businesses or local Risk Department teams. The Risk Department also assesses the quality of first-level credit reviews and takes any remedial action necessary.

The Risk Department also approves transactions and limits proposed by core business lines in respect of credit risk.

Finally, as part of its responsibilities as a second line of defence, the Risk Department carries out permanent controls of credit risks. As such, the Risk Department provides independent control as a second line of defence on the detection and monitoring of the overshoot resolution.

The monthly Risk Monitoring Report presented to CORISQ by the Risk Department comments among others on the evolution of the Group’s credit portfolio and ensures compliance with the guidelines. Changes in the credit portfolio, changes in credit policy validated by CORISQ and respect for the Group’s risk appetite are presented at least quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

As part of the quarterly reporting to the Board of Directors and to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, an overview of the main credit risk metrics supplemented by details of the thresholds and limits where applicable is presented. The following metrics are in particular the subject of a presentation with a quarterly history: net cost of risk, NPL rate (non-performing loans), coverage rate, average credit quality of portfolios, outstanding corporates placed under surveillance (watchlist), supervision of corporate exposures by sector of activity, Grands Risques Réglementaires (major regulatory risk exposures), environmental indicators of portfolio alignment, etc.

A monthly version of the report intended for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors also provides additional information at a Business Unit level or on certain financing activities. A summary of the thematic CORISQs is also presented.

As part of the monthly CORISQ reporting to General Management, a summary of the main credit files is presented. Thematic presentations also provide recurring clarifications on certain perimeters and activities: personal real estate loans, consumer credit, non-retail credit risk, sector limits, country risks, major regulatory risks (Grands Risques Réglementaires), environmental indicators of portfolio alignment, etc.

Specificities of individual and professional portfolios (Retail)

Audited I Individual and professional portfolio (retail portfolio) have specific features in terms of risk management. This management is based on a statistical approach and on the use of tools and methods in the industrialisation of processes.

Statistical approach

The retail portfolio is made up of a sum of exposures of low unit amounts, validated in a partially automated manner, which together constitute significant outstanding at Group level and therefore a high level of risk.

Given the high number and standardisation of retail clients commitments, aggregate monitoring is necessary at all levels of the Risk function in charge of credit risk. This mass monitoring of retail customer exposure is based on the use of a statistical risk approach and monitoring by homogeneous risk class or any other relevant axes (economic sectors for the Professionals for instance).

In these circumstances, the risk monitoring system for the Retail portfolio cannot rely on the same procedures or the same tools as for corporates.

For instance, any change in marketing policy (shortening probationary period for loyalty, delegation of lending decisions to brokers, increase in margins, etc.) can have a rapid and massive impact and must therefore be tracked by a system that allows all actors (i) to identify as quickly as possible where any deterioration in exposures is coming from and (ii) to take remedial action.

Even if the IFRS 9 standard authorizes a collective approach and if the Group has a statistical approach on retail customers for the evaluation of the expected loss, the increase in risk for the purposes of the classification into stages is identified on an individual basis for this clientele. The available parameters (operating accounts and late payments) generally allow the assessment of the significant increase in credit risk at the level of individual exposure. The collective approach is currently only used in a very small number of instances within the Group.

Importance of tools and methods in the industrialisation of processes

The Risk management function must support Business Units and subsidiary managers in managing their risks with an eye to:

  • the effectiveness of lending policies;
  • the quality of the portfolio and its development over the lifetime of exposures (from grant to recovery).

Risk Department structures its supervision around the following four processes:

  • granting: this decision-making process can be more or less automated depending on the nature and complexity of the transactions, and hence the associated risk;
  • monitoring: different entities use different systems for granting and managing retail risks systems (scoring, expert systems, rules, etc.) and an appropriate monitoring system must be in place for each to assess the appropriateness of the grant rules applied (notably via monitoring);
  • recovery: recovery is an essential stage in the life cycle of Retail portfolio credits and makes a decisive contribution to our control of cost of risk. Whatever the organisation adopted (outsourcing, in-house collection, etc.), the establishment of an effective collection process is an essential element of good risk management. It makes a decisive contribution to controlling the cost of risk and limiting the level of our non-performing loans. If recovery is outsourced, it must conform to the Group’s regulations governing outsourcing;
  • provisioning: provisions against the Retail portfolio are decided at local level. They are calculated using the methodologies and governance methods defined and approved by the Risk Department. 
Monitoring individual concentration

Société Générale complies with regulations governing large exposures (large regulatory risk exposure limit at 25% of eligible own funds). In addition, the Group has set a more restrictive internal limit of 10%. Since 30 September 2023, the High Council for Financial Stability imposes a supplementary capital requirement (systemic buffer) if the Group’s exposure toward the most indebted companies established in France exceeds a limit of 5% of eligible own funds.

Internal systems are implemented to identify and manage the risks of individual concentrations, notably at credit origination. For example, concentration thresholds, based on the internal rating of counterparties, are set by a CORISQ and define the governance for validating the limits on Clients Groups falling under individual concentration monitoring. Exposure to groups of clients which are considered material are reviewed by the Large Exposure Committee chaired by the General Management. As part of the identification of its risks, the Group also carries out loss simulations by type of customer (on significant individual exposures that the Group could have).

The Group uses credit derivatives and insurances to reduce some exposures considered to be overly significant. Furthermore, the Group systematically seeks to share risks with other banking partners, at origination or through secondary sales, to avoid keeping a too large share in the banking pool, notably for large-companies.

Monitoring country risk

Global country risk limits and/or exposure monitoring are established on the basis of internal ratings and country governance indices (the highest rated countries are not framed in limits or thresholds). Frameworks are strengthened according to the level of risk presented by each country.

The country limits and thresholds are validated annually by the General Management. They can be revised downwards at any time depending on the deterioration or anticipation of the deterioration of a country’s situation.

The procedure for placing a country under alert is triggered in the event of a deterioration in the country risk or in anticipation of such a deterioration by the Risk Management Division.

Sector monitoring

The Group regularly reviews its entire credit portfolio through analyses by business sector. To do this, it relies on industry sector studies (including a one-year anticipation of sectoral risk) and on sectoral concentration analyses.

In addition, the Group periodically reviews its exposures to the portfolio segments presenting a specific risk profile, at Group level or at Business Unit level. These identified sectors or sub-portfolios are, where appropriate, subject to specific supervision through portfolio exposure limits and specific granting criteria. The limits are monitored either at General Management level in the CORISQ at Risk Division levelor at Business Unit management level depending on the materiality and the level of risk of the portfolios.

As a complement, targeted sector-based research and business portfolio analyses may be requested by General Management, the Risk Department and/or the businesses, depending on current affairs. In that respect, certain sectors, weakened in 2022 by the Russian-Ukrainian crisis and its effects (for example the energy sector in Europe) or that could be impacted in 2023 by the situation in the Middle East, have been subject to dedicated monitoring or a specific focus. Portfolios specifically monitored by the Group CORISQ include:

  • individual and professional credit portfolio (retail) in metropolitan France. The Group defines in particular a risk appetite target concerning the minimum share covered by Crédit Logement guarantee for real estate loans granted to individuals in France;
  • oil and gas sectors, on which the Group has defined a specific approach adapted to the different types of activities, sector’s players or geographies commercial real estate scope (i.e. corporates acting mainly as investors or developers in the field of real estate activities, to the benefit of third parties), on which the Group has defined a framework for origination and monitoring of exposures and limits according to the different types of financing, geographical areas and/or activities;
  • leveraged finance, for which the Group applies the definition of the scope and the management guidelines recommended by the ECB in 2017 (guidance on leveraged transactions). The Group continues to pay a particular attention to the Leverage Buy-Out (LBO) sub-portfolio, as well as to the highly-leveraged transactions segment;
  • exposures on hedge funds is subject to a specific attention. The Group incurs risk on hedge funds through derivative transactions and its financing activity guaranteed by shares in funds. Risks related to hedge funds are governed by individual limits and global limits on market risks and wrong way risks;
  • exposures on shadow banking are managed and monitored in accordance with the EBA guidelines published in 2015 which specify expectations regarding the internal framework for identifying, controlling and managing identified risks. CORISQ has set a global exposure threshold for shadow banking.
Credit stress tests

With the aim of identifying, monitoring and managing credit risk, the Risk Department works with the businesses to conduct a set of specific stress tests relating to a country, subsidiary or activity. These specific stress tests combine both recurring stress tests, conducted on those portfolios identified as structurally carrying risk, and ad hoc stress tests, designed to recognize emerging risks. Some of these stress tests are presented to CORISQ and used to determine how to frame the corresponding the activities concerned.

Credit risk stress tests complement the global analysis with a more granular approach and allow fine-tuning of the identification, assessment and operational management of risk, including concentration. They allow to calculate the expected credit losses on exposures which have undergone an event of default and on exposures which have not undergone an event of default, in accordance with the method prescribed in the standard IFRS 9. The perimeter covered may include counterparty credit risk on market activities when relevant.

Consideration of ESG risk factors in credit risk

For the Group, ESG risk factors do not constitute a new risk category but represent an aggravating factor of credit risk. Their integration is based on the governance and existing framework and follows a classical approach: Identification, Quantification, Definition of the risk appetite, Control and Mitigation of the risk.

ESG risk management is presented in Chapter 4.13 “Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks” of this document.

4.6Counterparty credit risk

Audited I Counterparty credit risk (CCR) is driven by market transactions (derivatives transactions and repos). Counterparty credit risk is therefore a multidimensional risk, combining credit and market risks, in the sense that the future value of the exposure to a counterparty and its credit quality are uncertain and variable in time (credit component), whilst also being impacted by changes in market parameters (market component). Counterparty credit risk can be broken down into the following categories:

  • default risk: it corresponds to the replacement risk to which the Societe Generale Group is exposed in the event of a counterparty’s failure to comply with its payment obligations. In this case, following the counterparty’s default SG must replace this transaction with a new transaction. Potentially, this must be done under stressed market conditions, with reduced liquidity and sometimes even facing a Wrong Way Risk (WWR);
  • Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk: it corresponds to the variability of the value adjustment due to counterparty credit risk, which is the market value of the Counterparty Credit Risk (CCR) for derivatives and repos, that is an adjustment to the transaction price factoring in the credit quality of the counterparty. It is measured as the difference between the price of a contract with a risk-free counterparty and the price of the same contract factoring in the counterparty’s default risk;
  • risk on CCPs (Central Clearing Counterparty): it is related to the default of another clearing member of the central clearing house, which could result in losses for the Group on its contribution to the default fund.

Transactions involving counterparty credit risk include delivered pensions, securities lending and borrowing, and derivative contracts, whether they are dealt with principal activity or on behalf of third parties (agency activities or client clearing) in the context of market activities.

4.6.1Determining limits and monitoring framework

4.6.1.1Main principles

Audited I Counterparty credit risk is framed through a set of limits that reflect the Group’s appetite for risk.

Counterparty credit risk management mainly relies on dedicated first and second lines of defence as described below:

  • the first lines of defence (LoD1) notably include the business lines that are subject to counterparty credit risk, the Primary Client Responsibility Unit that is in charge of handling the overall relationship with the client and the group to which it belongs, dedicated teams within Global Banking & Advisory and Global Markets Business Units responsible for monitoring and managing the risks within their respective scope of activities;
  • the Risk Department acts as a second line of defence (LoD2) through the setup of a counterparty credit risk control system, which is based on standardised risk measures, to ensure the permanent and independent monitoring of counterparty credit risks.

The fundamental principles of limit granting policy are:

  • dedicated LoD1 and LoD2 must be independent of each other;
  • the Risk Department has a division dedicated to counterparty credit risk management in order to monitor and analyse the overall risks of counterparties whilst taking into account the specificities of counterparties;
  • a system of delegated authorities, mainly based on the internal rating of counterparties, confers decision-making powers to LoD1 and LoD2;
  • the limits and internal ratings defined for each counterparty are proposed by LoD1 and validated by the dedicated LoD2(15). The limits may be set individually, at the counterparty level, or globally through framing a (sub) set of counterparties (for example: supervision of stress test exposures).

These limits are subject to annual or ad hoc reviews depending on the needs and changes in market conditions.

A dedicated team within the Risk Department is in charge of production, reporting and controls on risk metrics, namely:

  • ensuring the completeness and reliability of the risk calculation by taking into account all the transactions booked by the transaction processing department;
  • producing daily certification and risk indicator analysis reports;
  • controlling compliance with defined limits, at the frequency of metrics calculation, most often on a daily basis: breaches of limits are reported to Front Office and dedicated LoD2 for remediation actions.

In addition, a specific monitoring and approval process is implemented for the most sensitive counterparties or the most complex categories of financial instruments.

4.6.1.2Comitology

While not a substitute for CORISQ or for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (see the section on Risk management governance), the Counterparty Credit Risk Committee (CCRC) closely monitors counterparty credit risk through:

  • a global overview on exposure and counterparty credit risk metrics such as the global stress tests, the Potential Future Exposure PFE, etc., as well as focuses on specific activities such as collateralised financing, or agency business;
  • dedicated analysis on one or more risks or customer categories or frameworks or in case of identification of emerging risk areas.

This Committee, chaired by the Risk Department on a monthly basis, brings together representatives from the Global Banking and Investment Solutions (GBIS), from the Market Activities and the Global Banking and Advisory Business Units, but also departments that, within the risk management function, are in charge of monitoring counterparty credit risks on market transactions and credit risk. The CCRC also provides an opinion on the changes to the risk frameworks within its authority. The CRCC also identifies key CCR topics that need to be escalated to the management.

4.6.1.3Replacement risk

The Group frames the replacement risks by limits that are defined by credit analysts and validated by LoD2 based on the Group’s risk appetite.

The limits are defined at the level of each counterparty and then aggregated at the level of each client group, each category of counterparties and finally consolidated at the entire Societe Generale Group portfolio level.

The limits used for managing counterparty credit risk are:

  • defined at the counterparty level;
  • consolidated across all products types authorised with the counterparty;
  • established by maturity buckets to control future exposure using the Potential Future Exposure (PFE) measure also known as CVaR within Societe Generale;
  • calibrated according to the credit quality and the nature of the counterparty, the nature/maturity of the financial instruments contemplated (FX transactions, repos transactions, security lending transactions, derivatives, etc.), and the economic understanding, the contractual legal framework agreed and any other risk mitigants.

The Group also considers other measures to monitor replacement risk:

  • a multifactor stress test on all counterparties, which allows to holistically quantify the potential loss on market activities following market movements which could trigger a wave of defaults on these counterparties;
  • a set of single-factor stress tests to monitor the general wrong-way risk (see section 4.6.3.3 on Wrong Way Risk).
4.6.1.4CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) risk

In addition to the replacement risk, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the value of the Group’s derivatives and repos portfolio in order to take into account the credit quality of the counterparties facing the Group (see section 4.6.3.2 “Credit Valuation Adjustment”).

Positions taken to hedge the volatility of the CVA (credit, interest rate or equity instruments) are monitored through:

  • sensitivity limits;
  • stress test limits: scenarios representative of the market risks impacting the CVA (credit spreads, interest rates, exchange rates and equity) are applied to carry out the stress test on CVA.

The different indicators and the stress tests are monitored on the net amount (the sum of the CVA exposure and of their hedges).

4.6.1.5Risk on central counterparties

Clearing of transactions is a common market practice for Societe Generale, notably in compliance with the EMIR (European Market Infrastructure Regulation) regulations in Europe and the DFA (Dodd-Frank Act) in the United States, which require that the most standardised over-the-counter transactions be compensated via clearing houses approved by the authorities and subject to prudential regulation.

As a member of the clearing houses with which it operates, the Group contributes to their risk management framework through deposits into the default funds, in addition to margin calls.

The counterparty credit risk stemming from the clearing of derivatives and repos with central counterparties (CCP) is subject to a specific framework on:

  • initial margins, both for house and client activities (client clearing);
  • the Group’s contributions to the CCP default funds (guarantee deposits);
  • a stress test defined to capture the impact of a scenario where a major CCP member should default.

See table “EAD and RWA on central counterparties” of section 4.6.3.4 “Quantitative Information” for more information.

4.7Market risk

Audited I Market risk is the risk of loss of value on financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters, and the correlations between them. These parameters include, but are not limited to, exchange rates, interest rates, the price of securities (equities or bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets.

4.7.1Organisation of market risk management

Main functions

Audited I Although primary responsibility for managing risk exposure relies on the Front Office managers, the supervision system comes under the Market Risk Department of the Risk Department, which is independent from the businesses.

The main missions of this department are:

  • the definition and proposal of the Group’s market risk appetite;
  • the proposal of appropriate market risk limits by Group activity to the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ);
  • the assessment of the limit requests submitted by the different businesses within the framework of the overall limits authorised by the Board of Directors and General Management, and based on the use of these limits;
  • the permanent verification of the existence of an effective market risk monitoring framework based on suitable limits;
  • coordination of the review by the Risk Department of the strategic initiatives of the Market Risk Department;
  • the definition of the indicators used to monitor market risk;
  • the daily calculation and certification of the market risk indicators, of the P&L resulting from market activities, based on formal and secure procedures, and then of the reporting and the analysis of these indicators;
  • the daily monitoring of the limits set for each activity;
  • the risk assessment of new products or market activities.

In order to perform its tasks, the department also defines the architecture and the functionalities of the information system used to produce the risk and P&L indicators for market transactions, and ensures it meets the needs of the different businesses and of the Market Risk Department. 

This department contributes to the detection of possible rogue trading operations through a monitoring mechanism based on alert levels (on gross nominal value of positions for example) applied to all instruments and desks.

Governance

Market risks oversight is provided by various Committees at different levels of the Group:

  • the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors(20) is informed of the Group’s major market risks; in addition, it issues a recommendation on the most substantial proposed changes in terms of market risk measurement and framework (after prior approval by the CORISQ); this recommendation is then referred to the Board of Directors for a decision;
  • the Group Risk Committee(21) (CORISQ), chaired by the Chief Executive Officer of the Group (DGLE), is regularly informed of Group-level market risks. Moreover, upon a proposal from the Risk Department, it validates the main choices with regard to market risk measurement, as well as the key developments on the architecture and implementation of the market risk framework at Group level. The global market risk limits with a Board or DGLE delegation level are reviewed in CORISQ at least once a year;
  • the market risks are reviewed during the Market Risk Committee(22) (MRC) led by the Market Risk Department, chaired by the Risk Department and attended by the Head of the Global Banking and Investor Solutions Division and the Head of the Global Markets Division. This Committee provides information on risk levels for the main risk indicators as well as for some specific activities pointed out depending on market or business driven events. It also provides an opinion on the market risk framework changes falling under the remit of the Risk Department. In this context, a systematic review of all the limits with a Head of the Risk Division level is organized at least once a year.

During these Committees, several metrics for monitoring market risks are reported:

  • stress test measurements: Global Stress Test on market activities and Market Stress Test;
  • regulatory metrics: Value-at-Risk (VAR) and Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVAR).

In addition to these Committees, detailed and summary market risk reports, produced on a daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly basis, either related to various Group levels or geographic areas, are sent to the relevant business line and risk function managers.

In terms of governance, within the Market Risk Department, the main functional and transversal subjects are dealt with during Committees organised according the nature of activity in question.

4.8Structural risks – interest rate and exchange rate

Audited I Interest rate and foreign exchange risks are linked to:

  • trading book activities;
  • positions relating to long term employee benefit commitments and their hedging, which are monitored under a dedicated system;
  • the Banking Book activities, including commercial transactions and their hedging, but excluding positions linked to employee commitments covered by the dedicated system. This is the Group's structural exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risks. The general principle for managing structural interest rate and exchange rate risks within consolidated entities is to ensure that movements in interest and foreign exchange rates do not significantly threaten the Group’s financial base or its future earnings. 

The general principle for managing structural interest rate and exchange rate risks within consolidated entities is to ensure that movements in interest and foreign exchange rates do not significantly threaten the Group’s financial base or its future earnings. 

Within the entities, commercial and corporate centre operations must therefore be matched in terms of interest rates and exchange rates as much as possible. At the consolidated level, a structural foreign exchange position is maintained in order to minimise the variation of the Group's Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio to exchange rates fluctuations.

4.8.1Organisation of the management of structural interest rate and exchange rate risks

Audited I The principles and standards for managing these risks are defined at the Group level. The entities are first and foremost responsible for managing these risks. The ALM (Asset and Liability Management) Department within the Group’s Finance Division leads the control framework of the first line of defence. The ALM department of the Risk Department assumes the role of second line of defence supervision.

The Group ALM Committee, a General Management Body

The purpose of the Group ALM Committee is to:

  • validate and ensure the adequacy of the system for monitoring, managing and supervising structural risks;
  • review changes in the Group’s structural risks through consolidated reporting;
  • review and validate the measures and the adjustments proposed by the Group's Finance Department.

The Group ALM Committee gives delegation to the Global Rate Forex Committee chaired by the Finance Department and the Risk Division for the validation of frameworks not exceeding defined amounts.

The ALM Department, within the Group’s Finance Division

The ALM (Asset and Liability Management) Department is responsible for:

  • defining the structural risk policies for the Group and formalising risk Appetite to structural risks;
  • analysing the Group’s structural risk exposure and defining hedging strategies;
  • monitoring the regulatory environment concerning structural risk;
  • defining the ALM principles for the Group;
  • defining the modelling principles applied by the Group’s entities regarding structural risks;
  • identifying, consolidating and reporting on Group structural risks;
  • monitoring compliance with structural risk limits.
The ALM Risk Control Department within the Risk division

Within the Risk Division, the ALM Risk Department oversees structural risks and assesses the management system for these risks. As such, this department is in charge of:

  • interest and foreign exchange rates risks identification of the Group;
  • defining the steering indicators and overall stress test scenarios of the different types of structural risks and setting the main limits for the business divisions and the entities and Business Units (BU) and Service Units (SU);
  • defining the normative environment of the structural risk metrics, modelling and framing methods.

In addition, by delegation of MRM, this department ensures the validation of ALM models for which it organises and chairs the Validation Committee of Models.

Finally, he chairs the Model Validation Committee and the ALM Standards Validation Committee and thus ensures that the regulatory framework is correctly read and properly adapted to Société Générale environment.

The entities and BU/SU are responsible for ALM risk management

Each entity, each BU/SU, manages its structural risks and is responsible for regularly assessing risks incurred, producing the risk report and developing and implementing hedging options. Each entity, each BU/SU is required to comply with Group standards and to adhere to the limits assigned to it.

As such, the entities and the BUs/SUs apply the standards defined at Group level and develop the models, with the support of the central modelling teams of the Finance Department.

An ALM manager reporting to the Finance Department in each entity, is responsible for monitoring these risks. This manager is responsible for reporting ALM risks to the Group Finance Department. All entities have an ALM Committee responsible for implementing validated models, managing exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risks and implementing hedging programs in accordance with the principles set out by the Group and the limits validated by the Finance Committee and the BU/SU ALM Committees. 

4.9Structural risk – liquidity risk

Audited I Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the bank does not have the necessary funds to meet its commitments. Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will no longer be able to finance its activities with appropriate column of assets and at a reasonable cost.

4.9.1Objectives and guiding principles

Audited I The liquidity and funding management set up at Societe Generale aims at ensuring that the Group can:

(i) fulfil its payment obligations at any moment in time, during normal course of business or under lasting financial stress conditions (management of liquidity risks); 

(ii) raise funding resources in a sustainable manner, at a competitive cost compared to peers (management of funding risks). Doing so, the liquidity and funding management ensures compliance with risk appetite and regulatory requirements.

To achieve these objectives, Societe Generale has adopted the following guiding principles:

  • liquidity risk management is centralised at Group level, ensuring pooling of resources, optimisation of costs and consistent risk management. Businesses must comply with static liquidity deadlocks in normal situations, within the limits of their supervision and the operation of their activities, by carrying out operations with the “own management” entity, where appropriate, according to an internal refinancing schedule. Assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are assigned maturities according to agreements or quantitative models proposed by the Finance Department and by the business lines and validated by the Risk Division;
  • funding resources are based on business development needs and the risk appetite defined by the Board of Directors.(see section 2);
  • financing resources are diversified by currencies, investor pools, maturities and formats (vanilla issues, structured, secured notes, etc.). Most of the debt is issued by the parent company. However, Societe Generale also relies on certain subsidiaries to raise resources in foreign currencies and from pools of investors complementary to those of the parent company;
  • liquid reserves are built up and maintained in such a way as to respect the stress survival horizon defined by the Board of Directors. Liquid reserves are available in the form of cash held in central banks and securities that can be liquidated quickly and housed either in the banking book, under direct or indirect management of the Group Treasury, or in the trading book within the market activities under the supervision of the Group Treasury;
  • the Group has options that can be activated at any time under stress, through an Emergency Financing Plan (EFP) at Group level (except for insurance activities, which have a separate contingency plan), defining leading indicators for monitoring the evolution of the liquidity situation, operating procedures and remedial actions that can be activated in a crisis situation.

4.10Operational risk

In line with the Group’s Risk taxonomy, operational risk is one of the non-financial risks monitored by the Group. Operational risk is the risk of losses resulting from inadequacies or failures in processes, personnel or information systems, or from external events.

Societe Generale’s operational risk classification is divided into seven event categories:

  • commercial dispute;
  • compliance and other dispute with authorities;
  • errors in pricing or risk evaluation including model error;
  • execution errors;
  • fraud and other criminal activities;
  • loss of operating environment/capability;
  • IT system interruptions.

This classification ensures consistency throughout the system and enabling cross-business analyses throughout the Group (see section 4.10.2), particularly on the following risks:

  • risks related to information and communication technologies and security (cybercrime, IT systems failures, etc.);
  • risks related to outsourcing of services and business continuity;
  • risks related to the launch of new products/services/activities for customers;
  • non-compliance risk (including legal and tax risks) represents the risk of legal, administrative or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or loss to reputation a bank may suffer as a result of its failure to comply with national or European legislation, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organisation standards, and Codes of Conduct applicable to its banking activities;
  • reputational risk arises from a negative perception on the part of customers, counterparties, shareholders, investors or regulators that could negatively impact the Group’s ability to maintain or engage in business relationships and to sustain access to sources of financing;
  • misconduct risk resulting from actions (or inaction) or behaviour of the Bank or its employees inconsistent with the Group’s Code of Conduct, which may lead to adverse consequences for our stakeholders, or place the Bank’s Sustainability or reputation at risk.

The framework relating to the risks of non-compliance, reputation and inappropriate conduct is detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk”.

4.10.1Organisation of operational risk management

Governance

The Group operational risk management framework, other than non-compliance risks detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk” is structured around a three-level system comprising:

  • a first line of defence in each core Business Units/Service Units, responsible for applying the framework and putting in place controls that ensure risks are identified, analysed, measured, monitored, managed, reported and contained with the limits set by the Group-defined risk appetite;
  • a second line of defence, namely the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department in the Group’s Risk Division, in charge of the management of operational risks frameworks.
  • As such, the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department:
    • -conducts a critical examination of the BU/SUs management of operational risks (including fraud risk, risks related to information systems and information security, and risks related to business continuity and crisis management),
    • -sets regulations and procedures for operational risk systems and production of cross Group analyses,
    • -produces risk and oversight indicators for operational risk frameworks.
  • To cover the entire Group, the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department has a central team supported by regional hubs. The regional hubs report back to the department, providing all information necessary for a consolidated overview of the Bank’s risk profile that is holistic, prospective and valid for both internal oversight purposes and regulatory reporting.
  • The regional hubs are responsible for implementing the Operational Risk Division’s briefs in accordance with the demands of their local regulators.
  • The Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department communicates with the first line of defence through a network of operational risk correspondents in each Business/Service Units.
  • Concerning risks specifically linked to business continuity, crisis management and information, of persons and property, the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department carries out the critical review of the management of these risks in connection with the Group Security Division. Specifically, regarding IT risks, the Non-Financial Risk and permanent control Department carries out the critical review of the management of these risks in connection with the Resources and Digital Transformation Department;
  • a third line of defence in charge of internal audits, carried out by the General Inspection and Audit Division.
First and second-level control

The implementation and monitoring of the operational risk management framework is part of the Group’s internal control framework:

  • level 1 control is performed as part of operations within each SG Group BU/SU/entity, including managerial supervision and operational controls. This permanent control framework is supervised by the Normative Controls Library (NCL), which brings together, for the entire Group, the control objectives defined by the expertise functions, the business lines, in connection with the second lines of defence;
  • level 2 control is carried out by dedicated teams in the Risk Division to carry out this mission on operational risks covering the risks specific to the various businesses (including operational risks related to credit and market risks), as well as the risks associated with purchases, communication, real estate, human resources and information system.
Risk related to security of persons and property

Protecting persons and property, and compliance with the laws and regulations governing security are major objectives for Societe Generale Group. It is the mission of the Group Security Division to manage human, organisational and technical frameworks that guarantee the smooth operational functioning of the Group in France and internationally, by reducing exposure to threats (in terms of security and safety) and reducing their impact in the event of crisis.

The security of persons and property encompasses two very specific areas:

  • security, which comprises all the human, organisational and technical resources combined to deal with technical, physical, chemical and environmental accidents that can harm people and property;
  • safety, which comprises all the human, organisational and technical resources combined to deal with spontaneous or premeditated acts aimed at harming or damaging the Bank with the intent of obtaining psychological and/or financial profit.

The management of all these risks is based on operational risk systems and the second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department.

Risks related to information and communication technology (ICT) and security risks

Given the importance for the Group of its information system and the data it conveys and the continuous increase in the cybercriminal threat, the risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and to security are major for Societe Generale. Their supervision, integrated into the general operational risk management system, is steered as the first line of defence by a dedicated area of expertise (Information and Information Systems Security – ISS) and the second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department. They are subject to specific monitoring by the management bodies through sessions dedicated to Group governance (Risk Committee, CORISQ, CCCIG, ISCO) and a quarterly dashboard which presents the risk situation and action plans on the main information and communication technologies risks.

The Group Security Department, housed within the General Secretariat, is responsible for protecting information. The information provided by customers, employees and also the collective knowledge and know-how of the bank constitute Societe Generale’s most valuable information resources. To this end, it is necessary to put in place the human, organisational and technical mechanisms which make it possible to protect the information and ensure that it is handled, communicated to and shared by only the people who are authorised to know.

The person in charge of risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and security of information systems is housed at the Corporate Resources and Digital Transformation Division. Under the functional authority of the Head of Group Security, he recommends the strategy to protect digital information and heads up the IT Security Department. The IT security framework is aligned with the market standards (NIST, ISO 27002, ISO 27001, ISO 27035), and implemented in each Business/Service Unit. Societe Generale policies and process tend to be compliant with their requirements and conducts regular control on this compliance.

Risk management associated with cybercrime is carried out through the tri-annual Information Systems Security (ISS) master plan.

In order to take into account the development of the cyber threat, in a sustainable way on SG Group and in line with the Group strategy, with a budget of EUR 1 billion is allocated over the four coming years, the 2024-2026 cyber security strategy is structured around five pillars that guide actions out to 2026:

  • decrease the SG Group’s exposure to cyber risk by increasing protection levels and response capacity. In particular, by improving the deployment of key cyber risk controls through a commitment of Executive Committee members on results;
  • empower SG staff with regard to cyber security, ensuring that core security rules are fully enforced, in particular by ensuring production of Group’s assets are secured by design;
  • improve the operational efficiency of cyber security teams by optimizing more automated and more preventive cyber controls, to reduce the run cost and deploy additional protection measures;
  • support business transformation with the appropriate involvement of cyber security teams, to anticipate new trends (e.g. Artificial Intelligence or blockchain);
  • improve the human resources management of the sector, in particular on developing the skills and attractiveness of the Group’s security function.

At the operational level, the Group relies on a CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team) unit in charge of incident management, security watch and the fight against cybercrime. This team uses multiple sources of information and monitoring, both internal and external. Since 2018, this unit has also been strengthened by the establishment of an internal Red Team whose main tasks are to assess the effectiveness of the security systems deployed and to test the detection and reaction capabilities of the defence teams (Blue Teams) during an exercise simulating a real attack. The services of the Red Team enable the Group to gain a better understanding of the weaknesses in the security of the Societe Generale information system, to help in the implementation of global improvement strategies, and also to train cybersecurity defence teams. CERT works closely with the Security Operation Center (SOC), which is in charge of detecting security events and processing them.

A team at the Resources and Digital Transformation Department is in charge of ensuring the consistency of the implementation of operational risk management systems and their consolidation for IT processes. The main tasks of the team are as follows:

  • identify and evaluate the major IT risks for the Group, including extreme risk scenarios (e.g. cyberattack, failure of a provider), to enable the Bank to improve its knowledge of its risks, be better prepared for extreme risk scenarios and better align their investments with their IT risks;
  • produce the indicators that feed the IT risks monitoring dashboard, intended for management bodies and Information Systems Directors. They are reviewed regularly with the second line of defence in order to remain aligned with the IS and SSI strategy and their objectives;
  • more generally, ensure the quality and reliability of all devices addressing IT operational risks. Particular attention is paid to the permanent control system for its IT risks, which is based on the definition of normative IT and security controls and the support of the Group in the deployment of managerial supervision on this topic. Since 2022, the SSI normative controls were reviewed, i.e. around 200 controls covering cyber topics in addition to the IT controls already in place. The IS/SSI Departments monitor the deployment of these controls across the Group, the progress of which is aligned with the objectives set by the Group.

In terms of awareness, a multilingual online training module on information security is mandatory for all internal Group staff and for all service providers who use or access our information system. It was updated in early 2023 in order to incorporate changes to the new Group Information Security Policy.

Risks related to fraud (including non-authorised market activities)

The supervision of fraud risk, whether internal or external, is integrated into the general operational risk management framework which allows the identification, assessment, mitigation and monitoring of the risk, whether it is potential or actual.

It is steered in the first line of defence by dedicated expert teams working on fraud risk management, in addition to the teams in charge of operational risk management specific to each of the banking businesses. These teams are in charge of the definition and operational implementation of the means of raising awareness, preventing, detecting and dealing with frauds. The second line of defence is provided by the Non-Financial Risks and permanent control Department with a fraud risk manager. The second line defines and verifies compliance with the principles of fraud risk management in conjunction with the first line teams, and ensures that the appropriate governance is in place.

Finally, the teams, whether they are in the first or second line of defence, work jointly with teams of experts in charge of information security, the fight against cyber crime, know your client (KYC), anti-money laundering and combating corruption. Likewise, the teams work closely with the teams in charge of credit risk and market risk. The sharing of information contributes to the identification and increased responsiveness in the presence of a situation of proven fraud or weak signals. This active collaboration makes it possible to initiate investigative measures, blocking attempted fraud or initiating the recovery of funds or the activation of associated guarantees and insurance payments in the event of successful fraud.

4.11Compliance

Compliance risk is considered a non-financial risk, in keeping with the Group’s risk taxonomy.

Acting in compliance means understanding and observing the external and internal rules that govern our banking and financial activities. These rules aim to ensure a transparent and balanced relationship between the Bank and its stakeholders. Compliance is the cornerstone of trust between the Bank, its clients, its supervisors and its staff.

Compliance with rules is the responsibility of all Group employees, who must demonstrate compliance and integrity on a daily basis. The rules must be clearly expressed, and staff have been informed and/or trained to understand them properly.

The compliance risk prevention system is based on shared responsibility between the operational entities and the Group Compliance Department:

  • the operational entities (BUs and SUs) must incorporate into their daily activities compliance with laws and regulations, the rules of professional best practice and the Group’s internal rules;
  • the Compliance Department manages the Group’s compliance risk prevention system. It ensures the system’s consistency and efficiency, while also developing appropriate relationships (liaising with the General Secretariat) with bank supervisors and regulators. This independent department reports directly to General Management.

To support the businesses and supervise the system, the Compliance Department is organised into:

  • Standards and Consolidation teams responsible for defining the normative system and oversight guidelines, consolidating them at Group level, as well as defining the target operational model for each compliance risk;
  • Core Business/Business Compliance teams which are aligned across the Group’s major business lines (Corporate and Investment Bank, French Retail Banking, International Retail Banking, Private Banking and Corporate Divisions), responsible for the relationship with BU/SUs, including deal flow, advisory, and risk oversight of BU/SUs;
  • teams responsible for cross-business functions;
  • teams responsible for second-level controls.

The Compliance Department is organised into three main compliance risk categories, for which it plays a standard-setting role:

  • financial security: know your client (KYC); compliance with the rules and regulations on international sanctions and embargoes; anti-money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT), including reporting suspicious transactions to the appropriate financial intelligence authority when necessary;
  • regulatory risks, which cover in particular: client protection, anti-bribery and corruption, ethics and conduct, compliance with tax transparency regulations (based on knowledge of the customers’ tax profile), compliance with corporate social responsibility regulations and Group commitments, market integrity, compliance with prudential regulations in collaboration with the Risk Department, joint coordination with HRCO of the Group’s Culture & Conduct issues (conduct in particular);
  • protection of data, including personal data and in particular those of customers.

Financial crime risks

Regulatory risks

 

Know Your Customers

Anti-Money Laundering & Counter Terrorism Financing

Sanctions & Embargoes

Client Protection

Market Integrity

Tax Transparency

Anti-Corruption & Bribery, Ethics & Conduct

Corporate Social Responsibility

Data protection & digital

Compliance has set up an extensive compulsory training programme for each of these risk categories, designed to raise awareness of compliance risks among all or some employees. The completion rates for these training modules are monitored closely by the Group at the highest level.

In addition to its LoD2 function regarding the aforementioned risks, Compliance oversees the regulatory system for all regulations applicable to credit institutions, including those implemented by other departments, such as prudential regulations.

4.11.1Compliance

Financial security
Know Your client (KYC)

Today Societe Generale’s KYC system is essentially robust in the wake of the Group’s remediation and transformation programmes aimed at bringing the system to the required level over the past five years. The year 2023 was marked in particular by strengthened procedures for the continuous detection of clients or beneficial owners who have acquired the status of Politically Exposed Person (PEP) or of Relative and Close Associate, and by the continued roll-out of the Group’s solution to identify Negative News.

Anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT)

The Group implements all the measures related to Directive (EU) 2015/849 on anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing (referred to as “the 5th Anti-Money Laundering Directive”), as well as European Regulation 2015/847 on the quality of payment information and the Order of 6 January 2021 on the system and internal controls to fight money laundering and terrorism financing.

Moreover, it has launched or continued several internal initiatives aimed at making its system even more robust. In particular, these initiatives involve the optimisation of transaction surveillance scenarios and the development of more sophisticated tools to detect suspicious or unusual transactions, based on technology like big data and machine learning. The implementation of these so-called new-generation tools saw major progress in 2023, in particular at BoursoBank and in International Retail Banking activities.

Financial embargoes and sanctions

The global environment was marked in 2023 by stronger sanctions imposed on Russia by various jurisdictions (the European Union, the US, the UK, etc.) on account of the war against Ukraine. The implementation of these sanctions remains very complex and may generate high operational risk for financial institutions. Accordingly, the Societe Generale Group continues to closely supervise transactions involving Russia to ensure compliance with international sanctions.

Following the dismissal of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement in December 2021 by the US authorities, the Group took further measures to bolster its Embargoes/Sanctions system, which continues to be regularly reviewed by an independent consultant appointed by the FRB.

Regulatory compliance risk
Customer protection

Customer protection is a major challenge for the Societe Generale Group, which is committed to respecting and protecting the interests of its customers.

The prevention of financial vulnerability (early detection), banking inclusion (the right to hold an account) and the unbundling of insurance taken out on a real estate loan remain priorities. These measures were supplemented by the application of the Lemoine Act, which stipulates that any request to replace a contract must be processed within 10 days.

Information provided to customers was strengthened with new rules on ESG (Environmental and Social Governance) labelling and designations.

The Group continues to implement significant measures to improve its system in terms of:

  • strengthening internal rules regarding key aspects of customer protection (marketing rules, especially for sustainable investment, cross-border sales, customer claims, conflicts of interest, product governance, protection of customers’ assets, along with compensation and qualification of employees);
  • specific training and increased staff awareness; the importance the Group places on this issue is widely addressed in the Group’s Code of Conduct;
  • adapting tools to regulatory requirements as a matter of necessity (managing conflict of interest mapping, integrating customer preferences in terms of sustainable investment, etc.).
Customer claims

Processing a claim is a commercial act that impacts customer satisfaction. Accordingly, it has received extensive coverage in the Code of Conduct.

Updated in 2023, the “Customer claim processing” Group instruction incorporates the recommendations of the national supervisor (French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority – ACPR) and the regulatory requirements (MIF2, DDA and DSP – the Payment Services Directive) relative to the strengthening of customer protection measures at European level. The Bank’s businesses have an ad hoc governance, an organisation, human resources and applications, formalised procedures, and quantitative monitoring indicators.

Independent mediation supplements this internal system. Mediation aims to settle disputes amicably and the Group notifies customers of their recourse to it using multiple media in particular by the existence of a permanent notice on the last page of their bank account statements. Every entity involved is obliged to comply with the independent mediator’s decision.

Conflicts of interest

The Group has a clear normative framework (updated in 2023) in place to prevent and manage conflicts of interest. This framework specifies the principles and mechanisms that have been implemented. It is a robust system that tackles various types of potential conflicts of interest: those of Group entities that may arise in the course of business, whether with respect to customers or other third parties (suppliers, etc.); those of employees when their personal activities and interests conflict with their professional activities. The system is supplemented by the annual reporting of conflicts of interest (Déclaration des Conflits d’intérêts – DACI) regarding people most exposed to the risks of corruption. Societe Generale gives priority to their customers’ interests under all circumstances. If in some instances this system does not appear to remove the risk of conflicts of interest with reasonable certainty and in accordance with local regulations, Societe Generale shall either refrain from carrying out the transaction or, insofar as confidentiality requirements allow, inform the client or prospect of the general nature or source of conflict of interest. The customer can then make an informed decision.

Product governance

Systematic reviews ahead of and during the marketing process ensure compliance with product governance obligations. As product originator, SG sets up Product Review Committees to ensure the target market has been defined correctly and, if not, to adjust it accordingly. As distributor, Societe Generale checks that the criteria match the customers’ situation and communicates with product originators to track products during their life cycle. SG’s investment services policy includes new offers in terms of sustainable finance, the supervision of crypto-assets, and detailed notes on the target markets of the main instruments produced or distributed by each business.

Vulnerable customers

Societe Generale has established practices and usages to comply with legislation vis-à-vis vulnerable customers, in particular customers benefiting from the offer tailored to financially challenged customers. To contribute to the national effort to boost the purchasing power of French citizens in difficult financial circumstances, the Group added to its practices by introducing additional measures in 2019, notably by 

i) freezing bank fees; 

ii) capping bank intervention fees for vulnerable clients; and 

iii) organising follow-up and support suited to the situation of customers experiencing difficulties in the wake of recent events. These measures are closely monitored and covered in action plans aimed at identifying financially vulnerable customers.

Market integrity

The market integrity laws and regulations adopted in recent years, together with their latest changes, have been included in a robust risk hedging system implemented in the Societe Generale Group.

The rules of conduct, the organisational principles and the oversight and control measures are in place and regularly assessed. Moreover, extensive training and awareness-raising programmes are provided to all Group employees.

This system was strengthened in 2023, notably by:

  • the roll-out of tools enabling to record electronic communications on platforms like WhatsApp for persons targeted by orders issued by the US authorities (SEC and CFTC) against several banking institutions, such as SG SA and SGAS;
  • ramping up the supervision of market abuse risk generated by transactions executed using access information provided by the markets;
  • updating the compliance management system for derivatives, which are subject to ever-changing regulations that go hand-in-hand with business and technology developments;
  • addressing the escalation in and ongoing changes to regulatory requirements regarding transaction reporting, along with the need to improve data quality.
Tax transparency and evasion

Societe Generale Group’s principles on combating tax evasion are governed by the Tax Code of Conduct. The code is updated periodically and approved by the Board of Directors after review by the Executive Committee. It is publicly available via the Bank’s institutional investor portal (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/code-conduct/tax-code-of-conduct-of-societe-generale-group-uk.pdf). The previous version from 2017 was updated in December 2023.

The five main principles of the Code of Conduct are as follows:

  • Societe Generale has a responsible tax policy that forms part of its overall strategy;
  • Societe Generale ensures compliance with the applicable tax rules in all countries where the Group operates, in accordance with international conventions and national laws;
  • in its customer relationships, Societe Generale ensures that customers are informed of their tax obligations relating to transactions carried out with the Group (insofar as this information is authorised by the applicable laws and regulations). The Group complies with the reporting obligations that apply to it as bookkeeper and in any other way;
  • in its relations with the tax authorities, Societe Generale is committed to strictly respecting tax procedures and ensures that it maintains responsible and transparent relations;
  • Societe Generale prohibits tax evasion and the abuse of rights, whether in the Group or by its subsidiaries, and does not encourage or facilitate tax evasion for its customers. Societe Generale also prohibits any transaction not based on sound economic grounds and driven solely by tax considerations, whether for its own account or for its customers.

The tax strategy and its guiding principles are approved by the Board of Directors. Measures for monitoring compliance with the tax strategy and risks are presented to the Board of Directors (or a delegate Committee) at least once a year.

The Group is committed to a strict policy with regard to tax havens. No new Group entity may be established in a state or territory on the official French list of ETNCs(38) (États et territoires non coopératifs in French). Moreover, the Group undertakes to cease operating entities in said countries unless their activities are mainly regional in nature. Internal rules have also been in place since 2013 to monitor an expanded list of countries or territories.

The Group adheres to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) Transfer Pricing recommendations and applies the principle of competitive neutrality in order to ensure that its intra-group transactions are made under arm’s length conditions and do not result in the transfer of any indirect benefits. However, where local regulations differ from these recommendations, the former shall prevail in all relations with the relevant government and be properly documented.

The Group publishes information on its entities and activities annually on a country-by-country basis (cf section 2.13 – pages  2.13) and confirms that its presence in a number of countries is for commercial purposes only, and not to benefit from special tax provisions. The Group complies with the tax transparency rules for its own account (CbCR – country-by-Country Reporting) and has included the principle of transparent tax communications in its Code of Conduct. Societe Generale complies with client tax transparency standards. The Common Reporting Standard (CRS) enables tax authorities to be systematically informed of income received abroad by their tax residents, including where the accounts are held in asset management structures. Societe Generale also complies with the requirements of the United States FATCA (Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), which aims to combat tax evasion involving foreign accounts or entities held by US taxpayers. The Group has implemented the European Directive DAC6, which requires the reporting of cross-border tax planning arrangements. Last, the Group is studying the new tax transparency standards on digital assets ahead of their upcoming implementation, in particular the CARF (Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework), changes to the CRS standard, and the new European Directive in this regard, known as DAC8 (Directive on Administrative Cooperation 8).

Importantly, the account-keeping entities of the Private Banking business line are established exclusively in countries with the strictest tax transparency rules imposed by G20 member countries and the OECD. Assets deposited in Private Banking books are subject to enhanced scrutiny using comprehensive due diligence procedures to ensure they are tax compliant.

In accordance with regulatory requirements, Societe Generale also includes tax fraud in its anti-money laundering procedures.

Anti-corruption measures

Societe Generale is fully committed to fighting corruption, in particular by participating in the Wolfsberg Group and the Global Compact.

The Group applies the strict principles included in its Code of Conduct and its “Anti-Corruption and Influence Peddling Code”. It promotes a culture of compliance with zero tolerance for corruption.

The body of standards governing the fight against corruption is reviewed annually and covers:

  • Know Your Third Party requirements (due diligence of customers, suppliers and partners alike, especially beneficiaries of patronage and sponsorship initiatives);
  • human resources (recruitment, mobility, professional assessment, remuneration, disciplinary framework);
  • gifts, business meals and external events;
  • identification and training of employees most exposed to corruption risks;
  • interest representation activities;
  • contractual policy;
  • mergers and acquisitions;
  • right to whistleblow;
  • conflict of interest situations, documented in dedicated records within each Group entity.

The anti-corruption system implemented is a solid solution that includes:

  • preventative measures:
    • -corruption risk mapping,
    • -policies and procedures,
    • -regular training at all levels (senior management, most exposed persons, all employees),
    • -awareness-raising and communication to governance bodies;
  • detection measures:
    • -a whistleblowing system updated in 2023 following the Waserman Law; see Chapter 5.5, “Duty of Care Plan”,
    • -periodic and permanent monitoring of specific anti-corruption accounting and operational controls,
    • -internal audits;
  • reporting and steering via a specific governance and key indicators.

The Societe Generale Group also has several tools at its disposal, such as the tool for declaring gifts and invitations (GEMS), the tool for whistleblowing management (WhistleB), the annual conflict of interest declaration tool (DACI), and the tool for selecting risky manual accounting entries (OSERIS).

Sustainability risk

European financial regulations have seen significant changes from a social and environmental perspective, in particular with:

  • the entry into force in March 2021 of Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 – SFDR on Sustainability-related disclosures in the financial services sector;
  • the Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment; and
  • the entry into force in January 2022 of the Delegated Regulation of 4 June 2021 supplementing the Taxonomy Regulation.

The Compliance Department is developing the normative framework relative to the European Union regulations on sustainable investment and producing deliverables pertaining to normative documentation, training, controls and supervision to help the business lines to comply with regulations. An e-learning module on sustainable investment was made compulsory for more than 30,000 Group employees.

Over and above the regulations, the Group is making voluntary, public commitments in this area (refer to  4.13.3.1) To manage the implementation of the environmental and social risk management system and ensure the Group’s commitments are upheld, the Compliance Division introduced the following measures to:

  • develop normative controls;
  • deploy e-learning on environmental and social risk management. The training was made compulsory for all employees having a direct or indirect relationship with corporate customers and was distributed to more than 70,000 Group employees;
  • define an environmental and social escalation procedure with respect to corporate customers to set out the criteria requiring business lines to reach out to the Compliance Division and, where applicable, the Arbitration Committee chaired by General Management, to onboard a company in situations likely to present a reputation risk arising from environmental or social factors.
Data protection
Personal data protection

Societe Generale is especially sensitive to personal data protection. The governance of personal data processing within the Societe Generale Group was strengthened when the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) came into force.

A governance and normative framework have been defined for the data protection system which applies to entities within the scope of the GDPR.

The supervision of personal data protection risk is taken into account notably through impact analyses carried out pursuant to regulations when the data processing is likely to generate a high risk for the rights and freedoms of the people concerned. In general, Societe Generale analyses the compliance of its personal data processing and takes risk mitigating measures aligned with their sensitivity.

When Societe Generale communicates personal data to its partners, it applies the necessary governance to meet regulatory requirements and its customers’ legitimate expectations with contractual obligations requiring said partners to implement the necessary personal data protection measures.

Moreover, before transferring the personal data outside of the European Economic Area, Societe Generale Group entities subject to the GDPR conduct an impact analysis considering the laws and practices of the destination countries to assess whether the level of personal data protection in the country of destination is essentially equivalent to that of the EU, and whether additional measures (especially safety and organisational measures) should be implemented prior to the transfer.

When using legitimate interest as legal grounds for the transfer of data, Societe Generale performs an analysis to check that the interests sought do not create an imbalance that adversely affects the rights and interests of the persons whose data are being processed.

Information systems for people (such as customers, employees - including external ones, shareholders, supplier employees), in compliance with the RGPD, are made available and cover the type of data collected, the data collected, the purpose of the data processing, the categories of recipients of the data, the existence of data transfer (where applicable), the data retention period and the rights of the persons concerned, as well as how those rights can be exercised.

Moreover, the Group has made dedicated efforts to increase staff awareness via specialised training. The e-learning module was rolled out to all employees working in the relevant entities and completed by 98% of them at the end of 2023.

In accordance with the applicable regulations, the Societe Generale Group has appointed a Data Protection Officer (DPO) who reports to the Head of Group Compliance (the latter is a member of the Group’s Executive Committee). The DPO is the main contact person for the Personal Data Protection Authority (Commission Nationale de l’Informatique et des Libertés – CNIL). The DPO is also responsible for ensuring sound Group compliance for personal data protection.

The DPO works with a network of local DPOs and correspondents throughout the Group entities, which he or she supervises and coordinates by way of a dedicated Committee. The DPO is tasked with performing regular reviews of certain risk indicators, notably the number and nature of personal data leaks, and the internal training course completion rate.

The risk indicators are reported to the Group’s Compliance Committees for personal data protection. The information gathered from the permanent controls, compliance controls and periodic controls (control framework based on the three lines of defence) are also monitored by the appropriate Compliance Committees.

A risk assessment exercise is carried out periodically by the Compliance Department. This risk assessment exercise includes a dedicated questionnaire on personal data protection, which aims to assess an activity’s inherent risk level and the strength of its risk mitigation system from a personal data protection perspective.

Data purge, performed in accordance with personal data protection regulations, forms part of Data Records Management and the process of storing evidence of the Group’s activity (see paragraph below).

Data Records Management

Societe Generale Group is required to archive information that could provide evidence of its activities, in accordance with the laws and regulations applicable in its countries of operation.

Data Records Management (DRM) is defined as all actions, tools and methods aimed at identifying, storing, retrieving and managing the final disposition of all information providing evidence of its activities. It ensures the traceability of the Group’s activities by preserving records held in compliance with the legal, regulatory, contractual and business rules applicable to the relevant activities, and by destroying them at the end of their retention period (purge), except in specific, duly justified cases (e.g., under pre-litigation or litigation retention procedures).

Three DRM principles must be observed and implemented in a proportionate manner for all archived records: integrity, traceability and access.

DRM governance is covered by a specific Group-wide policy published in the SG Code.

Other regulatory risks
Management of reputation risk

Management of reputation risk is coordinated by the Compliance Department, which:

  • supports the Compliance Control Officers of the businesses in their strategy for preventing, identifying, assessing and controlling reputation risk;
  • develops a reputation risk dashboard that is communicated quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, based on information from the businesses/Business Units and support functions/Service Units (in particular the Human Resources, Communications, Legal, Corporate Social Responsibility, etc.);
  • performs the Secretariat role for the Customer Acceptance Committee (CAC) whose role is to approve the onboarding or continuing relationship with certain customers which are subject to an arbitration request between the businesses and control functions;
  • is a permanent member of the Complex Transactions and Reputation Risk Committee (CTRC), tasked with reviewing and approving the legal, regulatory, tax, compliance and/or reputation risk that may arise from the involvement of a Group entity or Group employees in a complex transaction or from a product, transaction, service or activity with a customer or counterparty.

Moreover, Chief Compliance Officers dedicated to Business Units take part in the various bodies (New Product Committees or NPC, ad hoc Committees, etc.) organised to approve new types of transactions, products, projects or customers, and formulate a written opinion as to their assessment of the level of risk of the planned initiative, and notably the reputation risk.

Corporate Compliance

In addition to its second-line-of-defence function with regard to the aforementioned areas, the Compliance Department has continued to strengthen the supervision of the Group’s regulatory system in coordination with the Risk, Finance, Legal and Human Resources Departments. This oversight relies on the Corporate Compliance Framework, which aims to ensure the Group’s compliance with all regulations, including those implemented by other departments, namely control functions or independent expert functions.

To this end, a document setting out the Compliance function’s roles and responsibilities with respect to implementing its remit is formalised and approved by the stakeholders.

In this regard, the Group concentrated on three priority themes in 2023: prudential compliance, competition law compliance, and remuneration. It will pursue its efforts in 2024 across other themes.

Compliance incidents

In accordance with regulatory requirements, the Societe Generale Group has a system to centrally manage compliance incidents which is governed by a regularly updated body of standards.

The procedure for reporting incidents is governed by an ad hoc governance, together with Compliance Incident Committees (CIC). These are held monthly with an intermediate level for the business lines and a consolidated level for the Group, which addresses the most significant incidents. These bodies promote information sharing between members regarding any malfunctions that may occur, and the methods used to resolve them.

The presentation of these incidents in the CICs for the purposes of compliance risk supervision and steering is routinely accompanied by long-term remedial action plans to prevent future incidents from recurring. Once all the remedial action plans have been finalised, a compliance incident may be closed upon formal approval by the CIC.

Major compliance incidents within the Group are reported on a quarterly basis:

  • to the executive arm of the Group Compliance Committee;
  • to the supervisory arm of the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors in a Group Compliance dashboard;
  • to the French Prudential and Resolution Supervisory Authority (ACPR).
Status of the compliance remediation plan in the wake of agreements signed with French and US authorities

In June 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US Department of Justice (DOJ) and the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) to resolve their investigations into IBOR submissions, and with the DOJ and the French Financial Prosecutions Department (Parquet National Financier – PNF) to resolve their investigations into certain transactions involving Libyan counterparties.

In November 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US authorities to resolve their investigations into certain US dollar transactions involving countries, persons or entities subject to US economic sanctions.

As part of these agreements, the Bank committed to enhance its compliance system in order to prevent and detect any violation of anti-corruption and bribery, market manipulation and US economic sanction regulations, and any violation of New York state laws. The Bank also committed to enhance corporate oversight of its economic sanction’s compliance programme. Against this background, the Bank defined and rolled out a programme to implement all these commitments and strengthen its compliance system in the relevant areas.

On 30 November and 2 December 2021, after three years of remediation, the US Federal Court terminated legal proceedings by the DOJ, which confirmed that Societe Generale had complied with obligations relating to the deferred prosecution agreements (DPA) of June and November 2018. In December 2020, the PNF resolved proceedings against Societe Generale and acknowledged that Societe Generale had fulfilled its obligations with respect to the public interest judicial convention.

In terms of compliance with the OFAC sanctions regime, closing the legal proceedings did not terminate the Orders signed in 2018 with the Federal Reserve Bank and the NY DFS. In this respect, the Bank continues to be regularly reviewed by an independent consultant responsible for assessing the strength of its compliance programme in terms of sanctions and embargoes.

Status of the US compliance remediation plan

On 19 November 2018, Societe Generale Group and its New York branch (SGNY) entered into an agreement (enforcement action) with the NY State Department of Financial Services regarding the SGNY anti-money laundering compliance programme. This agreement requires the Group to (i) submit an enhanced anti-money laundering programme, (ii) submit an anti-money laundering governance plan, and (iii) perform an external audit in 2020.

By way of background, on 14 December 2017, Societe Generale and SGNY on the one hand, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve on the other hand, agreed to a Cease-and-Desist order (the “Order”) regarding the SGNY compliance programme to adhere to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and its anti-money laundering (“AML”) obligations (the “Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program”), and regarding some aspects of its know your client (KYC) programme.

This Cease-and-Desist Order signed on 14 December 2017 with the US Federal Reserve supersedes the Written Agreement entered into in 2009 between Societe Generale Group and SGNY on the one hand, and the US Federal Reserve and the New York State Financial Services Department on the other.

On 17 December 2019, Societe Generale SA and SGNY signed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRB) regarding its compliance risk management. The agreement included the submission and approval by the FRB, followed by the implementation, of :

(i) an action plan to strengthen supervision by the US Risk Committee of the compliance risk management programme, 

(ii) an action plan to improve the compliance risk management programme in the US, and 

(iii) changes to the internal audit programme concerning compliance risk management audits in the US.

At the end of 2023, Societe Generale had made considerable progress in the delivery of the remedial actions.

4.12Model risk

Many choices made within the Group are based on quantitative decision support tools (models). Model risk is defined as the risk of adverse consequences (including financial consequences) due to decisions reached based on results of internal models. The source of model risk may be linked to errors in development, implementation or use of these models and can take the form of model uncertainty or errors in the implementation of model management processes.

4.12.1Model risk monitoring

The Group is fully committed to maintaining a solid governance system in terms of model risk management in order to ensure the efficiency and reliability of the identification, design, implementation, modification monitoring processes, independent review and approval of the models used. An MRM (“Model Risk Management”) Department in charge of controlling model risk was created within the Risk Department in 2017. Since then, the model risk management framework has been consolidated and structured and is based today on the following device.

Actors and responsibilities

The model risk management system is implemented by the three independent lines of defence, which correspond to the responsibility of the business lines in risk management, to the review and independent supervision and evaluation of the system and which are segregated and independent to avoid any conflict of interest.

The device is as follows:

  • the first line of defence (LoD1), which brings together several teams with diverse skills within the Group, is responsible for the development, implementation, use and monitoring of the relevance over time of the models, in accordance with model risk management system; these teams are housed in the Business Departments or their Support Departments;
  • the second line of defence (LoD2) is made up of governance teams and independent model review teams, and supervised by the “Model Risk” Department within the Risk Department;
  • the third line of defence (LoD3) is responsible for assessing the overall effectiveness of the model risk management system (the relevance of governance for model risk and the efficiency of the activities of the second line of defence) and independent audit of models: it is housed within the Internal Audit Department.
Governance, steering and monitoring

A MRM Committee chaired by the Risk Director meets at least every three months to ensure the implementation of the management system and monitor the risk of models at Group level. Within the second line of defence and the “Model risk” Department, a governance team is in charge of the design and management of the model risk management system at Group level.

As such:

  • the normative framework applicable to all of the Group’s models is defined, applied when necessary to the main families of models to provide details on the specifics, and maintained while ensuring the consistency and homogeneity of the system, its integrity and its compliance with regulatory provisions; this framework specifies in particular the definition of expectations with regard to LoD1, the principles for the model risk assessment methodology and the definition of guiding principles for the independent review and approval of the model;
  • the identification, recording and updating of information of all models within the Group (including models under development or recently withdrawn) are carried out in the model inventory according to a defined process and piloted by LoD2;
  • the monitoring and reporting system relating to model risk incurred by the Group in Senior Management has been put in place. The appetite for model risk, corresponding to the level of model risk that the Group is ready to assume in the context of achieving its strategic objectives, is also formalised through statements relating to risk tolerance, translated under form of specific indicators associated with warning limits and thresholds.
Model life cycle and review and approval process

For each model, risk management is based on compliance with the rules and standards defined for the entire Group by each LoD1 player, it is guaranteed by an effective challenge from LoD2 and a uniform approval process.

The need to examine a model is assessed according to the level of model risk, its model family and applicable regulatory requirements. The independent review by the second line of defence is triggered in particular for new models, periodic model reviews, proposals to change models and transversal reviews in response to a recommendation:

  • it corresponds to all the processes and activities which aim to verify the conformity of the functioning and use of the models with respect to the objectives for which they were designed and to the applicable regulations, on the basis of the activities and controls implemented by LoD1;
  • it is based on certain principles aimed at verifying the theoretical robustness (evaluation of the quality of the design and development of the model), the conformity of the implementation and use, and the relevance of the monitoring of the model;
  • it gives rise to an Independent Review Report, which describes the scope of the review, the tests carried out, the results of the review, the conclusions or the recommendations.

The approval process follows the same approval scheme for all models, the composition of governance bodies being able to vary according to the level of model risk, the family of models, the applicable regulatory requirements and the Business Units/Service Units in which model is applicable. Responsible for LoD2, the approval process consists of two consecutive instances:

  • the Review Authority which aims to present the conclusions identified by the review team in the Independent Review Report and to discuss, allowing for a contradictory debate between LoD1 and LoD2. Based on the discussions, LoD2 confirms or modifies the conclusions of the Review Report, including the findings and recommendations, without being limited thereto;
  • the Approval Authority, a body which has the power to approve (with or without reservation) or reject the use of a model, changes made to the existing model or continuous monitoring of the relevance of the model along the time proposed by the LoD1, from the Independent Review Report and the minutes of the Review Authority.

4.13Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks

4.13.1Introduction

Definition

ESG Risk (Environmental, Social, and Governance Risk) can be defined as the negative materialisation of current or prospective ESG factors through SG counterparties or invested assets. ESG factors may negatively impact SG’ financial performance by materialising through risk types, such as credit risk, which are primarily affected by an institution’s exposure to its counterparties and invested assets.

The Group’s risk management framework is continuously reviewed and updated to take these new challenges into account.

ESG risks are seen as aggravating factors to the traditional categories of risks (credit risk, counterparty risk, market risk, non-financial risks, structural risk, business and strategy risks, as well as other types of risk and other risk factors). They could have an impact on the Group’s activities, results and financial situation in the short, medium, and long term. These risk categories are closely interconnected and must be addressed as a whole.

The individual components of ESG risks can be defined as follows:

  • environmental risks correspond to the risk of materialisation of environmental factors that may adversely affect the financial performance or solvency of a sovereign or individual entity. Environmental factors are those related to the quality and proper functioning of the natural environment and natural systems. They include factors such as climate change, biodiversity*, energy consumption and waste management. Environmental risks could have an adverse financial impact through a range of risk drivers, classed as follows:
    • -physical risk, which refers to the current or potential financial impact of physical environmental factors on the Group, its counterparties or its invested assets,
    • -transition risk, which refers to current or potential impact of the transition to a more environmentally sustainable economic model on the Group, its financial position, counterparties or invested assets;
  • social risks correspond to the risk of materialisation of social factors that may adversely affect the financial performance or solvency of a sovereign or individual entity. Social factors are those related to the rights, well-being and interests of people and communities. They include factors such as (in)equality, health, inclusiveness, labour relations, workplace health & safety and well-being, human capital and communities;
  • governance risks correspond to the risk of materialisation of governance factors that may adversely affect the financial performance or solvency of a sovereign or individual entity. Governance factors are those related to governance practices (executive leadership, executive pay, audits, internal control, fiscal policy, Board of Director independence, shareholder rights, integrity, etc.) and to how companies and entities take environmental and social factors into account in their policies and procedures.

The Group analyses the potential adverse impact of ESG risk factors on its counterparties or invested assets as part of a double materiality assessment:

  • environmental and social materiality, which could stem from the impact of the Group’s economic and financial activities on the environment and on human rights; and
  • financial materiality, which could stem from the impact of ESG factors on the Group’s economic and financial activities across the entire value chain (upstream and downstream) and affecting the value (profitability) of these activities.

The Group added ESG risk factors to its risk taxonomy in 2021, based on the “EBA Report on management and supervision of ESG risks for credit institutions and investment firms” (2021) and the “ECB Guide on climate-related and environmental risks” (2020). Their description was revised in 2022 to include physical and transition risks as environmental risk factors and to incorporate the concept of double materiality. In 2023, the definition of double materiality was revised to highlight how the concept applies to assessing financial materiality.

With a view to satisfying the Pillar 3 requirements for qualitative disclosures on ESG risks, this part of Chapter 4 explains how the Group has developed a framework to mitigate such risks. A table of cross-references to the Declaration of Extra-Financial Performance is provided in Chapter 9 (see page  9.1.4).

Precise definition is given to words followed by an asterisk. These definitions are presented in the Glossary, page  Corporate social responsibility glossary

4.14Other risks

4.14.1RISK RELATED TO INSURANCE ACTIVITIES

Refer to Financial Statements in Chapter 6 - Note 4.3 Insurance activities.

Corporate Social Responsibility

The Group’s ESG ambitions form the cornerstone of the strategy pursued by its new General Management team. The strategic plan for 2026 includes a series of far-reaching initiatives designed to ramp up Societe Generale’s contribution to the environmental transition and, more broadly, the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). These initiatives are the Group’s most ambitious yet in terms of decarbonising its activities and investing in innovative solutions and partnerships to magnify its impact.

Conscious of the urgent need for climate action and keen to address the financing gap for the environmental transition and promote the UN’s SDGs, Societe Generale is committed to cementing its role as a driver of change, leading the transition and sustainable development of the world’s economies. It takes a holistic approach in this respect, based on proactive and responsible change within all teams and businesses throughout the Group. Aware of the risks but also the opportunities involved, the Bank is both stepping up its efforts to decarbonise its activities – getting fully behind its clients’ transition programmes – and supporting the development of innovative solutions and partnerships with a view to helping a more socially responsible, low-carbon economy emerge.

Societe Generale is well positioned to adapt its activities. With its corporate purpose – “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions” – and its materiality matrix (see Chapter 5, Measuring the objectives and expectations of stakeholders,  page  5.1.4.1.1) firmly in mind, the Group pursues its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Ambition. Details of this CSR Ambition and how it infuses the Group’s business model are given in Chapter 1 (see Chapter 1, Profile of Societe Generale, page  1.2).

To learn about how the Group translated its CSR Ambition into actions and results in 2023, see Chapter 2 (Chapter 2, Extra-Financial Report, page  2.4).

Driven by its core values of Innovation, Team Spirit, Commitment and Responsibility, the Group is pursuing a fair and inclusive environmental transition, in keeping with the highest standards of governance (see Chapter 3, Corporate governance, page  3.1.1, ensuring rigorous risk assessment and management systems for both financial and non-financial risks (see Chapter 4.13, Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks, page  4.13) and regularly reviewing the impact of its activities (see Chapter 5, Duty of Care Plan, page  5.6).

Societe Generale upholds all national and EU laws, regulations and agreements applicable to it, everywhere it operates, and strives to respect the local culture and environment. As a signatory of the UN Principles for Responsible Banking, Societe Generale believes it has a duty to conduct its activities responsibly and transparently and to do its utmost to help its clients towards a more sustainable economy. The first section of this Chapter 5 on Corporate Social Responsibility sets out the Group’s governance of CSR matters and how it deploys its Code of Conduct (see Chapter 5, A transparent bank,  page  5.1.1). The second section details Societe Generale’s alignment targets (see Chapter 5, A committed bank, page  5.1.2).

To help its clients transition to a more sustainable economy, the Group draws on its technical expertise and capacity for innovation, as well as its international reach (see Chapter 5, A Bank that supports its clients, page  5.1.3), taking into account the needs of its stakeholders (see Chapter 5, A mindful bank, page  5.1.4).

This requires Societe Generale to be exemplary in everything it does. The last section of Chapter 5 therefore looks at the transformation projects undertaken by the Group in its role as a responsible employer, a responsible purchaser and a company that cares about the environment (see Chapter 5, Being an exemplary financial company, page  5.2).

Words followed by an asterisk have a specific definition and appear in the Glossary on page  Corporate social responsibility glossary.

Quantified indicators can be found here: https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/corporate-social-responsibility- group-key-figures.xlsx.

The Group uses various indicators to measure and manage progress towards the targets from its CSR transformation and development plan each year. The table below presents a selection of these metrics.

 

Short-/medium-/long-term target

Progress

Status

The environmental transition

Reducing fossil fuel financing

Reduction in exposure to thermal coal

Complete phase-out by 2030 for OECD countries and by 2040 for the rest of the world

-18% at end-2022 -37% at end-June 2023 vs. 2019

On track

Reduction in exposure to upstream oil & gas

-20% by 2025 (vs. 2019)

-31% at end-2022

Target met

Reduction in exposure to upstream oil & gas

-50% by 2025 and -80% by 2030 (vs. 2019)

-31% at end-2022

New target, set in 2023

Implementing 
the NZBA roadmap

Reduction in oil and gas absolute emissions

-70% in 2030 (vs. 2019)

-40% at end-2022

New target, set in 2023

Reduction in CO2 emissions intensity in the power generation projects financed

125g CO2eq./kWh by 2030 
(vs. 221g CO2eq./kWh in 2019), i.e. -43%

151g CO2eq./kWh at end-2022 
(-32% vs. 2019)

On track

Reduction in CO2 emissions intensity in automotive production

90g CO2eq./v-km by 2030 
(vs. 184g CO2eq./v-km in 2021), i.e. -51%

175g CO2eq./v-km at end-2022 
(-5% vs. 2021)

New target, set in 2023

Reduction in CO2 emissions intensity in cement production

535kg CO2eq./t cement by 2030 
(vs. 671kg CO2eq./t cement in 2022), i.e. -20%

671kg CO2eq./t cement at end-2022

New target, set in 2023

Reduction in CO2 emissions intensity in the steel sector

Alignment score of 0 by 2030

0.55 at end-2022

New target, set in 2023

Reduction in CO2 emissions intensity in commercial real estate

18kg CO2eq./m2 by 2030 
(vs. 49kg CO2eq./m2 in 2022), i.e. -63%

49kg CO2eq./m2 at end-2022

New target, set in 2023

Reduction in CO2 emissions intensity in shipping (cargo and passenger vessels)

Alignment score of 15% by 2030 compared with the IMO Striving For scenario, i.e. -43% in emissions intensity (Annual Efficiency Ratio)

+24.2% at end-2022

New target, set in 2023

Reduction in CO2 emissions intensity in the aluminium sector

6t CO2eq./t by 2030 
(vs. 8t CO2eq./t in 2022), i.e. -25%

8t CO2eq./t at end-2022

New target, set in 2023

Ayvens – CO2 emissions from the vehicle fleet

90g/km by 2026

111g/km at end-2023

New target, set in 2023

Investing in the transition

Transition investment fund 

EUR 1 billion allocated

 

New budget allocation for 2023

Supporting clients who are contributing 
to positive change

Contributions to sustainable financing

EUR 300 billion in sustainable financing 
over 2022-2025

>EUR 250 billion

On track

Outstanding "green" assets 

(Insurance company - balance sheet)

Doubling outstanding "green" assets

between 2020 and 2025

2.3 x

Target met

Positive impact on local communities

Developing sustainable mobility

Ayvens – Mobility-as-a-Service (MaaS)

200,000 active users of the MaaS platform 
by 2026

N/A

New target, set in 2023

Supporting 
local operators

Africa – Bank account penetration among 
the local population or support for VSE-SMEs

Double the contribution to microfinance organisations in 2025 vs. 2021, to reach EUR 200 million by end-2025

EUR 135 million at end-2023

On track

Responsible employer

Promoting diversity, equity and inclusion

Increase in female representation

≥35% senior leadership roles (Top 250) 
held by women by 2026

31% in 2023

New target, set in 2023

Reduction in the gender pay gap 

EUR 100 million assigned 
by the Group for 2024-2025

N/A

Announced in 2023

Culture of responsibility

Training staff

Promote ESG expertise 

ESG training for Group staff

63% in 2023

On track

Widespread deployment 
of Climate Fresk workshops

30% of staff participation 
in a Climate Fresk workshop

25% at end-2023

On track

Being exemplary

Reduction in the Group’s carbon footprint

-50% in 2030 vs. 2019

-34% in 2023

On track

5.1Being a responsible bank

Societe Generale has been committed to financing renewable energy projects and supporting positive-impact finance for over 20 years. It was a founding member of the UNEP-FI’s Positive Impact Finance initiative as well as, in 2019, its Principles for Responsible Banking (PRB). The sound technical expertise it has developed over the years has proven valuable in helping the Group progressively align its portfolios, boost innovation and support positive local impact, making it a key partner for its customers. This expertise underpins the innovative ESG solutions and advisory services the Group offers its clients to assist them in achieving their own transitions.

To learn about how the Group translated the four pillars of its CSR Ambition into actions and results in 2023, see Chapter 2, Extra-Financial Report (page  2.4).

5.1.1A transparent bank

5.1.1.1Incorporating CSR at the highest level of governance

Societe Generale is committed to conducting its activities in an exemplary manner and has made the culture of responsibility a prime focus of its CSR strategic ambition. The Group has also made CSR the linchpin of its governance and compensation policy. In addition, as part of its quest to be a vehicle for transformation towards a more sustainable world, Societe Generale participates in numerous coalitions which debate environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues and enable it to make concrete commitments and a contribution towards shared standards. Last, the Group has developed a strict framework for the management of ESG risks to ensure it rolls out these commitments throughout the entire organisation (for more information, see Chapter 4.13 Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks, page  4.13).

The charts below present how CSR is integrated into Group governance and prioritised by all entities:

SOC2024_URD_EN_H018_A_HD.png
SOC2024_URD_EN_H018_B_HD.png

Four bodies play a specific role in CSR:

  • 1 .the Board of Directors, which approves the CSR strategy (notably climate strategy) guided by General Management and the non-voting Director. The proposed strategy is first reviewed by the Risk Committee for risk-related issues, the Compensation Committee for remuneration-related matters involving the Chief Executive Officers, and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee for governance questions (including the Group’s internal governance). The Risk Committee also examines CSR risks at least once every quarter, together with climate stress test results. The Audit and Internal Control Committee reviews all financial and extra-financial communication documentation relating to CSR (i.e., Duty of Care Plan, Declaration of Extra-Financial Performance), before submitting it to the Board of Directors for approval. The Compensation Committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors on CSR criteria concerning the remuneration of corporate officers. The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee prepares discussion material to enable the Board of Directors to deal optimally with CSR issues. Using the Directors’ skills matrix (see Chapter 3, page  Directors’ expertise) it also delves every year into the Board of Directors’ needs in terms of expertise, including in respect of the various CSR topics, drawing the necessary conclusions on the recruitment processes in place and the training on offer. Each topic covered by the Committees is subsequently discussed by the Board of Directors. The non-voting Director assists the Committees when they deal with CSR topics. Furthermore, the Board of Directors’ Internal Rules provide that dossiers submitted to the Board must contain information on social and environmental objectives for consideration where necessary. Over 2023, the Board of Directors' members were trained on CSR, climate-related issues and biodiversity (for more information, see: Chapter 3: Appraisal of the Board of Directors and its members/Training, page  Appraisal of the Board of Directors and its members);
  • 2 .General Management, which examines CSR themes through:
    • -the Responsible Commitments Committee (CORESP), chaired by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer responsible for CSR, who oversees the Group’s CSR commitments and standards, including as regards aligning its activity with climate targets. The Deputy Chief Executive Officer also examines any environmental and social (E&S) issues that could impact the Group’s responsibility or reputation, when not covered by an existing General Management Committee (see Chapter 3, Governance bodies, page  3.1.4, and Chapter 4, Governance of risk management, page  Governance of risk management),
    • -the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ), which sets out the Group’s main strategies in relation to credit, counterparty, environmental, country, market, operating and model risks, etc., in addition to risk appetite and the financial objectives set by the Board, and ensures compliance in these areas (see Chapter 4, Governance of risk management, page  Governance of risk management).
  • General Management conducted a strategic review of CSR matters in 2023.
  • Two new committees were created in 2023:
    • the Group Complex Transactions & Reputational Risk Committee (CTRC), whose purpose is to review, assess and, as appropriate, approve/reject transactions that may generate a heightened legal, regulatory, tax, compliance, accounting, conduct and/or reputational risks that may arise from:
      • -the involvement of any Group entities or employees in any complex structured transaction, or
      • -any new or existing product, transaction, business, service or activity with any client, customer or counterparty.
    • the Group Client Acceptance Committee (CAC), whose purpose is to approve or reject client on-boarding or confirm the continuation/termination of relationships with clients dependent on certain risk criteria.
  • 3 .the Sustainable Development Department, which has reported to General Management since 1 January 2022. The Head of the department is a member of the Group Management Committee and oversees the formulation of a dedicated policy for the Group that is attuned to stakeholders, and the monitoring of actions in this area, backed by a 27-strong team (in Q4 23) and supported by a network of CSR officers in the Business and Service Units;
  • 4 .the Group Business Units/Service Units, which are tasked with implementing and aligning their initiatives with Societe Generale’s CSR policy.
5.1.1.2Rolling out a Code of Conduct underpinned by shared values and human rights

The Group seeks to establish a culture of responsibility and apply strict control and compliance standards. It commits its employees to acting with integrity and in accordance with applicable law in all its activities. To that end, the Group has defined a Code of Conduct describing the standards to be observed. This Code applies to all its employees worldwide. In addition to its Code of Conduct, Societe Generale has also adopted a Charter for Responsible Advocacy (see below) and a Sustainable Sourcing Charter (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/construire-demain/12112018-sustainable-sourcing-charter-vf-eng.pdf).

Societe Generale has built a strong culture based on its values, its Leadership Model and its Code of Conduct. It is guided by four key values which are shared by all employees: Team Spirit, Innovation, Commitment and Responsibility. At the centre of these is the client, for whom the Group strives to achieve the highest possible standards of service quality.

5.1.1.2.1The leadership model

The Group’s values feed into its Leadership Model, which defines the behaviour and skills expected within the Group, emphasising that the way in which results are achieved is every bit as important as the results themselves.

The behavioural skills reflected in the Leadership Model are divided into three categories corresponding to the main levels of responsibility within the Bank (senior executives, managers and employees) and are shared throughout the Group.

The four key values thus translate into key skills (see diagram below):

SOC2024_URD_EN_H019_HD.png

The Leadership Model’s internal skills guide describes the expected behaviour corresponding to each of these skills. In conjunction with the guide, a self-assessment tool available on the intranet asks twenty questions through which respondents can see how they rate in relation to appropriate conduct and provides leadership development tools to work through the various skills.

The annual appraisal targets are set based on the four Leadership Model values. One of the values is attached to each behavioural objective, and employees can use the Leadership Model to formulate their annual targets.

5.1.1.2.2The Code of Conduct, a vehicle for the Group’s values

The Group conducts its operations in line with the values set out in the following major international conventions:

  • the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and its additional commitments;
  • the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Organization (ILO);
  • the UNESCO Convention concerning the protection of the world cultural and natural heritage;
  • the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development) Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises;
  • the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

These values are espoused in the Code of Conduct policy document and span the entire spectrum of Group activities and the countries in which it operates. The Code describes its commitments towards all stakeholders – clients, employees, investors, suppliers, the regulator and supervisory bodies, the general public and civil society – as well as the principles of expected individual and collective behaviour. It refers directly to the whistleblowing procedure, which forms part of the mechanism to combat inappropriate behaviours.

Available in the main languages spoken in the Group, the Code of Conduct is the cornerstone of professional ethics at Societe Generale. It promotes respect for human rights and the environment, the prevention of conflicts of interest and corruption, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing measures, respect for market integrity, data protection, proper conduct regarding gifts and invitations, and responsible sourcing.

The Code of Conduct rules go beyond the minimum statutory and regulatory requirements in force, especially in countries whose laws and regulations are not as stringent as the Group’s high ethical standards.

Stakeholders can view the Code of Conduct on the Societe Generale corporate website: https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Code-conduct/code-of-conduct-en.pdf.

The Group undertakes to operate with the utmost integrity and transparency, and to comply with the applicable laws and regulations in all countries in which it operates, in particular regarding the offering and receipt of gifts, and the organisation of or participation in business meals or external events as part of its professional activities and business relationships (including when these events involve public and/or politically exposed persons – PEPs).

The whistleblower tool, which is accessible at www.societegenerale.com (https://report.whistleb.com/en/portal/socgengroup) and on the intranet, is operational in France and internationally. Whistleblowers can use the system to report any suspected potential or actual violation or attempt to conceal a violation of an international commitment, a law or a regulation, any risks to human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety or the environment, and any behaviour or situation that runs counter to the Group’s Code of Conduct. It is available to all employees, management, Directors, shareholders, external or temporary staff, service providers working with the Group on an established basis (as subcontractors or suppliers) and third-party facilitators. Whistleblowers have the right to remain anonymous. Flags raised by whistleblowers are hosted on a secure external platform offering the guarantees required by the French Act on Transparency, the Fight against Corruption and Modernisation of the Economy, namely the protection of personal data and strict confidentiality of any information provided. Whistleblowing is a right and no employee may be sanctioned in any way whatsoever for having made disclosures in good faith.

The whistleblowing system has been updated in accordance with the French Waserman Act (Act 2022-401 of 21 March 2022), introduced to amend the Sapin II Act (Act 2016-1691 of 9 December 2016). The Waserman Act extended the list of people who could raise whistleblowing alerts to include third-party “facilitators”, shareholders and Directors and removed the requirement for whistleblowers to be acting “disinterestedly”, instead simply stipulating that they must not receive any direct financial consideration.(1) The Group’s normative documentation was updated to reflect these changes and local whistleblowing tools were set up as an additional alternative to the main Group system.

Societe Generale has also committed to the following:

The full list of these commitments appears:

5.1.1.2.3The Culture & Conduct approach

At the end of 2016, the Board of Directors approved the launch of a Group Culture & Conduct programme, with the aims of supporting the Group’s cultural transformation, ensuring compliance with the strictest integrity standards, and establishing a lasting relationship with its stakeholders built on trust.

The programme was shared with all employees, to reaffirm and promote collective and individual behaviour that contributes to the ethical and responsible performance of the Group’s activities. Since the launch of the initiative, numerous actions have been successfully carried out in the following seven areas: implementation of a Culture & Conduct governance system at the highest level of the organisation and in the businesses, publication of a dashboard to monitor changes in Culture & Conduct indicators, implementation of a conduct risk management system, alignment of Human Resources processes, training and awareness-raising among employees, development of cultural transformation, and communication aimed at integrating Culture & Conduct issues into the daily lives of employees.

Placed from the outset under the supervision of the Board of Directors and General Management and steered by a cross-business project team, the programme has achieved the targets it had set for this first stage. Project mode management came to an end on 31 December 2020 and evolved into a long-term system, with the Culture & Conduct approach remaining a major consideration for the Group.

Since 2021, all BUs and SUs have been expected to push further ahead with integrating Culture & Conduct considerations into the performance of their daily activities. Every year, they each set out a roadmap on these topics, covering their goals and the related risks.

Central oversight of these topics is coordinated by the Human Resources and Compliance Departments. They intend to continue cementing a solid and lasting culture of responsibility throughout the Group, and to ensure that all BUs and SUs roll out the necessary measures to encourage appropriate behaviour and protect the Group’s interests in the long term. General Management supervises the entire programme and prepares an annual report on the results for the Board of Directors. The programme is managed as a fully integrated part of the Group’s governance: quarterly Culture & Conduct reviews by the Group Executive Committee were introduced in June 2023. General Management and the Board of Directors receive annual Culture & Conduct reports. This report provides an overview of the main conduct risks in the businesses, identifies the action plans necessary to improve risk management in these areas and helps track indicator trends.

At BU/SU level, Culture & Conduct has been made part of the remit of the Internal Control Coordination Committees since 2022.

The thematic Responsible Employer report sets out the Culture & Conduct approach (https://www.societegenerale.com/en/news/all-news/2021-responsible-employer-reports).

In 2023, Societe Generale made a reference document on its Speak-Up* Culture available to all employees, together with various tools to help them embody the Speak-Up* approach (workshops, training for Culture & Conduct correspondents, etc.). It also added a new Ethics and Conduct pathway to its training offer. All staff are required to follow this Ethics and Conduct pathway each year. It provides an overview of the main principles of the Culture & Conduct approach, through three modules: Code of Conduct, Speak-Up* Culture and Whistleblowing. The Code of Conduct module covers the principles of individual and group conduct as set out in the Societe Generale Code of Conduct. It stresses that all acts of corruption, as well as pressure or solicitations from third parties, are prohibited.

In addition to this mandatory training pathway, key contributors are provided with regular training on conduct risk management processes (such as the Risk and Control Self-Assessment, management of conduct incidents, disciplinary sanctions, etc.) and on how to handle Culture & Conduct matters. Alongside this training, the Group also deploys annual awareness-raising and communications campaigns. The aims of these campaigns are to: provide BUs and SUs with greater support, encouraging them to take responsibility for Culture & Conduct matters; continue to inform and raise awareness among employees, especially on how to identify conduct risks; and encourage people to adopt the Speak-Up* culture, at both BU/SU and Group level.

Societe Generale has also strengthened its normative framework, embedding its Culture & Conduct approach within its internal rules and controls and thereby making it a permanent fixture.

The Group likewise pushed ahead with efforts to align its main Human Resources management processes with its Culture & Conduct ambitions over 2023: updating its guidelines for assessing conduct and compliance, and optimising how it manages inappropriate conduct and disciplinary sanctions.

Culture & Conduct key figures

  • One single Code of Conduct for all Group employees, available in 18 languages.
  • The new Ethics and Conduct training currently being rolled out has seen 70.8% of the Group (ie 89,439 employees) already complete the three modules required under the 2023-2024 campaign (as at 15 February 2024).
  • 27,951 Group managers and employees in the HR Department were targeted for compulsory training on the Group’s disciplinary framework, 
    with a completion rate of 98.6% (February 2024).
  • 100% of the BUs and SUs have a Culture & Conduct correspondent and a Conduct Officer.
  • At end-2023, 85% of employees believed that their entity conducted business ethically and responsibly.
  • At end-2023, 83% of employees confirmed that they were ready to whistleblow if they witnessed or experienced inappropriate behaviour 
    (up from 82% in 2022).
  • At end-2023, 86% of employees said they could confidently express themselves to team members (up from 85% in 2022).
  • At end-2023, 78% of employees said that their managers encouraged collaboration between the BUs and SUs (vs. 80% in 2022).
  • A total of 111 admissible alerts were reported using the Group’s whistleblowing tool in 2023 (vs. 126 in 2022), 75% 
    of which concerned HR issues (unchanged over the past three years).
5.1.1.2.4Respecting human rights

Societe Generale is committed to respecting and promoting human rights – one of the fundamental values of its CSR policy. The Group defines and implements environmental and social (E&S) policies, processes and operational procedures to uphold its human rights commitments.

Societe Generale reaffirms these commitments in its Human Rights Statement, appended to its Environmental and Social General Principles (the E&S General Principles) (https://www.societe generale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/environmental-social-general-principles.pdf#page=12). The respect for and protection of human rights is enshrined in its Code of Conduct (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Code-conduct/code-of-conduct-en.pdf) and its E&S General Principles (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/environmental-social-general-principles.pdf).

Societe Generale is also governed by French legislation passed on 27 March 2017 on the duty of care for parent and subcontracting companies (known as the Duty of Care Act). This law requires that the Group prepare and implement a duty of care plan to identify risks and prevent serious violations of human rights or fundamental freedoms or damage to the health, safety and security of persons or the environment as a result of its activities. The Group’s Duty of Care Plan is provided on page  5.6.

As required under the United Kingdom’s Modern Slavery Act of 2015 and the Australian Modern Slavery Act of 2018, Societe Generale also publishes an annual statement on its corporate website outlining the steps it has taken to prevent modern slavery and human trafficking (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2020-10/modern-slavery-act.pdf).

Over the years, the Group has voluntarily adopted various procedures and tools to identify, assess and manage human rights and environmental risks as part of how it manages its human resources, supply chain and businesses. Accordingly, Societe Generale saw this legal duty of care as an opportunity to clarify and strengthen its existing framework.

The Group’s risk assessment and management framework covers three main areas:

  • respecting the human rights of its employees and social partners (for more information, see Being a responsible employer, page  5.2.1);
  • respecting human rights in its supply chain and through its suppliers (for more information, see Responsible sourcing, page  5.2.2);
  • respecting human rights in its financial and banking products and services (for more information, see Managing E&S risks, page  4.13.3).

The risks in these three areas and the associated risk policies are detailed in the Group’s Duty of Care Plan, presented on page  5.6.

Whistleblowers can report any potential or actual violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety or the environment using the Group’s online tool, available on the www.societegenerale.com portal at https://report.whistleb.com/fr/societegenerale (for more information, see The Code of Conduct, a vehicle for the Group’s values / Whistleblowing, page  5.1.1.2.2 and the Group's Duty of Care Plan / Whistleblowing procedure,  page  5.6.5).

5.2Being an exemplary financial company

5.2.1Being a responsible employer

 

2021

2022

2023(1)

Group headcount (at end of period, excluding temporary staff)

131,293

117,576

126,822

Full-Time Equivalents (FTEs)

124,089

115,466

122,200

Number of countries

66

66

61(2)

Number of different nationalities within the Group

141

154

152

  • ( 1 )     The Group headcount, the number of countries and the number of nationalities relate to the entities surveyed as part of the FY2023 social data reporting campaign.
  • ( 2 )     For 2023, LeasePlan entities are included and the four African subsidiaries currently in the process of being sold are excluded (Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Mauritania and Chad). 

Societe Generale strives to be a responsible employer in more than 60 countries and for over 126,000 employees. As such, it works to prevent and control social and operational risks related to its management of human resources. This ensures that its operations comply with regulations (labour law, health and safety standards, social legislation, etc.) and with the internal rules it has established, while also securing business continuity and decent working conditions for its employees.

The Group conducts its operations in line with the values and principles set out in the following major international conventions:

  • the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and its additional commitments;
  • the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Organization (ILO);
  • the Unesco World Heritage Convention;
  • the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development) Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises;
  • the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

Details of the Group’s commitments, the main human resources indicators it monitors and the associated policies and initiatives it deploys can be found in the Responsible Employer Report. (see: www.societegenerale.com, Responsibility, section: Responsible employer).

5.2.1.1Details of key HR risks and how they affect the Group
Economic conditions and structural factors affecting the Group’s activity and the management of its human capital

As an international group, Societe Generale operates within a competitive and changing environment, in which:

  • new players and new technologies are disrupting the banking sector’s make-up and revolutionising how it handles labour relations and conducts business with clients;
  • traditional ideas surrounding how we work and how businesses operate have been profoundly shaken up by the climate and social crises, leading in particular to greater individual and collective awareness of what is at stake with digitalisation and working conditions in particular;
  • the economic, social and environmental fall-out from the pandemic and geopolitical crises weigh heavily on individuals, in both their professional and their personal lives.

In light of these structural and economic factors, the Group is stepping up its transformation efforts in a bid to address the new challenges arising for its businesses, such as:

  • intensifying job market competition, particularly for candidates with IT and data expertise;
  • the emergence of new working arrangements and evolving aspirations and demands from employees in terms of how they relate to their work and their employer;
  • emerging needs in response to environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues.

The Group recognises the impact of this accelerating pace of change and the HR risks that come with it. In line with the Group-level risk mapping detailed in Chapter 4.1 (see Risk factors by category, page  4.1), the Group HR Department has carried out its own risk assessment and identified three key HR risks for Societe Generale and its subsidiaries:

  • the risk of a lack of qualified staff and the resulting risks of high staff turnover and loss of skills and expertise, which could lead to a loss of resources, know-how, efficiency and commitment. This would have a negative impact on individual and collective performance, client satisfaction and the Group’s competitiveness;
  • the risk in relation to working conditions and the resulting risks of reduced employer appeal, increased absenteeism and lack of motivation among employees, as well as the associated health and safety risks, in particular situations leading to psychosocial risks. The risk of occupational accidents and illnesses for the Group’s employees is relatively limited given that they work in the banking sector rather than in an industrial setting;
  • the risk of non-compliance with labour regulations and the Group’s own labour rules, and the resulting legal and reputational risks.
5.2.1.2Governance of key HR risks

The Group Human Resources Department has several bodies in place through which it deals with strategic subjects and related HR risks:

  • a HR Executive Committee comprising human resources staff from the Corporate Centre functions and regional departments manages, harmonises and aligns the human capital strategy in France and internationally. It meets every week;
  • an international HR community that gets together regularly to ensure effective communication and application of the Group’s human capital strategy. The Group Head of Human Resources sits on the Group Executive Committee (see page  Group Executive Committee), which meets every week;
  • strategic topics concerning human capital are also presented to the Board of Directors several times a year, in particular the compensation policy, the diversity, equality and inclusion policy, the human capital strategy, the commitment of employees and regulatory changes such as the CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive).

The human capital strategy comprises three pillars: efficient organisations and appropriate skills, cultural transformation to promote a sense of pride, and a diversified and committed talent base. It draws on two catalysts, a global HR community and the digitisation and simplification of HR processes.

Moreover, the risks related to human resources management are covered by the Group’s general risk management system, which is organised into three lines of defence (level 1: business lines, level 2: compliance, and level 3: inspection and audit) and applies to all sites (see Chapter 4, Organisation of permanent control/Operational risk management system, page  4.10).

The Human Resources Department and its teams draw on:

  • global policies in the various HR areas, governing human resources management in each of the Group’s BUs, SUs and subsidiaries;
  • processes covering the five key missions for an employer: (i) ensuring administrative management of human resources and payroll, (ii) managing employees’ careers, (iii) defining and managing compensation and benefits, (iv) managing jobs and skills, and (v) defining and managing social policies;
  • operational procedures and user guides aimed at securing operations and ensuring satisfactory knowledge management within the Group;
  • indicators to inform internal oversight.

They are also covered by the Group’s risk management and permanent control systems, including:

  • a set of controls on key HR processes deployed throughout the Group;
  • risk identification and prevention exercises;
  • business continuity plans and crisis exercises.

The Audit and Inspection teams also carry out periodic checks on HR activities.

5.2.1.3Policies and measures implemented to identify and mitigate HR risks

To address the various structural and economic challenges faced by the banking sector as a whole, the Group has introduced a range of policies and measures that aim to respond to its key HR risks.

In 2023, Societe Generale defined its Responsible Employer strategy, which is one of the main pillars of its CSR strategy. It is founded on three ambitions broken down into commitments to enable it to be exemplary in terms of employer responsibility as well as to control the Group’s main HR risks:

  • 1 .the first of these ambitions is to control the risk of a lack of qualified personnel by ensuring that each and every employee can reach their full potential through:
    • -a wide and varied range of training courses that includes a broad programme of CSR courses to speed up the acquisition of skills by all Group employees and enable them to be key players in the Bank’s CSR transformation,
    • -appropriate career and skills management so that all employees have access to opportunities to improve their employability, to improve the internal mobility rate and ensure better management of staff turnover;
  • 2 .the second ambition, to control the risks related to a lack of qualified personnel and working conditions, is to offer a satisfactory and effective working environment that promotes the Group’s employer appeal and helps to retain staff:
    • -by broadening access to remote working and various social benefits that there is emphasis on the wellbeing and working conditions of the Group’s employees,
    • -as part of a diversity, equality and inclusion policy, the goal of which is to ensure respect for individuality, several commitments have been made to prevent discrimination (including against disability) and measures have been taken to narrow the gender pay gap and increase the number of women in management roles;
  • 3 .the third ambition, to control risks related to working conditions and non-compliance withlabour regulations and the Group’s own labour rules, is to foster engagement on the part of employees, particularly through actions that promote a culture of dialogue (free expression and listening) and involvement in solidarity-based initiatives.
5.2.1.3.1Risks relating to a lack of qualified staff

Poor management of careers, skills and talent and a dip in the Group’s employer appeal could lead to staff shortages and less engaged employees. This in turn would have a direct impact on individual and collective performance, hampering the Group’s ability to attract and retain employees and, ultimately, to implement its strategy.

To address this risk, the Group has introduced a series of policies and initiatives to address the following challenges.

Adapting the Group’s recruitment strategy to the new environment
An attractive recruitment strategy that is aligned with market expectations

Societe Generale adapts its recruitment methods to incorporate new IT and digital functionalities, such as the AI-based “CV Catcher” application which candidates can use to scan their CV and obtain a selection of offers that correspond to their skills, or the “InMind” application which can be used to scan the CVs of students on college forums and automatically integrate them into the Job@SG recruitment system. Societe Generale is diversifying its hiring methods to showcase new professions and better respond to candidates’ aspirations.

In France, Societe Generale holds innovative recruitment events, such as gaming events (hackathon, eSport challenges), with a focus on the expertise and aspirations of candidates and not solely on their CV and past experience.

It also promotes its CSR commitments on its institutional websites and on its “Career” recruitment site so that potential candidates have an insight into its role as a responsible employer and how it can meet their environmental and social expectations.

Specific actions to attract, recruit and retain young graduates

Societe Generale has put in place several initiatives as part of a deliberate approach to attract, recruit and retain young graduates, including:

  • maintaining a special relationship with specific higher education and training bodies within the Group’s 98 entities;
  • a community of nearly 250 school ambassadors who are picked from among the Group’s employees and host events in France to discuss with students the values, culture, business professions and working conditions in the Company;
  • the organisation of events in France to promote diversity among younger profiles:
    • -the Meet, Match & Learn forum is a fully-digital recruitment and conference platform involving multiple schools,
    • -the “HER” programme raises awareness among girls at secondary school level of IT professions,
    • -stories from women working in finance to put the spotlight on their experiences and career paths,
    • -raising awareness around the LGBT+ community with conferences in schools in collaboration with TÊTU magazine or by hearing first-hand accounts from role models and the management at Societe Generale;
  • in Senegal, the sponsorship of online school Simplon, by offering internships to graduates from this school, and a partnership agreement with six local schools and universities.

Moreover, each year, Societe Generale invites its interns, work-study participants and international business volunteers to complete the HappyTrainees survey conducted by ChooseMyCompany. This is an independent and anonymous survey in which they can give an assessment of their experience at the Group. In 2023, for the fourth year in a row, Societe General obtained the Happy Trainee label awarded to companies that offer carefully planned induction, support and management for their interns, work-study participants and international business volunteers.

A fair recruitment policy

Societe Generale’s recruitment policy is tailored to the specific needs of its businesses and activities, as well as to the local context. Its hiring processes are nonetheless uniform across the Group and always include at a minimum an interview with the manager and an interview with a HR representative to assess the candidate’s affinity with the Group’s values (see   Rolling out a Code of Conduct underpinned by shared values and human rights, page  5.1.1.2).

To avoid any risk of discrimination the Group makes hiring decisions based solely on skills. It takes concrete steps to ensure that HR staff and managers obtain training in non-biased and non-stereotyped hiring practices to ensure diversity, equality and inclusion.

In accordance with the regulations in France, hiring staff are given specific training in non-discriminatory recruitment practices, which must be retaken every five years at the latest. Managers are given guidelines setting out best practices in this area.

Promoting the integration of new arrivals

In order to build a long-term relationship based on trust and foster a sense of belonging, Societe Generale’s induction programme focuses on the Group’s values. The induction period is a chance not only for new employees to learn about the Group’s culture, methods and values, but also for the Group to start building loyalty and encouraging solid commitment.

The following are some of the initiatives put in place by the Group:

  • in France, throughout the induction period, new arrivals benefit from a specific orientation programme for the entity concerned or may be assigned a “Local Buddy” to help them integrate. An interactive application has been rolled out to connect new recruits with their future team to help create team spirit and share the Group’s values before their actual start date. This innovative application was first deployed for permanent employees and work-study participants at the Bank branches in France and will eventually be extended to the entire scope of Societe Generale’s French network (including the Corporate Centre functions);
  • in China, the New Joiner Experience Enhancement programme was launched to improve the experience of new arrivals, involving a comprehensive induction process to help them adapt more rapidly and easily to the Group’s culture;
  • in India, improvements were made to the induction process in 2023, which included an update to the intranet home page specifically for new arrivals by centralising all useful information in the one place.
Planning ahead for future business developments and skills requirements
Robust strategic workforce planning

Societe Generale aims to ensure it has the right skills to reach its goals in the medium and long term. To prevent risks associated with a talent shortage or mismatch, qualitative and quantitative Strategic Workforce Planning (SWP) is in place in all the Group’s locations worldwide. The aim is to match human capital-related policies, particularly in terms of training and filling positions, to the skills required by the business lines to meet the Group’s strategic challenges and changes in those skills. SWP provides employees with the means to boost their employability.

The SWP initiative is organised into three stages:

  • 1 .defining a qualitative and quantitative target for the skills the Group needs in the medium to long term to deliver on its strategic goals;
  • 2 .assessing and mapping the skills available to the Group;
  • 3 .identifying the gap between the current situation and the target in order to apply the right levers (training, internal mobility, recruitment, etc.) and action plans to bridge it. This analysis must be a regular process so that the corresponding action plans can be updated as needed.

SWP is in place for all of the Group’s key businesses and in 2023 covered virtually all BUs and SUs, representing the foundation of an effective strategy for acquiring new skills and guiding the development of those already existing within the Group. In France, SWP is governed by a labour agreement which has been updated several times since its signature in 2019. In 2022, it was extended and is currently being renegotiated with the trade unions.

A dynamic global skills base

Societe Generale’s approach to skills mapping is based on the principle of self-empowerment: it gives employees a key role in developing their own careers and employability, offering two tools through which they can record their skills:

  • the first of these is ACE (for Appétences, Compétences, Expériences – or Aspirations, Skills & Experience). This tool relies on a dynamic skills base and machine learning(21) technology and is available to 78,810 employees working in 77 entities and across 30 countries, representing 62% of the Group’s workforce;
  • MonDiag is specific to the French Retail Banking businesses and can be used by employees to build a personalised development plan to support them in upskilling. MonDiag is available to nearly 28,400 employees.
Enhancing each employee’s employability throughout their career

Training is of vital importance to the Group: it is how employees develop their skills and boost their employability throughout their careers at Societe Generale. The Bank promises its employees the chance to shape their own career path, taking advantage of the multiple opportunities on offer.

A range of training opportunities adapted to the Group’s business priorities and the key skill sets it will need in the future

The training courses offered by various players (cross-business teams or academies specific to BUs, SUs or subsidiaries) come in a variety of formats (e-learning, face-to-face, MOOC, videos, etc.) and cover:

  • business skills;
  • the risk, responsibility and compliance culture. Compulsory training for all Group employees covers the following subjects: information security, anti-corruption measures, Code of Conduct, the General Data Protection Regulation, international sanctions, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing, conflicts of interest and harassment;
  • soft skills (agile working, collaborative working, people management, change management, etc.);
  • managerial culture, and social and environmental responsibility.

As the Group moves ahead with its transformation, its existing businesses are evolving, creating needs for new skills in all functions.

The training offer is thus tailored to the Group’s strategy and centres on the key businesses identified through professions observatory (observatoire des métiers) in France and Strategy Workforce Planning. It focuses mainly on innovation and digital transformation (including artificial intelligence subjects) in order to continue developing the client experience and satisfaction and the upskilling of all employees in CSR-related objectives.

Group-wide policies on mobility

Societe Generale has expertise across a broad range of sectors and offers employees a host of career opportunities. The principles underpin the Group’s policies on internal mobility and filling positions, and they apply to all entities. They focus on:

  • ensuring transparency as regards vacancies, by systematically posting offers on the internal job exchange (Job@SG) available in 94 entities in 36 countries;
  • filling positions from within the Group where possible;
  • maintaining a community skilled in recruitment practices, including internationally, so that best practices can be shared and information can be passed around;
  • and strictly adhering to the recruitment process defined by the Human Resources Department to avoid any potential risk of corruption or conflict of interest, or any form of discrimination or favouritism.
Specific programmes to develop staff employability

In 2021, the Group rounded off its internal mobility policies with initiatives to ensure its business units and service units have the talent they need and to help employees build and constantly upgrade their skill sets so that they can be sufficiently agile to respond to rapid change and seize career opportunities. In addition to being able to apply for vacancies advertised internally, employees can now be contacted by managers looking to fill a position. Employees’ skills are matched with those sought by hiring managers thanks to the ACE skills self-reporting platform, which includes an AI-based recommendation engine that managers can use to quickly identify employees whose profiles meet their needs. This feature has proven extremely popular with managers and employees alike.

In 2023, 15,385 Group employees benefited from either functional or geographic mobility. A total of 51% of vacancies were filled through internal mobility in 2023, demonstrating Societe General’s ambition to favour the employability of its human capital.

The Group also offers reskilling programmes. Initiated by the Group in 2020 and developed with business experts, these programmes aim to offer employees seeking to change job the opportunity to reskill and obtain positions in a growth area or hard-to-fill jobs within the Group. The programmes encourage internal mobility and are a means of fulfilling the promise of providing mobility opportunities for interested employees. They frequently involve the awarding of certificates or diplomas, combining theoretical learning via academic partnerships with practical experience through a mentorship process, thus facilitating the employee’s integration in their new team. Over 235 employees signed up for 32 different reskilling programmes in 2023. This therefore is a means of adjusting the availability of skills and supporting the transformation of the businesses within the Group. It allows employees to thoroughly rethink their career options. New programmes on data and ESG issues were jointly devised in 2023, reflecting employees’ aspirations as well as skills gaps within the Group.

During 2023, Societe Generale held its first “Learning Days”, a two-day event during which employees are given advice on training courses, with a focus on priority areas of development and on topics that will be of key concern in the future, such as AI, future skills, CSR, new methods of learning, etc. This event also hosted the first edition of the “Societe Generale Learning Awards”, which are handed out to the most effective, innovative and engaging development programmes deployed within the Group.

Group-wide ESG training plan

The Group rolled out an ESG training and awareness plan for all employees, with the goal of:

  • developing a Group ESG culture based on a shared foundation of core knowledge;
  • supporting the businesses in developing appropriate technical expertise.

It involves:

  • 1 .an offering of around 150 training and awareness-raising modules available externally and internally. These modules focus on six main themes, the basics of CSR, ESG risks, the environment and the environmental transition, responsible use of digital technology, the responsible employer, finance and sustainable investment. It includes several modules on areas of expertise proposed by the group's businesses, in particular the carbon reduction objectives of the different economic sectors, such as transport, aviation, automotive, real estate, etc. In particular, it features a structured upskilling process with five levels of expertise, where the fundamental level requires a minimum of five hours of training and the highest level requires more than 50 hours of training.
SOC2024_URD_EN_H020_encadre_HD.png

 

The first two levels, fundamental and intermediate, are designed for all Group employees. The next three levels are designed for employees seeking advanced expertise in ESG, seeking a qualification, or working in the area of ESG. Specific training paths are also proposed for certain groups, such as Ambassadors (Top 1.400 managers), Executive Committee members, new hires and junior staff. The members of the Board of Directors obtained training on the climate and biodiversity. A CSR reskilling programme developed with the engineering school CentraleSupelec was launched for employees embarking on a new job with a CSR component. It involves ten days of training in face-to-face format covering themes such as the energy transition, sustainable finance and urban planning issues;

  • 2 .a target to train 30% of employees in the use of the Climate Fresk.
  • The Group plans to deploy the Climate Fresk (which is included in the intermediate level of training) among 30% of its employees by September 2024.

Societe Generale was particularly active in ESG training and awareness-raising campaigns over 2023, including:

  • new training opportunities in its catalogue :
    • -Climate School modules involving 20 courses and 150 micro-videos teaching about climate change issues and levers for individual and collective action,
    • -modules on energy efficiency and digital accessibility,
    • -sector analyses of the automotive, real estate, maritime transport, oil and gas, building materials and other sectors;
  • the organisation of various training and awareness events :
    • -the 2tonnes and My Co2 day workshops, the 24-hour Fresk workshops, Fresk summer workshops, Sustainable Development weeks,
    • -conferences on the elimination of single-use plastics, the circular economy, efficient use of water and carbon reduction;
  • targeted training for specific personnel :
    • -the Ambassadors attended workshops and conferences on climate objectives, decarbonisation scenarios and new regenerative economy models,
    • -the members of the Executive Committee and the Management Committee all received training in climate issues,
    • -the members of the Board of Directors obtained training on the climate and biodiversity.

Key figures

  • at 31 December 2023, more than 80% of Group employees had completed at least one ESG training course since 2021. Nearly 63% of Group employees completed ESG training in 2023, reflecting:
    • -316,866 training actions, i.e. more than four training actions on average per trained employee,
    • -395,956 hours of training, i.e. more than five hours of training on average per trained employee,
    • -more than 30% of Group employees completed training in each of the following themes: the basics of CSR, sustainable finance and related regulations, and issues relating to the ecological crisis;
  • more than 25% of employees have completed Climate Fresk workshops since 2021, of which 18% in 2023, i.e.:
    • -a total of 29,320 employees having completed Climate Fresk workshops, 21,000 of which in 2023,
    • -more than 650 internal instructors trained, of which 500 in 2023.

Societe Generale is keenly aware of the driving role it plays in helping to build more responsible development models, and during 2023 it contributed to the work of Entreprises pour l’Environnement (EpE) (businesses for the environment). Its HR experts participated in business committee meetings on the integration of transition objectives into all HR processes, demonstrating the Group’s commitment to these important matters.

Identifying and supporting talent

Built around its Leadership Model and designed to optimise and develop the potential of its employees, while deepening commitment to the Group, Societe Generale’s talent management policy applies across all entities, businesses and regions. The aim of the policy is not only to identify, develop and retain high-potential employees and the leaders of tomorrow, but also to ensure the Group has the right managers for its key positions through succession planning.

In 2023, the Group further strengthened its system for managing key positions and developing high-potential talents. It:

  • reviewed succession plans for key positions in the Group;
  • continued its efforts on diversity (see : www.societegenerale.com, Responsibility, section : Responsible employer) introducing two new professional development programmes designed to help women progress in their career (300 women per year);
  • continued to support talent development and growth in expertise, making use of several leadership programmes and personalised development tools such as 360-degree feedback (from the employee’s manager, colleagues and others with whom they interact), coaching, development centres and mentorship;
  • supported its HR teams and fostered a community of talent managers.
Offering fair and competitive pay
A balanced compensation policy

Adapted to the specific economic, social, regulatory and competitive environment in each of the markets in which the Group operates, the core tenets of this policy, shared by all entities, are non-discrimination and equal treatment, namely:

  • rewarding individual and collective performance;
  • promoting healthy and effective risk management and ensuring employees are not encouraged to take inappropriate risks;
  • promoting equality, and professional and wage equality between employees without any form of discrimination;
  • attracting, retaining and motivating strategic talents and key resources;
  • aligning the interests of employees with those of the Group and its shareholders;
  • checking that employees comply with the applicable internal rules and regulations while ensuring equal treatment of customers;
  • reducing potential pay gaps between women and men within the Group by 2026 by allocating a budget of EUR 100 million between 2024 and 2025.
Individual performance reviews to boost collective results

To ensure equal treatment of its employees, the Group monitors their performance throughout their careers, particularly through development plans and performance reviews. As shown in the chart below, individual development plans are assessed as part of a three-stage process. The first stage, direct, involves a meeting between the line manager and the employee at the beginning of the year to set targets. This is followed by a second meeting, the review stage, at the end of the year to assess the achievement of the targets. In between those meetings is the mobilisation phase, throughout which the employee is monitored and supported. A dedicated tool is used for this purpose by all of the Group entities. This ensures that the performance review campaigns are uniform and consistent. The performance management process is key because it impacts other phases of the managerial cycle, such as training and skills development, career management, compensation, etc. In 2023, the Group launched an ambitious new strategy focused on sustainable development, entailing a culture of performance and responsibility.

SOC2024_URD_EN_H021_HD.png

In more concrete terms, the annual performance review provides a space for discussion between the employee and their line manager, on the job itself, the degree to which the targets set at the start of the year have been achieved and compliance with regulations and internal rules and procedures applicable to the job. It is also a time to look at the skills acquired during the year, ascertain the skills that need to be developed and identify the training and actions required for this purpose. Finally, for permanent Group employees, the process is completed by a professional meeting with their line manager during which they can discuss prospects for professional advancement over the medium and long term.

Collective benefit schemes

A system of variable remuneration is in place based on the Company’s overall performance and distributed to employees on the basis of their individual performance. Societe Generale offers its employees a number of collective benefits: profit-sharing and incentives, employee savings plans and employee share ownership together with an employer contribution.

At the end of 2023, Societe Generale employees and former employees (between them numbering around 93,000) held 9.8% of the Bank’s share capital and 14.9% of SG’s voting rights, through Company or Group savings plans.

Societe Generale SA profit-sharing and incentives paid out in 2023 in respect of 2022 amounted to EUR 158.8 million in total, of which EUR 10 million related to the Group’s CSR objective.

And lastly, the 30th edition of the Global Employee Share Ownership Programme saw more than 46,000 employees subscribe to a capital increase in 2023 amounting to EUR 221.2 million.

In 2023, more than EUR 93 million was paid out under the employer contribution.

Adapting employee retention strategies to fit the local context

Alongside its attractive compensation schemes, Societe Generale also works to give its employees other reasons to stay, including:

  • the ability to shape their own career paths, with special schemes for employees approaching retirement, careers in transition management, etc. (see Responsible Employer Report: www.societegenerale.com, Responsibility, section : Responsible employer);
  • the opportunity to take part in civic-minded initiatives supported by the Societe Generale Foundation C’est Vous l’Avenir through skills sponsorship programmes under which employees can take three day’s leave per year to work with partner associations of the Foundation involved in educating young people and promoting professional inclusion. The Group held solidarity events such as those under the “Move for Youth” association. The third edition of this solidarity sports challenge took place in 2023. 25,250 employees from across the globe (more than 20% of the Group’s workforce) participated, supporting the work of non-profits in favour of young people (see Responsible Employer Report: www.societegenerale.com, Responsibility, section : Responsible employer);
  • the attention paid to wellbeing and mental health, including the “Mind BRD” programme launched at BRD in Romania in 2023. This programme involves three strands the aim of which is to make the employee a central part of the strategy: psycho-emotional development (workshops for managers), training (webinars for employees) and support (24-hour telephone service);
  • part-time seniors: Societe Generale has set up a system giving employees approaching retirement the option of working part time within a non-profit association while remaining an employee of their company. The structure benefits from the skills, experience and expertise acquired by the senior member of staff;
  • a diverse and more responsible offering at its restaurants and canteens, including the Too Good to Go initiative that works to combat food waste by recovering unsold restaurant products. The Company restaurants worked on the mission to completely eliminate single-use plastics by the end of 2023 in France and by the end of 2025 in the rest of the world. This involved setting up return stations and the use of sustainable cutlery in the main buildings in the Paris region;
  • benefits for those practising sports, such as subsidising a sports association or negotiating reduced rates at fitness centres through the Social and Economic Committee;
  • in the area of mobility, a car pooling initiative for employees in the cross-business teams to share commute journeys. Additionally, sustainable mobility rates have been put in place at several Group entities, such as CGI France and ALD Automotive France (see Responsible Employer Report: www.societegenerale.com, Responsibility, section : Responsible employer);
  • social benefits to help maintain a work-life balance such as support for employees who are caregivers and flexible working hours to allow colleagues to adapt and rearrange their work load, (see Risk related to working conditions, page  5.2.1.3.2);
  • Societe Generale encourages those who wish to join the army reserve forces and allows specific “civil service” leave for this purpose. Any Societe Generale employee in France can take leave for this purpose, and must obtain the agreement of their manager if this leave surpasses ten days a year. Under an agreement signed between Societe Generale and the Ministry of the Armed Forces dated 10 December 2019, the Group goes beyond its regulatory requirements by continuing to pay remuneration for the first ten days of leave for this purpose per year, whether consecutive or not.
Key indicators on the risks relating to a lack of qualified staff and the potential impact
on the Bank’s employer brand, performance and attrition

At Group level

2021

2022

2023

% of positions filled through internal mobility

56%

53%

51%

% of employees on permanent contracts who change jobs per year

14%

14%

13%

Number of training hours taken by Group employees (millions)

3.7

4.0

4.4

Average number of training hours per employee

26

32

34

Number of employees on permanent contracts who had an appraisal

106,687

97,969

103,052

% of the workforce on permanent contracts

94%

94%

91%

The Group’s payroll expenses (in EUR billions)

9,764

10,052

10,645

Voluntary turnover rate for the workforce on permanent contracts

9.4%

8.6%

7.0%

Share of women in voluntary turnover rate

-

-

47.8%

Turnover rate excluding the Indian and Romanian subsidiaries

4%

7%

6%

Number of new hires

15,290

13,560

19,863

Share of women in new hires

50%

47%

 53%

Number of employees involved in solidarity initiatives proposed by the Group

-

-

7,378

Number of days taken by employees for solidarity activities

-

-

10,758

 

To tackle high staff turnover at certain sites, particularly in India and Romania, partly attributable to local employment patterns on these markets, the Group subsidiaries in these countries have launched targeted actions to improve employee engagement and retention. These actions focus on benefit packages, working conditions and career progression. Ensuring a stable workforce is an important task of the Human Resources Department, as it is aware that the teams are the Bank’s primary asset.

5.2.1.3.2Risk related to working conditions

To address these risks, the Group has introduced a series of policies and initiatives in the following areas.

Listening to and supporting employees in a changing work environment
Considering and addressing employees’ needs, as individuals and as a group

As a responsible bank, Societe Generale has taken its employees’ new aspirations on board, especially in terms of their well-being at work and the need to feel heard and to find meaning in what they do.

A new agreement on workplace well-being

In November 2022, the Human Resources Department signed an agreement with the French trade unions on workplace well-being. The aim was to galvanise efforts to improve working conditions and prevent occupational risks within the Group. This agreement entered into effect on 1 January 2023 for a three-year term and centres on six areas: work-life balance, new ways of working (remote/hybrid working), individual and collective freedom of expression, workload, living and working with cancer or another chronic illness, and the prevention of psychosocial risks (see How the Group is stepping up its efforts on psychosocial risk prevention, page  Focus on how the Group is stepping up its efforts on psychosocial risk prevention). The goal is to emphasise wellbeing in the workplace on a broad level, using all possible levers to achieve it.

Focus on the employee satisfaction survey

Societe Generale measures employee engagement through its Employee Satisfaction Survey, an annual, anonymous internal survey conducted throughout the Group. Employees are asked to freely give their opinion and impressions on a range of topics related to life at work. All answers are strictly confidential. The results are shared with employees and serve as the basis for drawing up action plans and putting together working groups in each of the BUs and SUs, with a view to continuous improvement. These action plans are then submitted to the Board of Directors.

In 2023, 72% of the Group’s employees took part in the survey. This latest survey covered the following topics:

  • commitment:
  • The Group’s rate of engagement is stable at 64%. The percentage of employees that would recommend the Group as an employer was up 2 points on 2022, at 66%, and pride in belonging to the Group was up 3 points on 2022 at 76%.
  • efficiency:
  • Everyday management practices and team spirit are two of the most important features of the Group’s culture. Employees can count on help and constructive feedback from their manager (86%) and on the support of their colleagues (91%). More than half of employees believe that the processes and structures within their entity have been simplified (55%).
  • responsibility (CSR, culture & conduct, diversity, equality and inclusion, wellbeing in the workplace):
  • There is a solid culture of responsibility within the Group. 71% of employees believe that Societe Generale is socially and economically responsible.
  • There is a well-established culture of dialogue within the Group: 86% of employees say they can give their opinion, and express new ideas or concerns within their team.
  • In terms of diversity, equality and inclusion, 86% of employees feel included and accepted for who they are.

75% of employees perceive a positive change in the work-life balance, up 3 points on 2022. They rate their level of wellbeing in the workplace at 6.2 out of 10.

  • outlook:
  • 59% of employees feel involved in the changes taking place within their entity, up 6 points on 2022.

Since 2018, the collective targets set for members of the Group’s Management Committee each year have included a target employee engagement score, as measured through the Employee Satisfaction Survey (see Responsible Employer Report).

Making hybrid work and the associated managerial practices standard procedure
Introducing remote working Group-wide

Societe Generale was an early endorser of remote working – employees have been allowed to work from home since 2016 – and the Group has been proactive in adapting how it operates to make this possible. The Covid-19 pandemic accelerated the trend, and the Group successfully implemented Group-wide remote working pour for all compatible positions.

In January 2021, General Management signed an open-ended Remote Working Agreement with the French trade unions. The agreement entered into force on 4 October 2021 and makes remote working available to all employees (i.e., whether on permanent or temporary contracts and including interns, work-study participants and new hires). The agreement establishes the principle of regular remote working, setting two days’ remote working per week as the standard. Each BU and SU can adjust the number of remote working days so that the system is implemented in a collective manner. In implementing this agreement, the Group’s entities adhere to all principles of equality, rules on working hours, the right to disconnect, and health and safety requirements for staff working from home.

Remote working has gradually become widespread within the Group, in businesses and countries where the IT and telephone infrastructures permit.

Accordingly, some 155 Group entities have implemented remote working arrangements, tailoring them to local requirements, and at the end of 2023 more than 95,250 people had availed themselves of remote working within the Group (an increase of 16% on 2022, illustrating the ongoing familiarisation with hybrid working arrangements introduced during the health crisis).

Supporting the associated adaptations in managerial practices

Local managers play an essential role in the context of remote working, being as they are in daily contact with employees. Special steps have been taken to raise awareness of and prevent risks related to isolation, remote communication and psychosocial distress. The Connect Manager platform pools a wide array of resources for managers to help their teams with remote working. It now includes a Remote Management module with a host of tools to help them learn how to support a hybrid-working team, such as guidelines, how-to guides and online training.

Providing a good working environment
Working in a pleasant and efficient environment

As the hybrid work model becomes more widespread, Societe Generale is rethinking how its physical and digital workspaces are organised: redesigning office space and upgrading facilities and equipment.

In 2021, given the new working methods as a result of the increase in remote working, a plan to revamp working spaces was deployed at the Group’s Corporate Centre buildings in the Paris region. The idea was to adapt workspaces to new practices and to reduce the Group’s building footprint. Most of the Corporate Centre buildings now operate as a “flex office” and users benefit from a range of collaborative spaces to facilitate interaction on site (working spaces, meeting rooms of different configurations and layouts, etc.) and services to enhance their day-to-day lives (a business centre, wellness areas, responsible catering spaces, etc.).

Societe Generale has also rethought its digital workspaces to make sure its employees can work from home securely and seamlessly, just as easily as when they are at the office. To this end, a new virtual workspace, with specific features to optimise mobility and remote working, has been broadly deployed. In addition, the Group is upgrading its tools to make remote teamwork easier and revisiting the network infrastructure at its French branches to speed up their Internet connections. Rounding off its actions, it has developed an online platform offering access to team schedules as well as HR, logistics and compliance services and information. Employees can also submit IT requests and expense claims and manage their professional purchases via this platform.

Promoting work-life balance

In 2023, 121 entities, representing 80% of employees, put in place initiatives designed to promote a healthy work-life balance.

Working hours represent a key element in these initiatives:

  • a flexible working-hours policy in 57 Group entities, representing 62% of employees;
  • employees in France discuss their workload with their line manager or HR manager as part of their annual appraisal;
  • the Group is pushing further ahead with communications campaigns and offers training and support to help managers and employees work out how to achieve optimal efficiency.

Societe Generale also considers each entity’s local context when implementing measures to promote a healthy work-life balance, such as:

  • maternity leave that exceeds the regulatory minimum in 99 entities;
  • benefits to help with childcare in 92 entities covering 83% of the Group’s workforce;
  • support for employees who are caregivers and schemes through which their colleagues can donate leave;
  • and in France more specifically, the Group:
    • -has expanded eligibility for parental leave to take into account all family configurations,
    • -supports employees suffering from chronic illness and/or returning to work after a lengthy period of sick leave,
    • -has signed a new Corporate Parenthood Charter.

As a result of these initiatives to provide employees with a healthy and optimum working environment, certain Group entities have received recognition, B Corp certification for Boursorama and Shine, Great Place to Work certification for ALD Netherlands and SG Romania, and Top Employer recognition for LeasePlan Italy, SG Canada and ALD Automotive Madrid.

Ensuring health and safety in the workplace
and during work time
A robust health and safety framework

Societe Generale’s occupational health and safety policy, applicable Group-wide, aims to provide each employee with a safe working environment – taking into consideration both the physical workplace and working practices – that guarantees their safety and their physical and psychological well-being. The Group complies with all local labour laws and legal obligations for occupational health and safety in all of its entities worldwide. Each local entity adapts the Group’s occupational health and safety policy to their local environment and legislation.

Societe Generale is developing positive momentum in respect of workplace well-being (WW) at all levels throughout the Group. Everyone at every level has a role to play in improving workplace wellbeing:

  • the Human Resources Department sponsors the occupational health and safety policy, bringing it to the attention of the highest echelons within the Group;
  • the Group Security Division, reporting to the General Secretary, keeps people and property safe while on Societe Generale premises;
  • all HR teams are involved in advising and offering support to managers and employees, working hand-in-hand with local healthcare professionals specialised in preventive action;
  • managers help implement initiatives designed to improve workplace health and safety, and discuss the subject with their employees on a regular basis;
  • the occupational health services also help in the area of prevention and providing support to employees throughout the Group. For instance, actions such as workshops on first aid, prevention campaigns (breast cancer, bowel cancer, tobacco-free month, addiction campaigns, anti-flu vaccination) and workshops on maintaining good posture to avoid physical ailments from hybrid working. These initiatives are announced through internal communications, during mandatory visits and via the staff mutual insurance service in France.

In France (46% of the Group’s workforce), Societe Generale is committed to getting everyone involved in WW issues under the new workplace wellbeing agreement. This includes, in particular:

  • WW and psychosocial risks (PSR) correspondents in each BU and SU, to coordinate actions on WW and PSR;
  • staff representatives and bodies to carry out quarterly monitoring of the indicators sent by the Group (taking into account each type of contract, absenteeism, resignations, rotation, etc.);
  • the WW observatory, to follow up on the agreement’s implementation and review reports on what has been done each year;
  • the WW team within the Group Human Resources Department, to raise awareness within the Group of the various factors involved;
  • the internal occupational health and safety service and social assistants.

Moreover, during 2023, Societe Generale in France received an award from the WW observatory, a body connected to the French government Ministries of Labour, Solidarity and Health, and public sector for its actions in helping to promote this change in the managerial paradigm through support (in particular via dedicated training) for managers in adopting new practices to foster trust, autonomy and a work-life balance when implementing new managerial practices and managing teams in hybrid mode.

Ensuring continuous improvement in health and safety matters

The Group’s long-standing commitment to offering the best possible working conditions means:

  • working towards providing all its employees worldwide with basic social, health and welfare protection. 85.5% of employees currently benefit from a supplementary company health or personal protection plan and the Group has set itself the target of providing each employee with coverage amounting to two years’ salary in the event of death;
  • a global approach to security adapted by the Group Security Division, with the aim of assessing risk levels and unifying all protection measures in order to be able to respond in an optimal manner to multiple exogenous and endogenous threats (cybercrime, terrorism, geopolitical risks, health risks, climate risks);
  • a safety and security master plan, prepared by the Security Division for France and shared with the international entities and subsidiaries as standard practice, to be applied in addition to all local safety and security rules;
  • continuous monitoring of health and safety risks and social risks in its buildings (see the focus on preventing psycho-social risks below), and implementation of targeted preventive and information actions to strengthen the culture of safety within the Group. In 2023, the Group Security Division defined key indicators for monitoring commercial risks (aggression, intrusion, armed robbery, etc.) and non-commercial risks (fire, securing the building, deterioration of equipment, etc.) within the Group. The management of health, safety and security risks forms part of the Group’s Duty of Care Plan on human rights and the environment (see Duty of Care Plan, page  5.6). The Security Division also has a specialised monitoring and analysis team that liaises with a network of experts, and maintains close ties with the authorities in France and abroad. By sharing experiences with external experts Societe Generale can better assess the various situations that are exogenous to the Group in order to ensure the highest level of security for employees, suppliers and clients alike.
Raising awareness among employees of the main health and safety risks

The Group puts prevention programmes in place to tackle the main health and safety risks its employees may face in the course of their work:

Protecting staff from aggressive behaviour

Employees in the banking sector may encounter violence in their work (such as during a bank robbery). Societe Generale does everything possible to keep its staff safe. For example, all employees in French branches (including trainees, and employees on temporary contracts or providing holiday cover) receive safety training on how to manage flows of people on the premises, how to use the emergency equipment and protective devices provided, how to perform their day-to-day work (operating procedures, etc.), how to react to offensive or aggressive behaviour and what to do in the event of an accident or attack. The Group partners with France Victime to offer anonymous psychological support for any employees who are victims of offensive or aggressive behaviour or armed robbery.

All employees must also complete a mandatory online training module specifically dealing with attacks at the workplace.

Prevention of risks related to business travel and concerning expatriates

The Group is legally responsible for and must guarantee the safety of employees on business trips, including internationally. To this end, it has drawn up a safety policy to reduce as much as possible the exposure of employees to potential security risks and the impacts in the event of a crisis affecting their physical safety when on international business trips. The policy is based on a monitoring and prevention system (assessment of the security risks of countries, use of internal and external alerts, safety audits, preparation and distribution of instructions), an e-learning component and a component on safety during long assignments and for expatriates. The Group has also defined a procedure for approving travel in risky countries and has safety and evacuation plans in place which are prepared jointly with the local security and safety functions. Last, Societe Generale has a partnership agreement in place for the purposes of ensuring health and safety, and repatriation services.

Preventing isolation and loss of employability

To foster team spirit and employee motivation in the new world of hybrid working, the Group encourages its managers to take training on the risks associated with such working arrangements, in terms of isolation and feelings of exclusion. For their part, employees are made aware of their right to disconnect and how they can maintain social contact. Moreover, 84% of entities covering 97% of the Group's workforce have medical facilities available, ensuring that employees get regular health check-ups. In France, the 2021 Healthcare Act requires employers to take steps to address the risk of loss of employability, working together with occupational health doctors to offer check-ups to ensure that employees returning to work after maternity leave, extended sick leave (more than 30 days) or an occupational illness are indeed fit to do so. All employees aged 43-45 likewise get a medical check-up to reassess whether their health calls for adjustments to their duties and to explain what they themselves can do to ward off occupational risks.

Preventing data theft and cyberattacks

As part of its day-to-day operations, Societe Generale gathers, processes and disseminates confidential information. As a trusted third party, it is essential that it protects that information. Data protection is therefore a priority, to keep all information the Bank receives secure and confidential.

To ensure that employees do their best to maintain data protection, Societe Generale has made available a charter for the Protection of Information and IT Resources and a Group Policy on Information Security. It also provides training, in particular through mandatory e-learning courses, and organises communication drives and internal events to improve the security culture within the Group, for instance the “security hours” (see the section below Improving the culture of security among Group employees).

To keep employees on their toes and alert to the risks of cyberattacks (especially ransomware attacks), the Group conducts its own phishing campaigns as well as targeted actions to reinforce the message, help employees identify suspicious e-mails and make sure they know how to flag them up.

Improving the culture of security among Group employees

The Group Security Division deploys a culture of security programme adapted for all employees throughout the Group. It includes:

  • the hosting of a security community with a representative of the BUs and SUs present;
  • a “Security Hours” event each month involving a conference to discuss a particular theme together with workshops and quizzes. A monthly event since September 2023, these conferences have examined topics such as security risks worldwide (with the participation of the Institut français des relations internationales – IFRI), social engineering and economic security. The topics for discussion during the first quarter of 2024 include responding to victims, information leaks and crisis management. All Group employees are invited to these events. More than 800 people attend them each month;
  • a weekly press review of security news by the Group Security Division;
  • a quarterly Horizon sécurité newsletter which has more than 2,000 readers. It features articles on topical security issues and related risks for the Group and its employees, such as AI manipulation, correct use of badges, creating passwords, best practices for business travel, etc.

Focus on how the Group is stepping up its efforts on psychosocial risk prevention

As a responsible employer, the Group has been taking action for several years to ensure it provides a working environment in which the security and physical and mental health of its employees are protected no matter where they are located in the world. Societe Generale has adopted a global policy to preserve its human capital, further improve the wellbeing of its employees in the workplace and prevent psychosocial risks (PSRs). All Group players and entities are involved in fulfilling these objectives through different actions such as providing information, raising awareness, training courses and implementing concrete action plans.

Main achievements in 2023:

  • the annual global employer barometer was strengthened across all of the wellbeing in the workplace factors referred to by the French institute for the prevention of occupational accidents and disease, Institut National de Recherche et de Sécurité (INRS). In particular, it takes into account at a global level the wellbeing in the workplace indicator and an indicator relating to mental health. A review was conducted of how the different factors related to wellbeing in the workplace are presented in order to facilitate analysis and the implementation of concrete action plans;
  • the policy for the prevention of PSRs was strengthened, with testing and adaptation of a prevention methodology conducted in 2023 with a view to rolling it out broadly over the coming months. It draws on the work and research carried out by various expert bodies and tests carried out within the Group and externally. Rollout is being conducted by the Corporate Centre team responsible for this subject and the social relations team, with support from an external firm. The methodology centres around three themes, workload, recognition and transformation. A community of workplace wellbeing correspondents will be set up in 2024 to drive this initiative;
  • the HR indicators were shared with the trade unions to ensure regular communication and discussion about them between the different stakeholders (line management, HR line management and staff representative bodies), the sharing of problems encountered and solutions put in place, and to promote continued constructive dialogue at the level of each entity;
  • a community of experts on all subjects that contribute to workplace wellbeing was formed in certain entities, and plans are in place to extend this measure;
  • continued implementation of existing measures to prevent and manage PSRs, in particular dedicated training (mandatory training module for managers and HR), occupational health services, a psychological support platform (Preventis) and other measures under the mutual insurance and protection insurance services.
Upholding fair and equal treatment

Beyond providing a safe and healthy working environment, being a responsible employer also means striving to ensure fair and equal treatment of all employees – an essential factor in fostering innovation and boosting the Group’s performance.

Promoting equal opportunities and diversity in the Group and taking steps to counter discrimination

Societe Generale has a range of policies, actions and processes in place to counter the risk of discrimination, including in particular:

  • a Diversity, Equality and Inclusion (DE&I) policy, reflecting the Group’s determination to recognise and promote all promising employees, regardless of their beliefs, age, disability, parental status, nationality, gender identity, sexual orientation, membership of a political, religious or trade union organisation, or any other factors on the basis of which they could be discriminated against. This policy aims to create the conditions for an inclusive organisation offering equal treatment to all and does so by requiring action on various fronts:
    • -fighting against all forms of discrimination,
    • -communicating, raising awareness, training,
    • -creating a work environment and management that is conducive to inclusion,
    • -championing diversity and inclusion at governance level within the Group;
  • sponsorship of non-discrimination at the highest level of the organisation, led by Pierre Palmieri (Deputy Chief Executive Officer);
  • a DE&I Steering Committee which replaces the Diversity and Inclusion Committee, initiated in November 2021. It has twelve members from the Group Management Committee and a DE&I expert to guide discussions and proposals. Each member is tasked with:
    • -promoting the Group’s DE&I policy within the Group and externally,
    • -sponsoring one of the Group’s five priority areas, namely gender, disability, diversity of origin (socio-economic and socio-cultural), the intergenerational question, and the inclusion of LGBT+ persons;
  • a special team responsible for promoting diversity, equality and inclusion, with support from a network of DE&I managers in rolling out the Group’s commitments in the BUs and SUs, both in France and in the Group’s international entities;
  • an ambitious gender equality target of increasing the percentage of women in senior management positions (Top 250) to at least 35% by 2026;
  • action to highlight all areas of disability so that employees can recognise and make the necessary arrangements to work stations used by persons with a disability. During European Week for Employment of People with Disabilities (SEEPH) in November 2023, Mission Handicap organised conferences and workshops to raise awareness of the importance of improving social and professional inclusion of people with a disability;
  • a raft of new public commitments over the past years:
    • -at Group level:
      • signature in 2023 of a new global agreement on fundamental rights with UNI Global Union,
      • signature of the initiative Towards the Zero Gender Gap during “Women’s forum 2021”,
      • to the UN’s Guiding Principles on tackling discrimination against the LGBTQ+ community, supported since 2018,
      • to the Women’s Empowerment Principles, signed in 2016,
      • to the International Labour Organization’s Global Business & Disability Charter, signed in 2016,
    • -in France:
      • a company collective agreement on professional gender equality in 2023,
      • renewal of Societe Generale’s three-year agreement promoting the employment and professional integration of people with disabilities in France (the 2023-2025 agreement marks its sixth renewal),
      • signing of the OneInThreeWomen Charter to raise awareness of violence against women in 2022,
      • signing of a new Corporate Parenthood Charter, to support parents in all family configurations (single parents, same-sex parents, etc.) in 2022,
      • signing of two charters to foster gender diversity: #JamaisSansElles and Financi’Elles in 2021,
      • signing of the Autre Cercle Charter promoting an inclusive workplace for LGBTQ+ individuals in 2021.

Measures to counter the risk of discrimination at work also form part of the Group’s Duty of Care Plan. The Group assesses the extent to which there is a risk of discrimination at its various sites, so as to identify and better understand local issues and how to address them (see “Duty of Care Plan”, page  5.6).

Implementing practical management, awareness and training actions around diversity, equality and inclusion

With over 126,000 employees of 152 nationalities working in more than 60 different countries, and with 54% of its workforce based outside of France, Societe Generale reiterates its commitment to making diversity, equality and inclusion a reality for all employees and a managerial priority for the Group.

Diversity is a matter of both ethical responsibility and performance, and the Group has thus maintained its objective of promoting women and international candidates to positions of responsibility and seats on Societe Generale’s management bodies. To achieve this, it relies on certain key measures, including:

  • monitoring indicators in respect of women and international employees, i.e., their representation within high-potential pools and succession plans, their promotions, pay rises, grades and classes, etc.;
  • a more collective approach to the appointment of senior executives (see Chapter 3: Diversity, equality and inclusion policy within Societe Generale, page  3.1.5);
  • reviewing the inclusiveness of certain social policies (to ensure, for example, that they take into account different family configurations).

As part of its commitment to implementing a strong diversity policy, the Group has also rolled out a range of awareness-raising and training initiatives around diversity, including:

  • at Group level:
    • -the launch of an e-learning course on understanding and preventing discrimination in the hiring process, which is mandatory every four years for HR staff and managers,
    • -an in-house resource hub (the Diversity & Inclusion SharePoint) available to all Group employees and containing articles, benchmark studies, reports and more;
  • in France:
    • -the “Diversity, equality and inclusion” playlist available to all employees on the e-learning platform was further enhanced in 2023 with nine new modules on the themes of disability, invisible disability, LGBT phobia, fat shaming, intergenerational inclusion, sexism, sexist and sexual violence and second-parent leave,
    • -campaigns and programmes to raise awareness among employees of diversity, equality and inclusion issues and how our unconscious biases can affect our behaviour. For example, talks throughout the year on subjects such as disability, the inclusion of LGBTQ+ persons, neurodiversity, acts of microaggression, etc.;
  • in the United Kingdom, mandatory Inclusion Training for all employees was deployed with active participation by local senior management;
  • in the United States, a diversity, equality and inclusion target was included in the operational targets of managers.

The Group’s commitment to diversity is also evident in how it:

  • regularly surveys its employees on how inclusive they feel their work environment is;
  • supports in-house employee networks set up to promote inclusion (women’s networks, in particular women in digital professions, WAY (We Are Young), Pride&Allies (LGBT+), Dkrés (neurodiversity), networks supporting diversity of origin such as “Be Me Network” in the UK, “Black Leadership Network”, “Vamos” and “Asian Professionals Network” in the US, “Cultural Diversity Network” in Asia, etc.

Staying with diversity, equality and inclusion, 138 entities representing 97% of the Group’s workforce have local actions in place to strengthen gender equality, 89 entities representing 84% of the Group’s workforce have local actions in place to support employees with disabilities, 61 entities representing 67% of the Group’s workforce have local actions in place to support employees aged 50+, and 88 entities representing 88% of the Group’s workforce have local actions in place to promote inclusion and professional integration. For more information, see www.societegenerale.com, Responsibility, section : Responsible employer.

Key indicators on the risks relating to working conditions

 

2021

2022

2023

% of non-French employees among the Top 250

-

26%

30.5%

% of women in senior management roles (Top 250)

-

-

31.4%

Absenteeism rate(1)

3.5%

3.9%

3.4%

Number of occupational accidents

570

590

794

% of the workforce targeted by prevention and information campaigns on health

99%

98%

98%

% of the workforce targeted by prevention and information campaigns on safety

98%

99%

97%

Number of employees able to work remotely(2) worldwide

77,671

82,023

95,250

% of the workforce benefiting from measures to promote work-life balance(3)

89%

82%

80%

Engagement rate(4)

64%

63%

64%

  • ( 1 )     The absenteeism rate is the ratio of the number of days’ paid leave (sick leave, parental leave and other types of paid leave) to the total number of days paid, expressed as a percentage. It is counted in calendar days and calculated using the total headcount (workforce present multiplied by 365).
  • ( 2 )     Excluding remote working under the Business Continuity Plan.
  • ( 3 )     Any agreement, measure or action designed to foster a better work-life balance for employees.
  • ( 4 )     Change in the items that make up this indicator, which now covers six questions on pride of belonging, whether the employee would recommend the Group to their circle of acquaintances, feeling of personal accomplishment, optimism about the employee’s future within the Group, confidence in the decisions taken by the management and support for the strategy and directions of their entity (instead of ten questions previously).
5.2.1.3.3Risks relating to non-compliance with labour regulations and the Group’s own labour rules

The Group is required to comply with many different regulations around the world in terms of labour law and broader human rights (compensation and social rights, diversity and non-discrimination, dialogue with employees, freedom of association, etc.).

Very aware of the need to comply with human rights, Societe Generale has also adopted internal rules for human resources management. Failure to comply would not only be harmful to the Group’s employees and could also impact Societe Generale’s ability to continue its activities, and expose it to certain legal and reputation risks.

To avoid this, and to ensure that its practices comply with all regulations and internal rules, and that it has the ability to continue its activities, the Group relies on a range of policies and initiatives with a view to meeting certain objectives:

  • ensuring compliance with all regulations concerning human resources management processes (health and safety standards, duty of care, remuneration policies including those applicable to regulated employees, General Data Protection Regulation, MiFID II, etc.);
  • maintaining a labour relations climate that is favourable to interactions with the Group’s stakeholders (in particular employee representative bodies and employees themselves), by guaranteeing its employees’ fundamental rights and freedom to organise;
  • fighting against all forms of discrimination at work and promoting workplace equality and diversity;
  • guaranteeing health and safety in the workplace.

To this end, it also:

  • monitors labour law developments in all countries where it operates;
  • gets its Human Resources Department involved in regulatory projects;
  • routinely updates its human resources information systems (HRIS) in line with regulatory developments (on a Group-wide or local basis, as appropriate).
Promoting the highest standards of Culture & Conduct

Societe Generale is vigilant when it comes to complying with legislation, internal rules and procedures, and the ethical principles governing its business activities. These principles are detailed in the Group’s Code of Conduct.

Having coordinated the Group’s Culture & Conduct programme since 2021 (see page  5.1.1.2.3) alongside the Compliance Division, the Human Resources Department is particularly active in promoting ethical and responsible conduct on the part of individuals and teams that will translate into ethical and responsible business for the Group as a whole. To this end, it organises annual campaigns involving training, workshops, videos, articles and the like, designed to foster an environment in which appropriate conduct prevails, in line with the Group’s values.

A Group policy on inappropriate conduct

Introduced in 2019, the Group’s policy on inappropriate conduct in the workplace aims to detect and deter any conduct that contravenes the principles enshrined in its Code of Conduct. As part of its drive to stamp out inappropriate conduct, Societe Generale has adopted a zero-tolerance stance on bullying, sexual harassment and sexism at the workplace. It organises information campaigns and encourages employees to speak up to their managers and/or to HR if they become aware of or experience any form of harassment. Workplace harassment training is mandatory for all Group employees. At the same time, the Group has put in place a plan focused on awareness and training, involving in particular specific workshops for managers and employees to raise awareness of methods of preventing inappropriate behaviour. The human resources teams are given special support in order to best prevent and deal with such situations. This policy is designed to ensure that people are aware that such behaviour is subject to disciplinary action (criminal sanctions in certain cases) and dismissal where required.

Whistleblowing procedure

Set up for the entire Group, the whistleblowing procedure allows employees, members of the management bodies, Directors, shareholders and external and short-term employees to report any situations of which they are aware that either breach the Group’s ethical standards or rules of business or could be illegal or contrary to applicable legislation. This may include situations of inappropriate behaviour or threats to the health and safety of individuals (see Duty of Care Plan, page  5.6 and Code of Conduct underpinned by shared values, page  5.1.1.2).

A global disciplinary policy

Published in 2019, the global disciplinary policy formalises the Group’s principles and best practices in relation to sanctions (recognition of the right to make a mistake but zero tolerance on misconduct, collective decision-making on sanctions, proportionality, managers’ ultimate responsibility in upholding principles and enforcing sanctions, sanctions paired with corrective actions). This global policy translates into operating procedures and a record of disciplinary actions imposed in each Group entity. The key indicators are communicated to General Management.

Strongly advocating a speak-up culture

By encouraging all employees to express their views, the Group seeks to meet the twin aims of identifying the best of ideas and more easily detecting risks. In order to foster freedom of expression and active listening, mandatory training is provided together with workshops to raise awareness, guidelines on maintaining a culture of dialogue and practical fact sheets. Regular feedback is also practised within the Group to build an environment that is conducive to dialogue (see The results of the employee satisfaction survey, page  Focus on the employee satisfaction survey).

Ensuring compliance with regulations governing compensation

The principles governing Societe Generale’s compensation policy, in particular for the categories of staff whose professional activities are liable to have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile, as per CRD V, Directive (EU) 2019/878 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2019, are detailed in the Compensation Policies and Practices Report. This report will be published ahead of the General Meeting, as is the case each year, and submitted to the French oversight body for banks and prudential supervision (Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution – ACPR) in accordance with the provisions of EU Regulation No. 575/2013 (see www.societegenerale.com, Responsibility, section : Responsible employer).

In accordance with CRD V and its transposition into French law, the Compensation Committee ensures that the Group’s compensation policies comply with the regulations and are aligned with the Group’s risk management strategy and shareholders’ equity targets (see Chapter 3 Compensation Committee, page  Compensation Committee).

Moreover, the governance of the compensation of members of the personnel, including executive management bodies and personnel who are generally considered material risk takers (regulated employees as per CRD V) at the Group level, is aligned with the Bank’s risk management process at several levels:

  • the Group’s various control functions implement procedures at different levels each year to control the compliance of the Group’s compensation policy (see the report on compensation policies and practices). Each year, the Risk and Compliance Divisions give an independent opinion to the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee on the methods used to take compliance risks into account in the Group’s compensation policy;
  • variable remuneration is calculated in such a way that it takes into account the different risks to which the Bank is exposed and ensures that the total amount of variable remuneration would not hinder the Group’s capacity to strengthen its equity position;
  • the compensation policy based on the annual individual performance evaluations takes into strict consideration exemplary practices and compliance and risk management when determining individual variable remuneration. Risk takers (regulated employees as per CRD V) at the Group level who carry out professional activities in the Group’s BUs are subject to an independent annual evaluation by the Risk and Compliance Departments of their risk management and level of compliance.
Maintaining a positive labour environment

The Group’s commitment to labour relations is demonstrated by:

  • the signature of a new global agreement on the rights of Group employees with UNI Global Union on the basis of the previous agreements signed in 2015 and 2019. Valid for four years, this agreement sets out a new framework of minimum guarantees of social rights for Group employee, such as 14-week maternity leave, 1-week paternity leave with maintenance of fixed salary, death benefit covering or supplementing existing local regimes of a minimum of two years of fixed salary. Under this agreement, the Group regularly communicates with UNI Global Union on how it is implementing its commitments. In addition, an annual follow-up meeting is held between UNI Global Union representatives, the Bank’s Human Resources Departments, and representatives from the Group’s trade unions. Several meetings were held over the year, and most recently in November 2023 (see Duty of Care Plan, page  5.6);
  • the signature of several collective agreements with social partners, covering compensation and employee benefits, working conditions (working hours, employment conditions, remote working, etc.), strategic company projects, labour relations practices and equality in the workplace.

In 2023, 144 local agreements were signed within the Group, covering 68% of the workforce.

Key performance indicators on risks relating to non-compliance with labour regulations
and the Group’s own labour rules

 

2021

2022

2023

Number of collective agreements signed with social partners

157

195

144

% of workforce covered

62%

68%

68%

Number of reports received via the Group tool

-

231

310

Number of admissible reports received in the Group tool

-

126

111

Speak-up rate(1)

85%

85%

86%

  • ( 1 )     Response to the question in the employee satisfaction survey as to whether employees can give their opinion and express new ideas or concerns to their managers or colleagues on their team.

HR support for transformation projects within the Group

Major transformations within the Bank can heighten risk, due to the associated recruitment needs, revised organisation and new operating procedures. They can also heighten employees’ exposure to psychosocial risks.

Societe Generale is determined to uphold its commitments as a responsible employer in the context of major transformation projects, providing all employees impacted with the support they need.

2023 saw the completion of the legal and IT merger of the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord banks (VISION2025 merger project), including their head offices, back offices and distribution networks. This merger involved major human capital issues for the Group:

  • management gave a firm undertaking not to force anyone out throughout the project, instead preferring to rely on internal reassignments;
  • providing the necessary HR and skills development support throughout the process. The Group offered all employees a skills assessment, allowing them to review where their strengths lie and what aspects of their work they most enjoy. It also drew up job descriptions and set up forums where employees can learn about the jobs available within the Bank following the merger. It furthermore earmarked an unprecedented EUR 100 million for training (three times the usual budget) and set up a Skills Academy with a view to encouraging employees to upskill. Training programmes for employees whose jobs were transformed (covering integration, starting a new job and skills improvement) were completely overhauled and revised;
  • the management of psychosocial risks and the implementation of a system to identify, understand and act on the risks inherent in the merger as early as possible, via the production of a map for monitoring specific indicators and figures and the monitoring of action plans;
  • co-developing a shared culture. This is essential to the merger’s success. A first step was taken in 2022 in order to compile the perceptions of the different cultures and hold discussions between employees to work on a shared culture, particularly as part of a consultation of all employees of both banks via a Barrett questionnaire. This was followed by workshops involving more than 350 employees and discussions with senior management to co-develop the target culture that was approved in 2023: Simplicity, Trust, Proximity and Team Spirit. The new culture will be communicated to all employees in 2024;
  • maintaining and developing employer appeal during the merger period. Work was carried out on the employer brand leading to external actions such as recruitment drives, local recruitment campaigns, co-optation, etc. There was a high level of recruitment, more than 2,200 new hires, to keep pace with needs throughout the merger process, ensure business as usual and maintain high standards of customer care at both banks;
  • a review of remuneration levels got under way in January 2024 as part of a process to harmonise salaries over a number of years with the goal of finding a balance between the two banks (Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord), taking into account previous history, Group performance and individual performance;
  • the employee support measures put in place apply for the entire duration of the project: a mentorship system to help Crédit du Nord employees get acquainted with the systems, processes and offers. This will develop into a system of mutual assistance between colleagues in order to continue and finalise the changeover.

5.3Cross-reference tables

5.3.1Summary of the information published by the Group on its CSR objectives

As required under its regulatory and contractual obligations, the Group regularly publishes information on its actions in relation to corporate social responsibility. The table below provides a brief description of these publications and the links to access them.

Publication

Date of last update

Culture of responsibility

 

Group Code of Conduct

Sets out the Group’s professional Code of Ethics, going beyond the strict application of the laws, standards and regulations in force 
in the different countries in which it operates. It puts in place a framework for compliance with the highest of ethical standards 
in terms of respecting human rights and protecting the environment.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Code-conduct/code-of-conduct-en.pdf

Updated in April 2023 from the February 2019 version

Anti-Corruption and Influence Peddling Code

Sets out a framework for the prevention of conflicts of interest and corruption and to combat money laundering and hidden funding.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Code%20de%20conduite/code-governing-the-fight-against-corruption-and-influence-peddling-uk.pdf

April 2021

Group Tax Code of Conduct

Describes the principles and general framework applied by the Group in relation to its own tax affairs and those of its clients in their dealings with the Group. It also covers relations with the tax authorities.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/code-conduct/tax-code-of-conduct-of-societe-generale-group-uk.pdf

2019

Tax transparency

Provides additional information on the amounts and types of tax paid by the Group each year, and on its policy and accountability in relation to tax.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2023-07/report-on-our-2022-tax-contribution.pdf

2023

The Responsible Lobbying Charter for responsible representation to public authorities and representative institutions

Sets out the main rules applied by the Group with regard to representation to public authorities and representative institutions.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/charter-responsible-advocacy-sg.PDF

 

Societe Generale framework for responsible advocacy activities

A description of Societe Generale’s framework regarding advocacy activities and information on advocacy activities of the past year.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2023-05/2023-Dispositif-Groupe-pour-une-Representation-d-Interets-Responsable.pdf

2023

Conflict of interest policy

The policy applied by Societe Generale to ensure that it complies with the rules of professional best practice and performs its activities in an honest, loyal and professional manner, prioritising the interests of its clients.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/corporate-culture/summary-of-societe-generale-conflicts-of-interests-policy.pdf

2023

Sustainable Sourcing Charter

Part of a joint initiative by French banking and insurance sector players to ensure that their suppliers remain vigilant in the application of their CSR policies.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/construire-demain/12112018-sustainable-sourcing-charter-vf-eng.pdf

2010

Principles for responsible banking report (PRB)

Presentation of an annual self-assessment by the Group showing how it complies with its commitments under the UNEP-FI Principles for Responsible Banking.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2023-03/Principles-for-Responsible-Banking-Report-and-Self-Assessment-2023.pdf

2023

Environmental and Social General Principles

A list of:

  • E&S risks;
  • the standards and initiatives that make up the Group’s reference framework;
  • the main aspects of the environmental and social risk management system implemented by the Group’s activities and incorporated into its governance, as formalised in the Group’s normative documentation.

Includes the Group’s commitments in relation to biodiversity, human rights and helping to combat climate change.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/environmental-social-general-principles.pdf

2021

Sector policies

The Group has ten sector policies covering common E&S issues and the various factors that require a sector-based or regional approach.

  • Industrial agriculture and forestry – February 2022
  • Dams and hydroelectric power – November 2021
  • Thermal power plants – June 2023
  • Thermal coal – July 2020
  • Defence and security – April 2023
  • Mining – November 2021
  • Shipping – November 2021
  • Civil nuclear power – September 2014
  • Oil and gas – September 2023
  • Tobacco – September 2023

https://www.societegenerale.com/en/responsability/ethics-and-governance

 

NZBA (Net-Zero Banking Alliance) progress report 2023

A progress report on alignment metrics and targets and a description of the actions taken by the Group.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/Societe-Generale-NZBA-Progress-Report-2023.pdf

November 2023

Climate and alignment report (in English only)

A report on the Group’s commitments in relation to ecological transition.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/Climate-and-Alignment-Report.pdf

December 2023

Statement related to sustainability risks and adverse impacts on sustainability factors

A presentation of the measures put in place by Societe Generale pursuant to the SFDR in respect of its activities as a financial markets participant, operating under management mandates and in a financial, investment and insurance advisory capacity.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2023-07/statement-related-to-sfdr-obligations.pdf

June 2023

Being a responsible employer

 

Modern Slavery Act

Statement issued in response to UK and Australian law requiring the disclosure of the steps taken to prevent modern slavery and human trafficking from occurring in our operations and supply chains.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/Modern_Slavery_Act.pdf

2023

Responsible Employer - thematic report

In its role as a responsible employer, each year the Group publishes a thematic report  related to its HR policy.

www.societegenerale.com, Responsibility, section: Responsible employer

2023

Report on compensation policies and practices 2022

Annual report presenting the Group’s policies and principles in relation to compensation in accordance with the regulations.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2023-04/2022-compensation-policies-and-practices-report.pdf

2023

Snapshot of employees (in French only)

A snapshot of Societe Generale’s employees in France as at 31 December 2022.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2023-05/Bilan-Social-2022.pdf

2023

Supporting clients with their environmental transformation projects and making a positive impact on local communities

 

Global Compact Report

A Group self-assessment of its activities as part of it membership of the UN Global Compact, of which it has been a signatory since 2003.

https://unglobalcompact.org/what-is-gc/participants/8628

2023

Equator Principles Report

Sharing of information with our stakeholders on how Societe Generale applies the EP. Annual public reporting is one of the commitments the Bank made when joining this initiative.

https://wholesale.banking.societegenerale.com/fileadmin/user_upload/Wholesale/pdf/equator-principles/EQUATOR_PRINCIPLES_REPORT_2022.pdf

2023

Framework for Societe Generale sustainable bond issues supporting its commercial activity

 

Sustainable and Positive Impact Bond Framework 

Presents the reference framework applied by the Group in relation to the issuance of sustainable bonds.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2021-11/20211104_Societe-Generale-Sustainable-and-Positive-Impact-Bond-Framework.pdf

November 2021

Sustainable & positive impact bond reporting

Reporting on how the funds raised by Societe Generale from its sustainable bonds are used.

https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2023-04/SPIF-Reporting-as-of-2022-12-30.pdf

2023

5.4Methodology note

This note presents the corporate social responsibility (CSR) reporting methodology used by Societe Generale. This methodology is also explained in detail in the Group’s reporting protocols, available on request.

Reporting protocols

Information included in the Universal Registration Document (URD), the Responsibility section of the Group’s website (www.societegenerale.com/en) and other Societe Generale communications, as well as the Group’s Integrated Report in respect of financial year 2023 and previous years, has been prepared on the basis of contributions from the Group’s internal network of CSR officers and in accordance with the CSR reporting protocols and CSR initiatives programme. Part of the quantitative and qualitative data was provided by the Planethic Reporting tool, used to standardise collection of information on management and monitoring indicators. This reporting is coordinated by the Group’s CSR Department, which has reported to General Management since 1 January 2022 and in conjunction with the Finance Department.

Continuous improvements are made to the reporting protocols, in relation to data quality and production times. There is an ongoing process to keep contributors informed.

5.5Independent third party’s report on consolidated non-financial statement

For the year ended 31st December 2023

This is a free translation into English of the original report issued in the French language. It is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and the professional standards applicable in France.

To the General Assembly,

In our quality as an independent third party, accredited by the COFRAC under the number n° 3-1681 (scope of accreditation available on the website www.cofrac.fr), and as a member of the network of one of the statutory auditors of your company (hereafter “entity”), we conducted our work in order to provide a conclusion expressing a limited level of assurance on the compliance of the consolidated non-financial statement for the year ended 31st December 2021 (hereafter referred to as the "Statement") with the provisions of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and on the fairness of the historical information (whether observed or extrapolated) provided pursuant to 3° of I and II of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code (hereafter referred to as the "Information") prepared in accordance with the entity’s procedures (hereafter referred to as the "Guidelines"), included in the management report pursuant to the requirements of articles L. 225 102-1, R. 225-105 and R. 225- 105-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

Conclusion

Based on the procedures performed, as described in “Nature and scope of the work”, and on the elements we have collected, we did not identify any material misstatements that would call into question the fact that the consolidated non-financial statement is not presented in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements and that the Information, taken as a whole, is not presented fairly in accordance with the Guidelines, in all material respects.

5.6Duty of care plan

5.6.1Introduction

5.6.1.1Purpose

Societe Generale Group is subject to French legislation passed on 27 March 2017 on the duty of care for parent and subcontracting companies (the Duty of Care Act). The law requires Societe Generale Group to prepare and implement a duty of care plan to identify risks and prevent serious breaches of human rights, fundamental freedoms, or damage to the health, safety and security of persons and the environment as a result of its activities. In particular, this plan must include a mapping of risks (section 5.6.2), regular assessment procedures regarding the situation of subsidiaries, subcontractors and suppliers with which the Group has established a business relationship (section 5.6.3); suitable actions to mitigate risks or prevent serious violations (section 5.6.4); a whistleblowing system to report any violations (section 5.6.5); a procedure to monitor the measures taken and assess their effectiveness (section 5.6.6).

Even before duty of care legislation was introduced, Societe Generale Group had already voluntarily adopted procedures and tools to identify, assess and manage risks related to human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety and the environment as part of how it manages its human resources, supply chain and businesses. Societe Generale has been implementing this legal obligation for six years, allowing it to strengthen the Group’s existing framework as part of a continuous improvement process.

5.6.1.2Scope of application

The Group bases its definition of serious violation on the reference texts. Accordingly, risks related to human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety were identified based in particular on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) and the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Organization. They are: forced labour and slavery; child labour; respect for the rights of indigenous peoples; rights of ownership; discrimination; freedom of association; health and safety; decent working conditions; decent pay; decent social protection and the right to privacy. The standard reference document for identifying environmental risks is the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development (1992). They are climate change and air quality; preservation of water resources and their quality; responsible land use; preservation of natural resources; preservation of biodiversity; and minimisation and treatment of waste.

This Duty of Care plan covers Societe Generale and consolidated companies over which Societe Generale exercises exclusive control(23), (hereinafter the “Group”).

It is structured around three core themes:

  • Group employees: aiming to prevent or mitigate the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms or the health and safety of Societe Generale Group employees;
  • Group suppliers and subcontractors: aiming to manage or mitigate the risk of serious breaches of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security and the environment associated with the activities of the Group’s suppliers and direct(24) (i.e. level 1) Group subcontractors;
  • Group activities pillar: aiming to prevent the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security and the environment that are directly associated with the products and services provided by the Group.
5.6.1.3Governance

The Duty of Care Plan was drawn up by the Sustainable Development Department, the Compliance Division, the Human Resources Department and the Sourcing Division, in coordination with the Legal Department and the Group Security Division. This document is presented to General Management every year; it is also included in the Management Report prepared by the Board of Directors and published in the Universal Registration Document.

Roll-out is coordinated by the Sustainable Development Department, the Human Resources Department, the Sourcing Division and the Compliance Division. The Business Units and Service Units are responsible for implementing the plan within their scope.

The Duty of Care Plan was devised in accordance with the principle of continuous improvement. How it evolves over time reflects the results of the risk mapping, regular assessments, developments in the Group’s activities, new environmental and social (E&S) commitments, and updates to the E&S risk management policies and tools.

Financial information

The information on the types of risks, the risk management linked to financial instruments as well as the information on capital management and compliance with regulatory ratios, required by IFRS as adopted by the European Union, are disclosed in Chapter 4 of the present Universal Registration Document (Risks and capital adequacy).

The main characteristics of Societe Generale stock-option plans and free share plans are disclosed in Chapter 3 of the present Universal Registration Document (Corporate governance).

This information belongs to the notes to the consolidated financial statements and has been audited by Statutory Auditors; it is identified as such in Chapters 3 and 4 of the present Universal Registration Document.

6.1Consolidated financial statements

The amounts for 2022 have been restated (identified by a “R”) following the first retrospective application of IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” and IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” by the insurance subsidiaries (see Note 1).

6.1.1Consolidated balance sheet – assets

(In EUR m)

 

31.12.2023

31.12.2022 R

01.01.2022 R

Cash, due from central banks

 

223,048

207,013

179,969

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Notes 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4

495,882

427,151

446,717

Hedging derivatives

Notes 3.2 and 3.4

10,585

32,971

13,592

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Notes 3.3 and 3.4

90,894

92,960

112,695

Securities at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

28,147

26,143

24,149

Due from banks at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

77,879

68,171

57,204

Customer loans at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

485,449

506,635

497,233

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

Note 3.2

(433)

(2,262)

131

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

Note 4.3

459

353

380

Tax assets

Note 6

4,717

4,484

4,747

Other assets

Note 4.4

69,765

82,315

90,045

Non-current assets held for sale

Note 2.5

1,763

1,081

27

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

227

146

95

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 8.3

60,714

33,958

32,848

Goodwill

Note 2.2

4,949

3,781

3,741

Total

 

1,554,045

1,484,900

1,463,573

6.2Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2024.

Note 1Significant accounting principles
Note 1.1Introduction
SOC2019-picto-referentiel_HD.png

Accounting standards

Under European Regulation 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002 on the application of International Accounting Standards, the Societe Generale group (“the Group”) prepared its consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2023 in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and in force at that date. The Group includes the Societe Generale parent company (including the Societe Generale foreign branches) and all the entities in France and abroad that it controls either directly or indirectly (subsidiaries and joint arrangements) or on which it exercises significant influence (associates).

These standards are available on the European Commission website.

In accordance with the transitional measures provided by IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue accounting for hedging transactions under IAS 39 as adopted by the European Union, including the provisions related to macro-fair value hedge accounting (IAS 39 “carve-out”).

SOC2019-picto-etatsFi_HD.png

Financial statements presentation

As the IFRS framework does not specify a standard model, the format of the primary financial statements used is consistent with the format proposed by the French Accounting Standard Setter, the Autorité des Normes Comptables (ANC), under Recommendation No. 2022-01 of 8 April 2022.

The disclosures provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements focus on information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of the Societe Generale group, its activities, and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations during the period under review.

The Group publishes its Annual Financial Report 2023 using the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) as defined by the amended Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815.

SOC2019-picto-euro_HD.png

Presentation currency

The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is the euro.

The figures reported in the financial statements and in the notes are expressed in millions of euros, unless otherwise specified. The effect of rounding may generate discrepancies between the figures reported in the financial statements and those reported in the Notes.

Note 1.2New accounting standards applied by the Group as of 1 January 2023
SOC2019-picto-newNormes_HD.png

IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”

Amendments to IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” and IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”

Amendments to IAS 1 “Disclosure of Accounting Policies”

Amendments to IAS 8 “Definition of Accounting Estimates”

Amendments to IAS 12 “Income Taxes: Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction”

Amendments to IAS 12 “International Tax Reform – Pillar 2 Model Rules”

Amendments to IFRS 16 “Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback” (early application)

IFRS 17 “Insurance contracts” – amendments to IFRS 17 published on 25 June 2020 and amendments to IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 published on 9 December 2021

The impacts of the first application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 by the insurance subsidiaries are presented in paragraph 4 below.

Amendments to IAS 1 “Disclosure of accounting policies”

The aim of these amendments is to help companies improve the materiality of the information on accounting policies disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements and the usefulness of that information to investors and financial statement users.

The Group takes into account these amendments for the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 8 “Definition of accounting estimates”

The aim of these amendments is to facilitate distinguishing between changes in accounting methods and changes in accounting estimates.

The Group takes into account these amendments for the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 12 “Income taxes – Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction”

These amendments clarify and narrow the scope of the exemption provided by the IAS 12 “Income Tax” standard allowing institutions not to recognise any deferred tax at the initial recognition of an asset or a liability. Are excluded from the exemption scope all leases and decommissioning obligations for which companies recognise both an asset and a liability and will now have to recognise deferred taxes.

The aim of these amendments is to reduce heterogeneity in the recognition of the deferred taxes related to leases and to decommissioning obligations.

Since the date of first application of IFRS 16 “Leases”, the Group has been considering the rights of use and the lease-related debt as a single transaction. Consequently, on the initial recognition date, the amount of deferred tax asset offsets the amount of deferred tax liability. The net temporary differences arising from later variations in the right of use and lease debt subsequently result in the recognition of a deferred tax. This amendment thus has no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IAS 12 “International tax reform – Pillar 2 model rules”

These amendments introduce a mandatory temporary exemption from the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities stemming from the OECD Pillar 2 rules and apply retrospectively for the financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2023.

This exemption involves specific reporting requirements for the consolidated financial statements.

The Group has put in place a project structure in order to identify the impacts of these amendments to conform with the new obligations imposed by the latter in relation to the OECD’s Pillar 2 global tax reform (see Note 6).

Amendments to IFRS 16 “Lease liability in a sale and leaseback”

These amendments provide clarifications on the subsequent measurement of leaseback transactions when the initial sale of the asset meets the criteria of IFRS 15 (“Revenue from contract with customers”) to be recognised as a sale. These amendments specify in particular how to subsequently assess the lease liability resulting from these leaseback transactions, made of variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate.

These amendments have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 1.3Accounting standards, amendments or interpretations to be applied by the Group in the future

The IASB published accounting standards and amendments, some of which have not yet been adopted by the European Union as at 31 December 2023. Their application is required for the financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2024 at the earliest or on the date of their adoption by the European Union. They have thus not been applied by the Group as at 31 December 2023.

The provisional timetable for the application of these standards is as follows:

SOC2024_URD_EN_H048_HD.png
Amendments to IAS 21 “Lack of exchangeability”

Published on 15 August 2023.

These amendments specify the situations in which a currency is considered convertible, and the procedure for assessing the exchange rate of a non-convertible currency. They also detail the supplementary information to provide in the Notes to the financial statements for non-convertible currencies.

These amendments will be consolidated in IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates” and IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of IFRS” in March 2024.

The impact of these amendments is currently being analysed.

Note 1.4Initial application of IFRS 17 “Insurance contracts” and of IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” to insurance subsidiaries

IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”, issued on 18 May 2017 and modified by the 25 June 2020 and 9 December 2021 Amendments, replaces IFRS 4 “Insurance Contracts” which allowed, in particular, insurance contracts to be recognised using methods set out by the local accounting regulations.

On 23 November 2021, the European Commission (EC) published in the Official Journal, Commission Regulation (EU) 2021/2036 of 19 November 2021 adopting IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”. This adoption included the possibility for European companies not to apply the requirement laid out in the standard to group some insurance contracts by annual cohort for their measurement; this exemption will be reassessed by the European Commission by 31 December 2027 at the latest.

Since 1 January 2023, the Group has been applying IFRS 17. On that same date, the Group’ insurance subsidiaries started applying IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” for the first time; this application had been delayed as a result of the possibilities offered by the Amendments to IFRS 17 and to IFRS 4 issued by the IASB on 25 June 2020 and extended by Regulations (EU) 2017/1988 and 2020/2097 of the European Commission.

On 8 September 2022, the European Union adopted the amendments to IFRS 17 published by the IASB on 9 December 2021 with the aim of improving the usefulness of the comparative information about financial assets presented on the initial application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9.

The main consequences of the application of IFRS 17 concern:

  • the measurement of insurance contracts, materialised mainly as liabilities on the balance sheet: their value will be updated on each closing date based on a re-estimate of the future cash flows related to their fulfilment. This re-estimate will take account, in particular, of market data in relation to financial elements and the behaviour of policyholders;
  • the recognition of the margin: although the profitability of the insurance contracts remains unchanged, the pace of recognition of the margin in the income statement is modified. Any expected profit is deferred in the balance sheet and spread in the income statement over the coverage period of the insurance contracts. Conversely, any expected loss is immediately recognised in the income statement upon its initial recognition or in subsequent measurements; and
  • the presentation of the income statement: the operating expenses attributable to the fulfilment of insurance contracts is hence presented in reduction of the net banking income as Insurance service expenses and thus does not impact the total operating expenses on the consolidated income statement anymore.
Transitional and initial application requirements
IFRS 17 standard

The initial application of IFRS 17 on 1 January 2023 is retrospective and the comparative data of the 2022 financial year have been restated.

The differences in measurement of the insurance assets and liabilities resulting from the retrospective application of IFRS 17 as at 1 January 2022 are presented directly in equity.

The retrospective measurement of these assets and liabilities, and in particular of the different insurance contract portfolios, may be subject to simplified alternate approaches when the necessary data are not all available. The standard then allows for the use of:

  • either a modified retrospective approach that provides, based on reasonable information available at no cost or undue effort, measurements that are as close as possible to those that would result from the retrospective application of the standard;
  • or an approach based on the fair value of the insurance contracts portfolios as at 1 January 2022.

The Group has applied a modified retrospective approach for the savings life insurance contracts and savings retirement contracts which represent the large majority of its contracts. Protection-Property and casualty contracts were subject to a full retrospective approach. For Protection-Provident contracts a retrospective approach, either full or modified, has been applied on a case-by-case basis.

The measurement of the insurance contracts made on a current basis, taking into account the time value of money and the financial risks related to future cash flows, required to adjust the measurement of some assets held to back the contracts in order to reduce the possible accounting mismatches.

Since 1 January 2023, initial application date of IFRS 17, the Group is measuring at fair value the investment properties held by insurance companies to back the insurance contracts issued. These are investment properties held as part of the management of insurance contracts with direct participations features.

IFRS 17 requires to include in the measurement of the insurance contracts general operating expenses (personnel expenses, amortisation expenses for fixed assets and other operating expenses) directly attributable to the fulfilment of contracts and to present them as Insurance service expenses in the net banking income.

The Group’s insurance subsidiaries systematically identify in the fulfilment cash flows of their contracts the amount of administrative costs they expect to bear. These administrative costs are presented under Insurance service expenses in the net banking income. Consequently, the administrative costs presented by nature on the consolidated income statement are reduced by the amounts allocated to the fulfilment of the insurance contracts.

Furthermore, the Group’s banking entities sell, through their retail networks, the insurance contracts issued by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries and thus invoice fees to these entities. These fees cover the costs incurred by the banking entities plus a margin. As this invoicing takes place between Group-controlled entities, the internal margin received by the banking entity and incurred by the insurance entity is eliminated in the consolidated accounts. The administrative costs incurred by the banking entities for the distribution of contracts are regarded as expenses directly attributable to the fulfilment of the contracts and are thus incorporated into the measurement of the contracts and presented under the “Insurance service expenses” heading. The contractual service margin of the insurance contracts distributed by the Group’s banking entities is thus determined by taking into account both the costs incurred by the distributing banking entity (excl. internal margin) and the other directly attributable costs incurred by the insurance entity.

IFRS 9 standard

The initial application of IFRS 9 by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries as at 1 January 2023 is retrospective.

For the sake of consistency with the IFRS 17 transition arrangements, and in order to provide more relevant and useful information, the Group has restated the comparative figures of the 2022 financial year related to the relevant financial instruments of its insurance subsidiaries (including the financial instruments derecognised during the 2022 financial year in accordance with IFRS 17 amendment which allows the presentation of comparative information concerning a financial asset as if IFRS 9 had previously been applied to that asset).

Following the retrospective application of IFRS 9 as at 1 January 2022, the differences in measurement (including the impairment for credit risk) of the financial assets and liabilities impacted are recognised directly in equity.

New presentation of the financial statements

On the balance sheet, the accounting outstanding amounts related to insurance contracts, previously booked under Other assets, Insurance contracts related liabilities and Other liabilities are now presented under Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets and Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities.

The accounting outstanding amounts related to the financial instruments and investments properties of insurance activities, previously booked on the assets side under Investments of insurance companies and on the liabilities side under Insurance contracts related liabilities, are now presented under the different headings of the balance sheet according to their classification and valuation technique.

In the consolidated income statement, in the net banking income, the income and expenses related to the insurance contracts issued and the reinsurance contracts were previously grouped under Net income from insurance activities. These income and expenses are now measured and recognised according to IFRS 17, and presented in the net banking income under the following headings:

  • income from insurance contracts issued;
  • insurance service expenses;
  • income and expenses from reinsurance contracts held;
  • net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued; and
  • net finance income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held.

The incomes and expenses related to the financial instruments of insurance activities, previously presented under Net income from insurance activities, are now presented under the consolidated income statement headings dedicated to the valuation of financial instruments, with the exception of the expenses and incomes related to credit risk which are presented in the net banking income under Cost of credit risk of the financial assets related to insurance activities.

Furthermore, in the context of the application of IFRS 17, the Group has modified the presentation of the general operating expenses in the consolidated income statement to improve the readability of the Group’s performance. The Other general operating expenses heading now includes the amounts previously presented under Personnel expenses and Other operating expenses, from which are deducted the general operating expenses related to insurance contracts that will henceforth be presented under the Insurance service expenses heading in the net banking income.

Impacts on the Group’s balance sheet and performance

The following tables reconcile the balance sheet as at 31 December 2021, presented taking into account the application of IAS 39 and IFRS 4 by the insurance subsidiaries, and the balance sheet as at 1 January 2022, presented taking into account the application of IFRS 9 and IFRS 17. The tables also include the balance sheet as at 31 December 2022 restated as a result of the application of IFRS 9 and IFRS 17.

(In EUR m)

Balances
 as at 31.12.2021

A

B

C

D

Reclassified balances

IFRS 9 reclassifications

Other 
reclassifi-
cations

of available for-sale financial assets

of loans and receivables regarding their business model

of non-SPPI loans and receivables

Others

Cash, due from central banks

179,969

-

-

-

-

179,969

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

342,714

15,879

-

2,085

85,826

446,504

Hedging derivatives

13,239

-

-

-

353

13,592

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

43,450

67,632

1,454

-

-

112,536

Securities at amortised cost

19,371

4,975

-

-

22

24,368

Due from banks at amortised cost

55,972

-

-

-

1,232

57,204

Customer loans at amortised cost

497,164

-

-

-

69

497,233

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

131

-

-

-

-

131

Investments of insurance companies

178,898

(88,486)

(1,454)

(2,085)

(86,873)

-

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (trading portfolio)

211

-

-

-

(211)

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (fair value option)

84,448

-

-

-

(84,448)

 

Hedging derivatives

353

-

-

-

(353)

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

88,486

(88,486)

-

-

-

 

Due from banks

4,771

-

(1,454)

(2,085)

(1,232)

 

Customer loans

69

-

-

-

(69)

 

Held-to-maturity financial assets

22

-

-

-

(22)

 

Real estate investments

538

-

-

-

(538)

 

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax assets

4,812

-

-

-

-

4,812

Other assets

92,898

-

-

-

(1,167)

91,731

Non-current assets held for sale

27

-

-

-

-

27

Deferred profit-sharing

-

-

-

-

-

-

Investments accounted for using the equity method

95

-

-

-

-

95

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

31,968

-

-

-

538

32,506

Goodwill

3,741

-

-

-

-

3,741

Total Assets

1,464,449

-

-

-

-

1,464,449

(In EUR m)

Reclassi-
fied balances

E

F

G

H

 

 

Adjustment of book value 
related to investments

Adjustment of book value 
related to insurance contracts

Deferred taxes

Balances as at 01.01.2022 R

Balances as at 31.12.2022 R

Reclassifi-
cation effects

Impair-
ment and provisions for credit risk

Total

IFRS 4 derecogni-
tion

IFRS 17 insurance 
contracts accounting

 

 

through reserves

Through OCI

Total

Cash, due from 
central banks

179,969

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

179,969

207,013

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

446,504

213

-

213

-

-

-

-

-

446,717

427,151

Hedging derivatives

13,592

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

13, 592

32,971

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

112,536

159

-

159

-

-

-

-

-

112, 695

92,960

Securities at amortised cost

24,368

(218)

(1)

(219)

-

-

-

-

-

24,149

26,143

Due from banks at amortised cost

57,204

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

57,204

68,171

Customer loans at amortised cost

497,233

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

497,233

506,635

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

131

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

131

(2,262)

Investments of insurance companies

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

-

 

 

 

 

355

25

380

-

380

353

Tax assets

4,812

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(65)

4,747

4,484

Other assets

91,731

-

(0)

-

(1,702)

16

-

16

-

90,045

82,315

Non-current assets held for sale

27

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

27

1,081

Deferred profit-sharing

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

 

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

95

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

95

146

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

32,506

356

-

356

(14)

-

-

-

-

32,848

33,958

Goodwill

3,741

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,741

3,781

Total Assets

1,464,449

510

(1)

509

(1,716)

371

25

396

(65)

1,463,573

1,484,900

(In EUR m)

Balances at 31.12.2021

I

J

K

L

M

 

 

Reclassifi-
cations(1)

Adjustment of book value 
related to investments

Adjustment of book value 
related to insurance contracts

Deferred taxes

Balances
 as at 01.01.2022 R

Balances
 as at 31.12.2022 R

 

Reclassifi-
cation effects

Impair-
ment and provisions for credit risk

Total

IFRS 4 derecogni-
tion

IFRS 17 insurance 
contracts accounting

 

 

through reserves

through OCI

Total

Due to central banks

5,152

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5,152

8,361

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

307,563

4,140

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

311,703

304,175

Hedging derivatives

10,425

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10,425

46,164

Debt securities issued

135,324

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

135,324

133,176

Due to bank

139,177

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

139,177

133,011

Customer deposits

509,133

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

509,133

530,764

Revaluation differences on portfolio hedged against interest rate risk

2,832

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,832

(9,659)

Tax liabilities

1,577

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(4)

1,573

1,645

Other liabilities

106,305

-

-

-

-

(360)

28

-

28

-

105,973

107,315

Non-current liabilities held for sale

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1

220

Insurance contracts related liabilities

155,288

(4,140)

-

-

-

(151,148)

-

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting reserves of insurance companies

151,148

-

 

 

 

(151,148)

-

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities of insurance companies

4,140

(4,140)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities

-

-

-

-

-

-

144,936

5,626

150,562

-

150,562

135,875

Provisions

4,850

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

4,850

4,579

Subordinated debts

15,959

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

15,959

15,948

Total liabilities

1,393,586

-

-

-

-

(151,508)

144,964

5,626

150,590

(4)

1,392,664

1,411,574

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity, Group share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued common stocks and capital reserves

21,913

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

21,913

21,248

Other equity instruments

7,534

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

7,534

9,136

Retained earnings

30,631

5,781

3,318

(20)

3,298

140,983

(143,944)

-

(143,944)

(125)

36,624

33,816

Net income

5,641

(5,641)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,825

Sub-total

65,719

140

3,318

(20)

3,298

140,983

(143,944)

-

(143,944)

(125)

66,071

66,025

Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses

(652)

(140)

(2,810)

19

(2,791)

8,143

-

(5,600)

(5,600)

67

(973)

945

Sub-total equity, Group share

65,067

-

508

(1)

507

149,126

(143,944)

(5,600)

(149,544)

(58)

65,098

66,970

Non-controlling interests

5,796

-

2

(0)

2

666

(649)

(1)

(650)

(3)

5,811

6,356

Total equity

70,863

-

510

(1)

509

149,792

(144,593)

(5,601)

(150,194)

(61)

70,909

73,326

Total

1,464,449

-

510

(1)

509

(1,716)

371

25

396

(65)

1,463,573

1,484,900

  • ( 1 )     This column includes the allocation to retained earnings of 2021 net income and gains and losses recognised directly in equity that will not be reclassified subsequently to income.
Description of the reclassifications made for the financial instruments and other investment assets as at 1 January 2022 (columns A, B, C, D and I)
Reclassification of available-for-sale financial assets (column A)

Applying IFRS 9 causes the disappearance of the Available-for-sale financial assets accounting category. Consequently, the instruments previously included in this category have been reclassified under IFRS 9 accounting headings according to the characteristics of their contractual cash flows and their business model.

The Available-for-sale assets of insurance companies included, as at 31 December 2021, debt securities (bonds and equivalent securities) for EUR 74,084 million and equity securities (shares and equivalent securities) for EUR 14,402 million.

Basic debt securities (financial instruments, whose contractual cash flows are solely payments of principal and interests) were reclassified as follows:

  • debt securities held as part of a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows business model were reclassified as Financial assets at amortised cost for EUR 4,975 million. These are mainly debt securities acquired for the purpose of reinvesting the own funds of insurance subsidiaries;
  • debt securities held as part of a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets business model were reclassified as Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income for EUR 67,632 million. These debt securities are mainly acquired for the management of insurance contracts.

Non-basic debt securities and equity securities were reclassified into Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss for EUR 15,879 million. These securities are held for the purpose of managing insurance contracts.

Reclassification of loans and receivables (columns B, C and D)

Basic loans and receivables (financial instruments whose contractual cash flows are Solely Payments of Principal and Interests) were reclassified as follows:

  • loans and receivables held as part of a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order "to collect contractual cash flows" business model were reclassified as Due from banks at amortised cost for EUR 1,232 million and as Customer loans at amortised cost for EUR 69 million (column D);
  • loans and receivables held as part of a business model whose objective is achieved by both "collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets" business model were reclassified as Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income for an amount of EUR 1,454 million. These loans and receivables are Due from banks (column B).

Non-basic loans and receivables were reclassified as Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss for EUR 2,085 million (column C).

Financial instruments reclassified as Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income or as Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are mainly bonds recognised at amortised cost following the amendment of IAS 39 in 2008. This amendment provided, under certain conditions, the option to reclassify Available-for-sale Financial Assets into the Loans and Receivables category.

Other reclassifications (columns D and I)

In addition to the reclassifications described above, the other reclassifications are intended to reallocate the remaining outstanding amounts related to insurance activities to the accounting items commonly used by the rest of the Group.

The financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of the trading portfolio of the insurance subsidiaries (EUR 211 million) on the one hand, the financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss under the fair value option (EUR 84,448 million) on the other hand, and an asset resulting from a indexed co-insurance agreement, previously shown under other assets (EUR 1,167 million), have been reclassified under Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Included in these financial assets, EUR 69,383 million of non-basic instruments have thus been transferred under Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss; they mainly consist in underlying financial assets of unit-linked contracts previously measured at fair value using the fair value option under IAS 39 to eliminate accounting mismatches with the related insurance liabilities.

Hedging derivatives were reclassified into the corresponding heading for EUR 353 million.

Real estate investments were reclassified as Tangible and intangible fixed assets for EUR 538 million.

Financial liabilities of insurance companies were reclassified as Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss for an amount of EUR 4,140 million. These include investments contracts (outside the scope of IFRS 17) and trading derivatives in the scope of IFRS 9.

Description of the book value adjustments made for the financial instruments and other investments assets as at 1 January 2022 (columns E and J)

The Balance sheet value of the Investments of insurance companies whose valuation method was modified, was adjusted in equity as at 1 January 2022 for a total amount of EUR 509 million before tax effects. This amount includes:

  • the revaluation at fair value of investment properties for an amount of EUR 356 million in application of IAS 40 “Investment property”, in order to avoid an accounting mismatch between the measurement method applied to the properties and the insurance contracts they are backing;
  • the adjustment of the book value of financial assets for a net amount of EUR 153 million as a result of their new measurement method in application of IFRS 9. This amount includes the recognition of additional expected credit losses for EUR 1 million for the Securities at amortised cost.

Gains and losses recognised directly in equity for Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income relating to credit risk were reclassified at 1 January 2022 to retained earnings for an amount of EUR 19 million. This refers to the expected credit loss related to the impairment of loans in Stage 1 or Stage 2.

Description of the derecognition of IFRS 4 insurance contracts and the recognition of insurance contracts under IFRS 17 as at 1 January 2022 (columns F, G, K and L)

The adjustment of the book value of the insurance contracts assets and liabilities, resulting from the replacement of IFRS 4 (prudent valuation) by IFRS 17 (economic valuation), was recorded as at 1 January 2022 in equity for a negative amount of EUR 402 million before tax effects.

This amount is broken down as follows:

SOC2024_URD_EN_H079_HD.png
  • ( 1 )     This amount is composed of Underwriting reserves for EUR 151,148 million and of Other Liabilities for EUR 360 million.
  • ( 2 )     This amount is composed of other assets for EUR 1,702 million and of tangible and intangible fixed assets for EUR 14 million.
  • ( 3 )     This amount is composed of Insurance contracts liabilities for EUR 150,562 million and of Other Liabilities for EUR 28 million.
  • ( 4 )     This amount is composed of Insurance contracts assets for EUR 380 million and of other assets for EUR 16 million.
  • ( 5 )     The contractual service margin (CSM) represents the unearned profit that the entity will recognise in the income statement as the insurance services are provided in the future.
  • ( 6 )     The non-financial risk adjustment corrects the present value of future cash flows in insurance contracts to reflect uncertainty about the amount and timing of these flows.
Marginal total impact on the Total equity as at 1 January 2022

As at the transition date (1 January 2022), the retrospective application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries resulted in a EUR 46 million increase in the Total consolidated equity.

This impact is broken down as follows: a decrease of EUR 402 million related to the transition from IFRS 4 to IFRS 17, an increase of EUR 509 million related to the transition to IFRS 9 and the revaluation of investment properties according to IAS 40, and a decrease of EUR 61 million related to the adjustment of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Positive total impact on the Total equity as at 1 January 2023

The retrospective application of IFRS 9 and IFRS 17 by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries resulted in an adjustment of the comparative data for the financial year 2022 for an amount of EUR -191 million on the consolidated net income and an amount of EUR +689 million on the unrealised or deferred gains and losses recognised directly in equity.

As at the date of initial application (1 January 2023), the cumulative impact on the Total equity amounted to EUR +544 million.

The table below shows the Group’s consolidated income statement for 2022 as published in the last Annual Financial Report and then the restated income statement (2022 R) following the application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries.

In the Notes to the financial statements, the restated data are identified with “R”.

(In EUR m)

2022 R

2022

Interest and similar income(1)(2)

30,738

28,838

Interest and similar expense(1)(2)

(17,897)

(17,552)

Fee income

9,400

9,335

Fee expense

(4,183)

(4,161)

Net gains and losses on financial transactions(1)(2)

866

6,691

o/w net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

1,044

6,715

o/w net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

(152)

(10)

o/w net gains and losses from the derecognition of financial instruments at amortised cost

(26)

(14)

Net income from insurance activities

 

2,211

Income from insurance contracts issued

3,104

 

Insurance service expenses(3)

(1,606)

 

Income and expenses from reinsurance contracts held

(19)

 

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued(2)

4,030

 

Net finance income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held(2)

45

 

Cost of credit risk from financial assets related to insurance activities

1

 

Income from other activities(1)(2)

13,301

13,221

Expenses from other activities

(10,625)

(10,524)

Net banking income

27,155

28,059

Other general operating expenses(3)

(16,425)

(17,061)

Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets

(1,569)

(1,569)

Gross operating income

9,161

9,429

Cost of credit risk

(1,647)

(1,647)

Operating income

7,514

7,782

Net income from investments accounted for using the equity method

15

15

Net income/expense from other assets

(3,290)

(3,290)

Value adjustments on goodwill

-

-

Earnings before tax

4,239

4,507

Income tax

(1,483)

(1,560)

Consolidated net income

2,756

2,947

Non-controlling interests

931

929

Net income, Group share

1,825

2,018

  • ( 1 )     The variations between the 2022 financial year published and the 2022 financial year restated are linked to the new presentation and measurement of insurance companies’ investments, now including in the same headings used by the rest of the Group, previously recorded as Net income from insurance activities.
  • ( 2 )     The financial performance of insurance companies must be analysed by taking into account on one hand the income and expenses from the investments backing in the insurance contracts and on the other hand the net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts measured according to IFRS 17. Both components of expenses and income mentioned above partly offset each other (see Note 4.3, table Detail of liabilities).
  • ( 3 )     The change in Other general operating expenses between the 2022 financial year published and the 2022 financial year restated is related to the allocation within Insurance service expenses of general operating expenses attributable to the fulfilment of insurance contracts.

The table below presents the statement of net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses published in 2022 and the one restated (2022 R) following the application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries.

(In EUR m)

2022 R

2022

Consolidated net income

2,756

2,947

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will be reclassified subsequently

into income

578

(111)

Translation differences

1,820

1,820

Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income(1)(2)

(10,849)

(731)

Revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets(3)

 

(1,223)

Revaluation of insurance and reinsurance contracts through other comprehensive income(2)

10,050

 

Revaluation of hedging derivatives

(610)

(380)

Related tax

167

403

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will not be reclassified subsequently into income

539

539

Total unrealised or deferred gains and losses

1,117

428

Net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses

3,873

3,375

o/w Group share

3,080

2,592

o/w non-controlling interests

793

783

  • ( 1 )     The variations between the 2022 financial year published and the 2022 financial year restated are linked to the new presentation and measurement of insurance companies’ investments, under the same headings used by the rest of the Group.
  • ( 2 )     The financial performance of insurance companies must be analysed by taking into account on one hand the gains and losses of the investments backing the insurance contracts (now presented according to the nature of the investment considered) and on the other hand the net finance gains and losses from insurance contracts measured according to IFRS 17. Both components of losses and gains mentioned above partly offset each other.
  • ( 3 )     This amount of EUR -1,223 million included, pursuant to the application of IAS 39 and IFRS 4, the re-measurement of the Available-for-sale assets for EUR -11,297 million, and the related Deferred profit-sharing for EUR 10,074 million.
Note 1.5Use of estimates and judgement

To prepare the Group’s consolidated financial statements, in application of the accounting principles described in the Notes, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may impact the amounts recognised in the income statement or as Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses, on the valuation of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and on the information disclosed in the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available when the consolidated financial statements are prepared and may exercise its judgment. Valuations based on estimates intrinsically involve risks and uncertainties relating to their occurrence in the future. Consequently, the actual future results may differ from these estimates and then have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The assumptions and estimates made for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements take account of the uncertainties related to the economic consequences of geopolitics crisis and to the current macroeconomic context. The effects of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are specified in paragraph 6 of this Note.

Estimates and judgment are applied in particular with regard to the following items:

  • the fair value on the balance sheet of the financial instruments not listed on an active market that are recognised as Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, Hedging derivatives, Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (described in Notes 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4), as well as the fair value of the instruments measured at amortised cost for which this information is disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements (see Note 3.9);
  • the impairment and provisions for credit risk related to financial assets measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income and loan commitments and guarantee commitments granted measured using models or internal assumptions based on historical, current and prospective data (see Note 3.8). The use of estimates and judgment relates in particular to the assessment of the deterioration in credit risk observed since the initial recognition of financial assets and the measurement of the amount of expected credit losses on these same financial assets;
  • the assumptions and amortisation conventions used to determine the maturities of financial assets and liabilities for the purpose of measuring and monitoring structural interest rate risk and documenting the related macro fair value hedge accounting (see Note 3.2);
  • the impairment of Goodwill (see Note 2.2);
  • the provisions recorded under liabilities on the balance sheet (see Notes 5.2 and 8.2);
  • the estimates related to the valuation of insurance contracts assets and liabilities and of the implementation of the transition methods in the context of the initial application of IFRS 17 (see Note 4.3);
  • the tax assets and liabilities recognised on balance sheet (see Note 6);
  • an analysis of the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of financial assets in order to determine the appropriate accounting classification (see Note 3);
  • the assessment of the degree of control for the determination of the scope of consolidated entities, especially with regard to structured entities (see Note 2.4);
  • the determination of the lease period to be applied for recognising the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (see Note 8.3).
Climate risk
Picto Main-Fleurs SG_HD.png

The Group continues its work to gradually integrate climate risks in the preparation of its consolidated accounts. Climate change-related risks are not a new risk category but rather an aggravating factor for categories already covered by the Group’s risk management system. In this regard, the impact of transitional risk on the credit risk of the corporate customers of Societe Generale remains one of the major climate risks for the Group.

As at 31 December 2023, the determination of the expected credit losses includes the possible impact of climate risks considered when assessing individual risks and sectoral risks, provided it is compatible with the provisioning horizon. The impact of the Group’s commitments in favour of the energy and environmental transition and the development of the territories are still taken into account in the estimated budgets to determine the recoverable amount of the cash-generating units and the recoverability of the deferred tax assets.

Furthermore, the Group is currently analysing the provisions in the European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) adopted by the European Commission on 31 July 2023, notably those related to the connections between the future Sustainability reports and the consolidated financial statements.

Note 1.6Geopolitical crises and macroeconomic context

2023 was a year of cumulative uncertainties with, in particular, the continuing conflict in Ukraine but also tensions in the banking sector in the United States and Europe at the beginning of the year, as well as the situation in the Middle East at the end of the year. Monetary policies were clearly restrictive. Focusing on inflation control, central banks increased interest rates rapidly and significantly. In the euro area:

  • the slowdown in economic activity observed during the first half of 2023 continued and was accentuated during the second half of the year;
  • inflation remained high in 2023; it is expected to ease to around 3% in 2024 and fall back to the target in the midterm.

In the US, the economy performed better than expected by most forecasters. Warning signs point to an already apparent sharper slowdown towards the end of the year.

In this context, the Group updated the macroeconomic scenarios chosen for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

These macroeconomic scenarios are taken into account in the credit loss measurement models including forward-looking data (see Note 3.8) and are also used in some goodwill impairment tests (see Note 2.2) and tests of the recoverability of deferred tax assets (see Note 6).

Note 1.6.1Macroeconomic scenarios

As at 31 December 2023, the Group selected three macroeconomic scenarios to help understand the uncertainties related to the current macroeconomic context.

The assumptions selected to build these scenarios are described below:

  • the central scenario (“SG Central”) predicts a continuing economic slowdown in the euro area in 2024 with only a modest rebound in 2025. The fall in inflation, to around 2.5%, will be accompanied by an increase in the unemployment rate. The ECB would lower its interest rates starting in Spring 2024, but would continue scaling down its balance sheet at least until 2025 (reducing its direct purchases on the market). Economic growth is also expected to decelerate in 2024, interest rates are likely to decrease and inflation should remain on a downward trend while the unemployment rate increases;
  • the favourable scenario (“SG Favourable”) describes an accelerated economic growth compared to the trajectory projected in the central scenario; this growth may result from improved supply conditions owing to a positive shock on productivity or from unexpectedly improved demand conditions. In both cases, stronger growth will have a positive impact on employment and the profitability of companies;
  • the stressed scenario (“SG Stress”) corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (like the 2008 crisis, euro area crisis, etc.), an exogenous crisis (Covid-19-like pandemic) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Division of Societe Generale for all the entities in the Group based, in particular, on the information published by the statistical institutes in each country.

Institutional forecasts produced by organisations like the IMF, the World Bank, the ECB and the OECD and the consensus among market economists serve as a reference to challenge the Group’s forecasts.

Note 1.6.2Financial instruments: expected credit losses

The scenarios provided by the Group economists are incorporated into the expected credit loss provisioning models over a three-year horizon, followed by a two-year period to gradually return by the fifth year to the average probability of default observed during the calibration period. The assumptions made by the Group with a view to developing these macroeconomic scenarios have been updated during the fourth quarter 2023 to account for uncertainties about the macroeconomic context.

Variables

The GDP growth rate, the profit margin of companies in France, the unemployment rates, the inflation rate in France and the yield on France 10-year government bonds are the main variables used in the expected credit losses measurement models.

The variables with the stronger impact on the determination of expected credit losses (GDP growth percentage for the major countries in which the Group operates and corporate profit margin in France) for each scenario are detailed hereinafter:

“SG Favourable” scenario

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

France GDP

1.5

2.7

2.1

2.3

1.5

Corporate profit margin in France

33.0

32.7

32.9

32.9

32.4

Euro area GDP

1.5

2.8

2.1

2.3

1.4

United States GDP

1.9

3.5

2.8

3.0

2.2

China GDP

5.4

6.0

4.8

4.8

3.8

Czech Republic GDP

3.0

4.0

3.1

3.3

2.3

Romania GDP

3.8

4.8

3.8

4.2

3.2

“SG Central” scenario

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

France GDP

0.5

0.7

1.1

1.3

1.5

Corporate profit margin in France

32.4

32.4

32.4

32.3

32.4

Euro area GDP

0.5

0.8

1.1

1.3

1.4

United States GDP

0.9

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.2

China GDP

4.4

4.0

3.8

3.8

3.8

Czech Republic GDP

2.0

2.0

2.1

2.3

2.3

Romania GDP

2.8

2.8

2.8

3.2

3.2

“SG Stress” scenario

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

France GDP

(4.5)

(2.3)

(0.4)

0.8

1.5

Corporate profit margin in France

30.2

30.2

30.2

30.1

32.4

Euro area GDP

(4.5)

(2.2)

(0.4)

0.8

1.4

United States GDP

(4.1)

(1.5)

0.3

1.5

2.2

China GDP

(0.6)

1.0

2.3

3.3

3.8

Czech Republic GDP

(3.0)

(1.0)

0.6

1.8

2.3

Romania GDP

(2.2)

(0.2)

1.3

2.7

3.2

These simulations assume that the historical relationships between the key economic variables and the risk parameters remain unchanged. In reality, these correlations may be impacted by geopolitical or climatic events, or changes in behaviour, legal environment or credit granting policy.

The graph below compares the GDP forecasts in the euro area used by the Group for each scenario with the scenarios published by the ECB in December 2023.

SOC2024_URD_EN_H080_HD.png
Weighting of the macroeconomic scenarios

The probabilities used are based on the differences observed over the past 25 years between the forecasts made by a consensus of economists regarding the US GDP and the actual scenario that occurred (forecast similar to the actual scenario, significantly optimistic or pessimistic).

In order to better account for a possible reversal in the cycle, the Group applies a weighting methodology to its scenarios (mainly based on the observed output gaps for the USA and the euro area) and assigns a higher weight to the SG Central scenario when the economy is depressed. Conversely, the methodology provides for a higher weight to be assigned to the SG Stress scenario when the economy moves towards the peak of the cycle. Accordingly, the weighting applied to the SG Central scenario was set at 62% at 31 December 2023.

Presentation of the changes in weights

 

31.12.2023

30.06.2023

31.12.2022

SG Central

62%

62%

60%

SG Stress

28%

28%

30%

SG Favourable

10%

10%

10%

Calculation of expected credit losses and sensitivity analysis

Credit risk costs as at 31 December 2023, insurance subsidiaries excluded, amount to a net expense of EUR 1,025 million, decreasing by EUR 622 million (38%) compared to 31 December 2022 (EUR 1,647 million).

Sensitivity tests have been performed to measure the impact of the changes in weights on the models. The sectoral adjustments (see Note 3.8) have been taken into account in these sensitivity tests. The scope of these tests includes the Stage 1 and Stage 2 outstanding loans subject to a statistical modelling of the impacts of the macroeconomic variables (which accounts for 88% of the expected credit losses on the outstanding loans concerned compared to 72% as at 31 December 2022).

The results of these tests, taking into account of the effect on the classification of 67% of the total outstanding loans concerned, show that, in the event of a 100% weighting:

  • of the SG Stress scenario, the impact would be an additional allocation of EUR 570 million;
  • of the SG Favourable scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 378 million;
  • of the SG Central scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 248 million.
Covid-19 crisis: state guaranteed loans ("PGE")

Until 30 June 2022, the Group offered its crisis-impacted clients (professionals and corporate clients) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities ("PGE"). Within the framework of the 2020 French Amending Finance Act and the conditions set by the French decree of 23 March 2020, these are financings granted at cost price and guaranteed by the government for a share of the borrowed amount between 70% to 90% depending on the size of the borrowing enterprise (with a waiting period of two months after disbursement at the end of which the guarantee period begins).

With a maximum amount corresponding, in the general case, to three months of turnover before tax, these loans came with a one-year repayment exemption. At the end of that year, the customer could either repay the loan or amortise it over one to five more years, with the possibility of extending the grace period for the repayment of principal for one year (in line with the announcements made by the French Ministry of Economics, Finance and Industrial and Digital Sovereignty on 14 January 2021) without extending the total duration of the loan. The remuneration conditions of the guarantee have been set by the State and applied by all French banking institutions: the Bank keeps only a share of the guarantee premium paid by the borrower (the amount of which depends on the size of the Company and the maturity of the loan) remunerating the risk it bears, which corresponds to the part of the loan not guaranteed by the State (i.e., between 10% and 30% of the loan depending on the size of the borrowing company). A French decree published on 19 January 2022, amending the decree published on 23 March 2020, allows some companies to benefit, under certain conditions, from an extension of their PGE repayment deadlines from 6 to 10 years.

The contractual characteristics of the PGE are those of basic loans (SPPI criterion) and these loans are held by the Group within the framework of a business model whose objective is to collect their contractual cash flows until their maturity; as a result, these loans have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet under “Customer loans at amortised cost”.

As at 31 December 2023, after the first repayments made in 2022 and in 2023 at the end of the moratorium period, the amount outstanding corresponding to the State Guaranteed Loans (PGE) granted by the Group is approximately EUR 8.8 billion (of which EUR 1.8 billion classified as Stage 2 and EUR 1.1 billion as Stage 3). The portion of PGE granted by the French Retail networks amounts, as at 31 December 2023, to EUR 7.8 billion (of which EUR 1.6 billion classified as Stage 2 and EUR 0.9 billion as Stage 3); the State guarantee for these loans covers, on average, 90% of their amount.

The expected credit losses recognised as at 31 December 2023 for PGE (French state guaranteed loans) amount to some EUR 240 million of which EUR 171 million booked by the French Retail networks (including EUR 28 million in Stage 2 and EUR 124 million in Stage 3).

Consequences of the war in Ukraine

The table below shows the changes in balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures (measured at amortised cost or at fair value through OCI) booked by the Group’s entities in Russia, on one side, and by the Group’s entities outside Russia for Russian counterparties or subsidiaries of Russian groups, on the other side.

(In EUR billion)

31.12.2023

30.06.2023

31.12.2022

Exposure
 at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Exposure
 at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Exposure
 at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Onshore exposures on consolidated subsidiaries

0

0

0

0

0.3

0.3

Offshore exposures(1)

0.9

1

1.6

1.7

1.8

2

Rosbank residual exposures

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

Total

1

1.1

1.7

1.8

2.2

2.4

  • ( 1 )     Offshore exposures (exc. Private Banking and residual exposures linked to the disposal of Rosbank) correspond to the exposures on Russian counterparties or subsidiaries of Russian groups booked outside Russia.
Exposures in Russia and Ukraine

On 11 April 2022, ALD had announced that it would not engage in any new commercial transactions in Russia, Kazakhstan and Belarus without challenging the going concern status over the next twelve months of ALD Automotive OOO in Russia and ALD Automotive LLC in Belarus; the two entities continuing to serve their clients and manage the existing vehicle fleet without encountering any specific difficulties in relation to business activities.

On 27 April 2023, ALD announced the completion of the sale of its ALD Automotive OOO subsidiary in Russia.

ALD Automotive LLC in Belarus was sold on 30 October 2023.

As at 31 December 2023, the Group operates in Russia through its LeasePlan subsidiary with very low residual exposures.

The Group also operates in Ukraine through its ALD Automotive Ukraine Limited Liability Company subsidiary the total balance sheet of which amounts to EUR 82 million as at 31 December 2023.

Offshore exposures

The Group also holds assets on Russian counterparties the volume of which dropped significantly between 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 (owing in particular to the disposal of assets but also to customer reimbursements completed without incident). These outstanding loans including the residual exposures on Rosbank (EUR 1.1 billion against EUR 2.1 billion in 2022) have been classified as “sensitive” from the very beginning of the conflict (see Note 3.8) and declassified to Stage 2 of impairment for credit risk or to Stage 3 when necessary.

The consequences of these classifications, as well as the account taken of the new macroeconomic scenarios to determine expected credit losses as at 31 December 2023 are described in Note 3.8.

Furthermore, to take account of these specific risk exposures the Group supplemented the expected credit losses through a post-model adjustment, as described in Note 3.8.

Note 1.7Hyperinflation in Turkey and Ghana

Publications from the Centre for Audit Quality’s International Practices Task Force, the usual reference for identifying countries in hyperinflation, show that Turkey and Ghana have been considered hyperinflationary economies since 2022 and 2023 respectively.

Accordingly, the Group applies the provisions of IAS 29 (“Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies”) to prepare the individual financial statements presented in Turkish liras of the ALD Group entities located in Turkey (including the Turkish subsidiary LeasePlan Otomotiv Servis ve Ticaret A.S acquired in the first half of 2023) and the individual financial statements in cedis of the entity Societe Generale Ghana PLC located in Ghana (before their conversion into euro in the frame of the consolidation process) since 1st January 2022 and 1st January 2023 respectively.

The accounts of the SG Istanbul branch have, however, not been restated, their impact being non-material.

Under IAS 29, the accounting value of some balance sheet items measured at cost is adjusted, on the closing date, for the inflation effects observed over the period. In the financial statements of the entities concerned, these adjustments are mainly applied to the tangible assets (including in particular the rented car fleet, buildings), as well as to the different components of equity.

On the date of first application of this hyperinflation treatment, the consideration for these adjustments is recognised in the Group retains earnings and Non-Controlling Investments; on that date, the translation differences on the entities concerned are reclassified to the same balance sheets items. At subsequent closing dates, inflation adjustments for the assets concerned and equity items, as well as for income and expenses for the period, are recognised as income or expenses on foreign exchange transactions under Net gains and losses on financial transactions.

Thus restated, the financial statements are converted to euro based on the exchange rate applicable on the closing date.

On 1 January 2023, in the context of the first implementation of the accounting requirements of IAS 29 for the Societe Generale Ghana PLC entity, the total consolidated shareholders’ equity was increased by EUR 21 million, including a reduction in the consolidated reserves of EUR -121.5 million before tax for the different adjustments and the reclassification of the translation differences recorded at that date.

On 31 December 2023, a gain of EUR 122.1 million was recognised in the Net gains and losses on financial transactions from financial adjustments for the period. After taking into account the adjustments of the other income and expense lines of the period, the impact of the restatements for hyperinflation of the consolidated accounting result before tax is EUR 76.9 million.

6.3Statutory Auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users.

This statutory auditors’ report includes information specifically required by European regulations and French law, such as information about the appointment of the statutory auditors or verification of the information concerning the Société Générale Group presented in the management report.

This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

Year ended December 31, 2023

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

Opinion

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended December 31, 2023.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the results of operations of the Société Générale Group for the year then ended and of its financial position and of its assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2023 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

6.4Societe Generale management report

Balance sheet analysis

(In EURbn at 31 December)

31.12.2023

31.12.2022

Change

Interbank and money market assets

288

267

21

Customer loans

373

363

10

Securities transactions

565

508

57

o.w. securities purchased under repurchase agreements

279

248

31

Other assets

159

189

(30)

o.w. option premiums

56

69

(13)

Tangible and intangible assets

4

3

1

Total assets

1,389

1,330

59

(In EURbn at 31 December)

31.12.2023

31.12.2022

Change

Interbank and cash liabilities(1)

372

363

9

Customer deposits

470

434

37

Bonds and subordinated debt(2)

27

30

(4)

Securities transactions

330

295

35

o.w. securities sold under repurchase agreements

246

219

27

Other liabilities and provisions

153

172

(19)

o.w. option premiums

65

76

(11)

Shareholders’ equity

37

36

1

Total liabilities

1,389

1,330

59

  • ( 1 )     Including negotiable debt instruments.
  • ( 2 )     Including undated subordinated capital notes.

Prevailing uncertainty over inflation and monetary tightening exacerbated fears that developed economies would enter recession in 2023. However, the global economy proved resilient as energy and food prices normalised, supply chain pressures faded and household consumption held up. The US economy showed surprising vigour, beating expectations by recording 2.5% annual growth in 2023. The eurozone managed to dodge recession, but the economy put up a lacklustre performance with growth stagnating from the start of the year.

Central banks supported the economy and pursued their inflation-fighting policies. Both the Fed and the ECB lifted their key rates over the first three quarters. As inflation fell faster than expected in the fourth quarter, central banks held rates steady with no new rate hikes announced.

Societe Generale posted a solid performance and kept a tight rein on costs, risk and capital in a complex geopolitical and economic environment dogged by uncertainty.

At 31 December 2023, the balance sheet total stood at EUR 1,389 billion, up EUR 59 billion from the position at 31 December 2022.

The positive EUR 21.3 billion change in the Interbank and money market assets line was due in large part to the increase in central bank receivables for EUR 31.9 billion, of which EUR 30 billion from the French Central Bank (Banque de France) to meet regulatory requirements. Amounts due from banks declined to the tune of EUR 10.7 billion and were predominantly directed to Group subsidiaries.

Interbank and cash liabilities increased EUR 9.1 billion, driven in the main by higher issuance of euro medium-term notes (EMTN) debt securities for EUR 18.5 billion and lower borrowings from the Banque de France, in essence to repay a drawdown from the ECB’s TLTRO support programme as a result of the central bank’s key rate increases in 2023.

Loans to customers rose by EUR 10.1 billion. Stripping out the effect of the merger with Crédit du Nord, current accounts and cash credits fell. Mortgage loans were down EUR 8.8 billion on fewer loan approvals and an additional securitisation transaction for EUR 3.3 billion.

Client deposits increased by EUR 36.6 billion. Excluding the impact of the merger with Crédit du Nord, ordinary accounts payable declined by EUR 30.2 billion as clients switched their deposits to interest-bearing accounts. By contrast, term deposit accounts and regulated savings accounts increased by EUR 18.1 billion.

When rates are trending higher, securitised money market transactions offer more attractive liquidity conditions. Accordingly, securities purchased and sold under repurchase agreements rose by EUR 31 billion and EUR 26.8 billion, respectively. Other amounts due for securities increased EUR 18.9 billion. After their worst-ever year in 2022, bond markets rallied in 2023 to deliver sustained growth. Bonds and treasuries were up EUR 30.3 billion. By contrast, equity securities transactions contracted by EUR 3.6 billion and amounts payable for borrowed securities fell by EUR 10.6 million.

The decline in other bank assets, which are inherently volatile, on both the assets and liabilities side, stemmed from the valuation of derivatives and the fall in guarantee deposits paid and received on market transactions.

Societe Generale has a diversified range of funding sources and channels including:

  • stable resources consisting of equity and subordinated debt (EUR 64 billion);
  • customer deposits, up EUR 37 billion, which make up a significant share (34%) of total balance sheet resources;
  • resources (EUR 222 billion) in the form of interbank deposits and borrowings;
  • capital raised on the market through a proactive diversification policy, making use of various types of debt (secured and unsecured bonds, etc.), issuance vehicles (EMTNs, Certificates of Deposit), currencies and investor pools (EUR 141 billion);
  • resources from securities sold under repurchase agreements to customers and banks (EUR 246 billion), which rose vs. 2022.

6.5Financial Statements

6.5.1Parent company balance sheet

Assets

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2023

31.12.2022

Cash, due from central banks and post office accounts

 

197,369

165,341

Treasury notes and similar securities

Note 2.1

73,667

51,946

Due from banks

Note 2.3

219,601

216,750

Customer loans

Note 2.3

523,169

495,642

Bonds and other debt securities

Note 2.1

118,168

109,607

Shares and other equity securities

Note 2.1

71,151

74,833

Affiliates and other long-term securities

Note 2.1

948

812

Investments in related parties

Note 2.1

22,732

22,188

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 7.2

3,562

2,980

Treasury stock

Note 2.1

273

1,130

Accruals, other accounts receivables and other assets

Note 3.2

158,747

188,731

Total

 

1,389,387

1,329,960

Off-balance sheet items

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2023

31.12.2022

Loan commitments granted

Note 2.3

326,102

306,565

Guarantee commitments granted

Note 2.3

223,514

233,347

Commitments made on securities

 

39,803

30,204

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2023

31.12.2022

Due to central banks and post office accounts

 

9,573

8,230

Due to banks

Note 2.4

335,675

340,748

Customer deposits

Note 2.4

603,260

550,236

Liabilities in the form of securities issued

Note 2.4

142,308

119,613

Accruals, other accounts payables and other liabilities

Note 3.2

226,613

236,525

Provisions

Note 2.6

9,723

10,205

Long-term subordinated debt and notes

Note 6.4

25,290

28,311

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

Common stock

Note 6.1

1,004

1,062

Additional paid-in capital

Note 6.1

20,260

21,330

Retained earnings

Note 6.1

12,331

13,960

Net income

Note 6.1

3,350

(260)

Sub-total

 

36,945

36,092

Total

 

1,389,387

1,329,960

Off-balance sheet items

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2023

31.12.2022

Loan commitments received from banks

Note 2.4

68,683

85,354

Guarantee commitments received from banks

Note 2.4

74,541

62,807

Commitments received on securities

 

42,367

33,928

6.6Notes to the parent company financial statements

The parent company financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2024.

Note 1Significant accounting principles
1. Introduction

The preparation and presentation of the parent company financial statements for Societe Generale comply with the provisions of Regulation 2014-07 of the French Accounting Standards Board (Autorité des Normes Comptables, ANC), relating to the annual accounts for the banking sector.

As the financial statements of foreign branches were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in their respective countries, they have been adjusted to comply with the accounting principles applicable in France.

The disclosures provided in the notes to the parent company financial statements focus on information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of Societe Generale, its activities and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations over the period. This information focuses on significant events and transactions to understand the changes in circumstances and financial performance of Societe Generale during the financial year 2023, in particular the impact of the merger with Crédit du Nord and its subsidiaries as of 1 January 2023.

2. Accounting policies and valuation methods

In accordance with the accounting principles applicable to French credit institutions, the majority of transactions are recorded using valuation methods that take account of the purpose for which they were completed.

In financial intermediation transactions, assets and liabilities are generally maintained at their historical cost and impairment is recognised where counterparty risk arises. Revenues and expenses arising from these transactions are recorded prorata temporis over the life of the transaction in accordance with the accounting cut-off principle. The same applies for transactions on forward financial instruments carried out for hedging purposes or to manage the Bank’s overall interest rate risk.

Transactions performed in the Global Markets activity are generally marked to market at year-end, except for loans, borrowings and short-term investment securities which are recorded at nominal value. When these financial instruments are not quoted in an active market, the market value used is adjusted to take into account the liquidity risk, future management fees and, if any, the counterparty risk.

3. Translation of foreign currency financial statement

The on- and off-balance sheet items of branches reporting in foreign currencies are translated at the official exchange rate prevailing at year-end. The income statement items of these branches are translated at the average quarter-end exchange rate. Translation gains and losses arising from the translation of the capital contribution, reserves, retained earnings and net income of foreign branches, which result from changes in exchange rates, are included in the balance sheet under “Accruals, other accounts payable/receivable and other liabilities/assets”.

4. Use of estimates and judgment

In compliance with the accounting principles and methods applicable to the preparation of the financial statements and stated in the notes to the present document, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may have an impact on the figures recorded in the income statement, the valuation of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and the information disclosed in the notes to the parent company financial statements.

In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available as at the date of preparation of the financial statements and can exercise its own judgment. By nature, valuations based on these estimates involve risks and uncertainties about their materialization in the future. Consequently, the actual future results may differ from these estimates and may then have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The assumptions and estimates made in preparing these annual financial statements take account of the uncertainties related to the economic consequences of geopolitics crisis and of the current macroeconomic context. The impacts of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are detailed in part 5 of the present note.

The use of estimates mainly concerns the following accounting topics:

  • fair value in the balance sheet of financial instruments (securities portfolio and forward financial instruments) not quoted in an active market and held for trading activities (see Notes 2.1, 2.2 and 3.2);
  • impairment of financial assets (see Note 2.6);
  • provisions recognised as liabilities (see Notes 2.6, 4.2 and 5.2);
  • deferred tax assets recognised in the balance sheet (see Note 5).
Climate risk
Picto Main-Fleurs SG_HD.png

Societe Generale continues its work to gradually integrate climate risk in the preparation of its statutory financial statements. Climate change-related risks are not a new risk category but rather an aggravating factor for categories already covered by the risk management system of Societe Generale. In this regard, the impact of transitional risk on the credit risk of the corporate customers of Societe Generale remains the primary climate risk for the Bank.

As at 31 December 2023, the determination of impairment and provisions for credit losses includes the possible impact of climate risks as taken into account in the assessment of individual risks and sectoral risks whenever it is compatible with the provisioning horizon. The impact of Societe Generale’s commitments in favour of energy and environmental transition and the development of the territories are still taken into account in the budget trajectories used to assess the recoverability of the differed tax assets.

5. Geopolitical crises and macroeconomic context

2023 was a year of cumulative uncertainties with, in particular, the continuing conflict in Ukraine but also tensions in the banking sector in the United States of America and Europe at the beginning of the year, as well as the situation in the Middle East at the end of the year. Monetary policies were clearly restrictive. Focusing on inflation control, central banks increased interest rates rapidly and significantly.

In the euro area:

  • the slowdown in economic activity observed during the first half of 2023 continued and was accentuated during the second half of the year;
  • inflation remained high in 2023; it is expected to drop down under 3% in 2024 and fall back to the target in the mid-term.

In the U.S.A., the economy performed better than expected by most forecasters. Warning signs point to a sharper slowdown already apparent towards the end of the year.

In this context, Societe Generale updated the macroeconomic scenarios chosen for the preparation of its statutory statements as at 31 December 2023. These macroeconomic scenarios are taken into account in the measurement models for credit risk impairment and provisions (see Note 2.6) and in tests regarding deferred tax assets recovery (see Note 5).

macroeconomic scenarios and weighting

As at 31 December 2023, Societe Generale has selected three macroeconomic scenarios to help understand the uncertainties related to the current macroeconomic context.

The assumptions selected to draw up the scenarios are listed below:

  • the central scenario (“SG Central”), weighted at 62%, predicts a continued economic slowdown in the euro area in 2024, and only a modest rebound in 2025. A fall in inflation, down to 2.5% approximately, will be accompanied by an increase in unemployment rate. The ECB might lower its interest rates starting in Spring 2024, but would continue scaling down its balance sheet at least until 2025 (reducing its direct purchases on the market). In the U.S.A, in 2024, economic growth is expected to decelerate, interest rates will likely decrease, inflation should remain on a downward trend while the unemployment rate increases;
  • the favourable scenario (“SG Favourable”), weighted at 10%, describes an accelerated economic growth compared to the trajectory projected in the central scenario; this growth may result from improved supply conditions owing to a positive shock on productivity or from unexpectedly improved demand conditions. In both cases, stronger growth will have a positive impact on employment and the profitability of companies;
  • the stressed scenario (“SG Stress”), weighted at 28%, corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, euro area crisis…), an exogenous crisis (Covid-19-like pandemic) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Department of Societe Generale based, in particular, on information published by statistical institutes.

Forecasts from institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists serves as a reference to challenge Societe Generale’s forecasts.

Covid-19 crisis: state guaranteed loans (PGE)

Until 30 June 2022, Societe Generale offered to its crisis-impacted customers (professionals and corporate customers) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) within the framework of the 2020 French Amending Finance Act and the conditions set by the French decree of 23 March 2020. These are financings granted at cost price and guaranteed by the government for a share of the borrowed amount between 70 to 90% depending on the size of the borrowing enterprise (with a waiting period of two months after disbursement at the end of which the guarantee period begins).

With a maximum amount corresponding, in the general case, to three months of turnover before tax, these loans came with a one-year repayment exemption. At the end of that year, the customer could either repay the loan or amortise it over one to five more years, with the possibility of extending the grace period for the repayment of principal for one year (in line with the announcements made by the French Ministre de l’Économie, des Finances et de la Relance on 14 January 2021) without extending the total duration of the loan.

The remuneration conditions of the guarantee have been set by the State and applied by all French banking institutions: the Bank keeps only a share of the guarantee premium paid by the borrower (the amount of which depends on the size of the Company and the maturity of the loan) remunerating the risk it bears, which corresponds to the part of the loan not guaranteed by the State (i.e., between 10% and 30% of the loan depending on the size of the borrowing company). A French decree published on 19 January 2022, amending the decree published on 23 March 2020, allows some companies to benefit, under certain conditions, from an extension of their PGE repayment deadlines from 6 to 10 years.

These State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) have been recorded among Customer loans. The share of the guarantee premium received from the borrowers and kept by the Bank to compensate the share of risk not guaranteed by the French State is assimilated to interest income. It is spread and recognised over the effective lifetime of the loans in net income amongst Interest and similar income, along with the recording of the contractual interest.

At 31 December 2023, after the first repayments made in 2022 and in 2023 at the end of the moratorium period, the outstanding amount corresponding to the State Guaranteed Loans (PGE) granted by Societe Generale is approximately EUR 7.8 billion (including EUR 1.6 billion of underperforming loans and EUR 0.9 billion of doubtful loans). The State guarantee for these loans covers, on average, 90% of their amount. The amount of credit risk impairment and provisions recorded as at 31 December 2023 related to these State Guaranteed Loan facilities represents approximately EUR 171 million (including EUR 28 million of underperforming loans and EUR 124 million of doubtful loans).

Consequences of the war in Ukraine

Societe Generale holds assets on Russian counterparties (including the residual exposures on Rosbank) the volume of which dropped between 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023 owing in particular to the disposal of assets but also to customer reimbursements completed without incident (EUR 0.8 billion against EUR 1.1 billion in 2022). As a result of an assessment of the changes in these credit exposures, Societe Generale has classified them from the very beginning of the conflict as “underperforming loans” or “doubtful loans” when necessary (see Note 2.6.2).

6. Merger of the retail banking network with Crédit du Nord and its subsidiaries

On 1 January 2023, Societe Generale achieved the legal merger of its two retail banking networks in France, Societe Generale and the Crédit du Nord group. SG is, from now on, the new retail bank of Societe Generale in France.

The legal merger was achieved in several stages:

  • absorption by Crédit du Nord of its seven banking subsidiaries in France;
  • merger of Crédit du Nord with Societe Generale SA;
  • transfer of all the assets (French Transmission Universelle de Patrimoine (TUP) of Société de Banque de Monaco to Societe Generale SA.

During the first stage, Crédit du Nord recognised a merger bonus of EUR 544 million for the differences between the net assets absorbed and the book value of the derecognised interests (Banque Kolb, Banque Courtois, Banque Laydernier, Banque Nuger, Banque Rhône-Alpes, Banque Tarneaud), as well as a merger malus of EUR 397 million for the negative difference between the net assets absorbed and the book value of Société Marseillaise de Crédit. This amount is called a “technical malus” and has been allocated as follows:

  • EUR 49 million to the revaluation of the buildings of Société Marseillaise de Crédit; and
  • EUR 348 million to the recognition of a business goodwill.

After completion of this operation, the net book assets of Crédit du Nord used as a calculation basis for the merger bonus of the next stage increased by EUR 544 million.

During the second stage, Societe Generale SA recognised a merger bonus of EUR 2,848 million for the differences observed between the net assets absorbed and the book value of Crédit du Nord, after absorption of its seven subsidiaries. The amount of this merger bonus has been fully recognised under the “Net gains on other assets” of the financial year. Under the merger preferential treatment provided for in the provisions of Article 210 A of the French General Tax Code, this bonus is not taxable.

Lastly, during the transfer of all assets (TUP) of Société de Banque de Monaco, Societe Generale SA recognised a merger bonus of EUR 3.5 million.

After completion of these legal mergers, the total outstanding consumer loans from the Crédit du Nord group was transferred by Societe Generale SA to its Sogefinancement subsidiary. This transfer in kind was made in two stages (in March and in May 2023); it was paid for by the issuance of new shares through two capital increases of Sogefinancement amounting to EUR 1,429 million. In the financial statements of Societe Generale as at 31 December 2023, the sale of these outstanding loans amounts to a loss of EUR 71 million, recognised under “Net banking income”.

The impacts of these operations on the balance sheet and income statement items are shown in the tables below:

Balance sheet

The amounts which are negative in the “Effects of the merger” column result from the elimination of intra-group transactions between Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord which, after the merger, are considered in-house and thus derecognised from the balance sheet of Societe Generale.

TOTAL ASSETS

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2023

01.01.2023

Effects of
 the merger

31.12.2022

Cash, due from central banks and post office accounts

 

197,369

184,853

19,512

165,341

Treasury notes and similar securities

Note 2.1

73,667

52,072

126

51,946

Due from banks

Note 2.3

219,601

201,324

(15,426)

216,750

Customer loans

Note 2.3

523,169

547,801

52,159

495,642

Bonds and other debt securities

Note 2.1

118,168

109,610

3

109,607

Shares and other equity securities

Note 2.1

71,151

74,834

1

74,833

Affiliates and other long-term securities

Note 2.1

948

812

 

812

Investments in related parties

Note 2.1

22,732

21,324

(864)

22,188

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 7.2

3,562

3,654

674

2,980

Treasury stock

Note 2.1

273

1,130

 

1,130

Accruals, other accounts receivables and other assets

Note 3.2

158,747

184,305

(4,426)

188,731

Total

 

1,389,387

1,381,719

51,759

1,329,960

TOTAL LIABILITIES

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2023

01.01.2023

Effects of
 the merger

31.12.2022

Due to central banks and post office accounts

 

9,573

8,230

 

8,230

Due to banks

Note 2.4

335,675

341,211

463

340,748

Customer deposits

Note 2.4

603,260

602,881

52,645

550,236

Liabilities in the form of securities issued

Note 2.4

142,308

119,831

218

119,613

Accruals, other accounts payables and other liabilities

Note 3.2

226,613

231,592

(4,933)

236,525

Provisions

Note 2.6

9,723

10,720

515

10,205

Long-term subordinated debt and notes

Note 6.4

25,290

28,311

 

28,311

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

Note 6.1

1,004

1,062

 

1,062

Additional paid-in capital

Note 6.1

20,260

21,330

 

21,330

Retained earnings

Note 6.1

12,331

13,700

 

13,960

Net income

Note 6.1

3,350

2,851

2,851

(260)

Sub-total

 

36,945

38,943

2,851

36,092

Total

 

1,389,387

1,381,719

51,759

1,329,960

Income statement

The combined accounts below have been prepared in order to provide comparative information in respect of the main items of the income statement between the 2022 financial year and the 2023 financial year.

These combined accounts have been prepared on the basis of the Company financial statements published by Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale as at 31 December 2022.

The information shown below thus corresponds to the best possible estimate of the reconstitution, for the 2022 financial year, of the activities integrated at the time of the merger, taking into account the flows with Societe Generale SA. They have been adjusted for the main transactions between the two entities.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

31.12.2022
 Societe Generale
 and Crédit du Nord
 (combined accounts)

31.12.2022 Published

Net banking income

12,392

14,560

12,746

Gross operating income

965

2,899

2,336

Operating income

484

2,211

1,737

Operating income before tax

3,397

198

(342)

Net income

3,350

162

(260)

7. Acquisition of LeasePlan by ALD

The acquisition of 100% of LeasePlan by ALD, for which Societe Generale and ALD had signed two Memorandums of Understanding on 6 January 2022, was completed on 22 May 2023, following approval by the ALD Board of Directors and the relevant regulatory authorities.

As part of the financing of this acquisition, ALD completed in 2022 a EUR 1,212 million capital increase with shareholders’ preferential subscription rights, subscribed for EUR 803 million by Societe Generale (66.26% of the capital increase). Societe Generale held 79.82% of ALD’s share capital prior to this increase, and 75.94% after its completion on 31 December 2022, in accordance with its commitment to remain ALD’s long-term majority shareholder.

In 2023, the cost of this acquisition, totalling EUR 4,897 million, was financed by ALD in cash and shares.

In this context, ALD carried out, in 2023, a capital increase in favour of LeasePlan shareholders. As a result, Societe Generale remains majority shareholder of the new combined entity, named Ayvens since 16 October 2023, with a controlling interest of 52.59%. This share may be reduced to 50.95% in case of exercise of the warrants attached to the shares (“ABSA” - Actions à Bons de Souscription d’Actions) attributed to LeasePlan shareholders to provide them with the means to increase their minority interest up to 32.91% of Ayvens’ share capital.

8. Creation of a joint venture by Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein

On 6 February 2023, Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein signed a Memorandum of Understanding for the creation of a joint venture combining their cash equities and equity research businesses.

On the date of completion of the transaction, scheduled in the first half of 2024, the joint venture will be organised under two separate legal entities focusing on North America and Europe & Asia, respectively. Subject to the relevant regulatory approvals, some options might allow Societe Generale to eventually reach 100% ownership in both entities.

9. Event after the reporting period
Plan to implement organisational changes in Societe Generale head office in France

On 5 February 2024, Societe Generale has announced a plan to implement organisational changes in its head office in France to simplify its operations and structurally improve its operational efficiency.

Several French head office entities are considering organisational changes that require specific social support measures. The objective is to group and pool certain activities and functions, remove hierarchical layers to streamline decision-making, and resize certain teams due to reviews of projects or processes.

This reorganisation project has been submitted for consultation with the staff representative bodies. Following the completion of the consultation scheduled for the second quarter of 2024, the implementation of these organisational changes would result in approximately 900 job cuts at head office without forced departures (i.e. approximately 5% of head office staff).

The cost of the social support measures that will be recorded as provision during the first quarter of 2024 is estimated to be around EUR 0.3 billion.

6.7Statutory Auditors’ report on the financial statements

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on the financial statements issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English speaking users.

This statutory auditors’ report includes information required by French law, such as information about the appointment of the statutory auditors or verification of the management report and other documents provided to shareholders.

This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

Year ended December 31, 2023

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

Opinion

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended December 31, 2023.

In our opinion, the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with French accounting principles.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

Share, share capital and legal information

7.1The Societe Generale share

7.1.1Stock market performance

Societe Generale’s share price increased by 2.3% between 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2023, closing at EUR 24.03 at 31 December 2023. This performance can be compared over the same period to an increase of 23.5% for the eurozone bank index (DJ EURO STOXX BANK) and to an increase of 16.5% for the CAC 40 index.

At 31 December 2023, Societe Generale Group’s market capitalisation stood at EUR 19.3 billion and is ranked 31st among CAC 40 stocks (28th at 31 December 2022), 28th in terms of free float (26th at 31 December 2022) and 12th among eurozone banks (12th at 31 December 2022).

The market for the Group’s shares remained highly liquid in 2023, with an average daily trading volume of EUR 90 million, representing a daily capital rotation ratio of 0.47% (versus 0.52% in 2022). In value terms, Societe Generale’s shares were the 13th most actively traded stocks on the CAC 40 index.

Share performance (base: Societe Generale share price at 31 December 2021)
SOC2024_URD_EN_H001_HD.png

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

Monthly change in share price (average monthly price in euro)
SOC2024_URD_EN_H002_HD.png

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

Trading volumes (average daily trading volumes as a percentage of capital)
SOC2024_URD_EN_H003_HD.png

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon.

7.2Information on share capital

7.2.1Share capital

At 1 Janvier 2024, Societe Generale’s paid-up share capital amounted to EUR 1,003,724,927.50 and comprised 802,979,942 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25 per share.

As part of the Group’s capital market activities, transactions may be carried out involving indices or underlying assets with a Societe Generale share component. These transactions do not have an impact on the Group’s future capital.

7.3Additional information

7.3.1General information

Name

Societe Generale

Registered office

29, boulevard Haussmann, 75009 Paris (France)

Administrative office

17, cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France)

Postal address: Societe Generale, 17, cours Valmy, CS50318, 92972 Paris La Défense Cedex

Telephone number: +33 (0)1 42 14 20 00

Website: www.societegenerale.com. The information on the website does not form part of the Universal Registration Document.

Legal form

Societe Generale is a public limited company (société anonyme) established under French law that has the status of a credit institution.

Governing law

Societe Generale is a public limited company (Société anonyme) governed by French commercial legislation, in particular by Articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as by its By-laws.

Société Générale is a credit institution under French law authorised and supervised by the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (“ACPR”), under the direct prudential supervision of the European Central Bank (“ECB”). As a company whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and an investment services provider, Société Générale is also subject to supervision by the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (“AMF”).

Societe Generale is authorised to carry out all banking transactions and provide all investment services except for the investment service of operating a multilateral trading facility (MTF) or an organised trading system (OTF). It is subject to the laws and regulations specific to the financial sector, in particular the provisions of the applicable European regulations, the articles of the Monetary and Financial Code and, where applicable, to local law provisions, in particular for its branches. It is also subject to compliance with a certain number of prudential rules and, as such, to the controls of the ECB, as well as of the ACPR in respect of the latter’s sphere of competence.

Date of incorporation and lifetime

Societe Generale was incorporated following a deed approved by decree dated 4 May 1864. The lifetime of Societe Generale, previously set at fifty years from 1 January 1899, was subsequently extended for ninety-nine years from 1 January 1949.

It will cease to exist on 31 December 2047, unless extended or dissolved early.

Corporate purpose

Article 3 of the Company’s By-laws describes the corporate purpose. Pursuant to the conditions determined by the laws and regulations applicable to credit institutions, the purpose of Societe Generale is to carry out with individuals or legal entities, in France and abroad:

  • all banking transactions;
  • all transactions related to banking operations, including in particular investment services or related services referred to in Articles L. 321-1 and L. 321-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code;
  • all acquisitions of interests in other companies.

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, in particular insurance brokerage, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in effect.

In general, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial or agricultural, security or property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the abovementioned activities or likely to facilitate their execution.

Identification

552 120 222 RCS PARIS

ISIN code (International Securities Identification Number): FR 0000130809

NAF (trade sector) code: 6419Z

LEI (Legal Entity Identifier): O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41

Corporate documents

Documents relating to the Company and in particular its By-laws, its accounts, the reports submitted to its General Meetings by the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors, are available at Tours Société Générale, 17 cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France).

The By-laws of Societe Generale are posted on the website under the Board of Directors tab.

Financial year

From 1 January to 31 December of each year.

Categories of shares and attached rights

Under Article 4 of the Company’s By-laws, the share capital is divided into 802,979,942 fully paid-up shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

Double voting rights

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, double voting rights are allocated, in relation to the amount of share capital represented by the shares in question, to all shares which are fully paid-up and which have been registered in the name of the same shareholder for at least two years from 1 January 1993, as well as to any new registered shares that may be freely allocated to a shareholder, in the event of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums, on the basis of shares benefiting from this right.

According to the law, double voting rights cease for shares which have been converted into bearer form or if ownership of the shares is transferred. Nevertheless, transfer through inheritance, liquidation of marital assets, donation inter vivos to a spouse or a direct relative entitled to inherit, does not result in the loss of rights and does not affect the minimum two-year vesting period. The same applies, unless otherwise stated in the Company’s By-laws, in case of transfer following a merger or a spin-off of a shareholder company. The amendment to the regulations of Fund E as at 1 January 2021 has no effect on the calculation of the double voting rights of the shares in Fund E’s assets.

Restriction on voting rights

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, the number of votes at General Meetings to be used by one shareholder, either personally or through a proxy, may not exceed 15% of the total voting rights existing at the date of the Meeting. This 15% limit does not apply to the Chairman or any other proxy with respect to the total number of voting rights they hold on a personal basis and in their capacity as proxy, provided that each proxy complies with the 15% rule. For the purposes of applying this 15% limit, shares held by a single shareholder include shares held indirectly or jointly in accordance with the conditions described in Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code. This limit ceases to apply when a shareholder comes to hold, following a public tender offer, either directly or indirectly or jointly with another shareholder, more than 50.01% of the Company’s voting rights.

Disclosure of statutory threshold crossings

In accordance with the provisions of Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, any person, acting on his own or in concert, who comes to hold directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, a number of shares representing at least 1.5% or 3% of the share capital or voting rights of the Company, must inform the latter, in writing, within four trading days of the crossing of this threshold, and must also indicate in his declaration the number of securities giving access to the share capital of the Company it holds. Mutual fund management companies must provide this information based on the total number of shares held in the Company by the funds they manage.

Beyond the threshold of 3%, any additional 1% crossing of the company capital or of the voting rights must be notified to the Company as provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws.

Any person, acting either individually or in concert, is also required to inform the Company within four trading days if the percentage of their capital or voting rights falls below each of the thresholds described in Article 6.2 of the By-laws.

For the purposes of the obligations to disclose the crossings of statutory thresholds provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, the shares or voting rights listed in Article L. 233-9, I of the French Commercial Code are assimilated to the shares or voting rights held.

Failure to comply with these requirements will be penalised in accordance with applicable laws, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least 5% of the Company’s capital or voting rights. Said request will be duly recorded in the minutes of the General Meeting.

Convening and rules for attending General Meetings of Shareholders

Under Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, General Meetings are convened and deliberate in accordance with the conditions set forth by the laws and regulations in force. They meet at the registered office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the convening notice. Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, failing this, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Regardless of the number of shares held, any shareholder whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set by decree, has the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in the General Meetings. A shareholder may, in accordance with the laws and regulations in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy. The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, under the conditions set forth by the provisions of the laws and regulations in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless a shorter period is specified in the convening notice or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or any other means of telecommunication, when provided for in the convening notice and subject to the conditions defined therein.

The General Meeting may be publicly broadcast by means of electronic communication subject to the approval of and under the terms set by the Board of Directors. Notice will be given in the notice of meeting and/or the convening notice.

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to shares that include a usufructuary right is exercised by the usufructuary.

Identifiable bearer securities

Societe Generale may at any time, in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations in force, request the organisation responsible for clearing the securities to provide information regarding the securities that grant the right to vote in its General Meetings, either immediately or in the future, as well as information about the holders of these securities.

Employee shareholding

Following the amendments to the By-laws voted by the Combined General Meeting on 19 May 2020 and since the General Meeting of 18 May 2021, employee shareholders are represented on the Board of Directors by a Director, in addition to the two Directors representing all employees. The level of employee shareholding, calculated for the specific need of this new Director appointment represents 11.23% of the share capital at 31 December 2023, in accordance with the calculation methods provided in Article L. 225-102 of the French Commercial Code and with the stipulations of Article 6.4 of the By-laws,.

Following the amendments of the rules of the FCPE “Société Générale actionnariat (FONDS E)” decided on 16 April 2020, which came into force on 1 January 2021, in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article L. 214-165 II of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the voting rights relating to Société Générale shares included in the assets of this fund, corresponding to 13.68% of the voting rights at 31 December 2023, will be exclusively exercised individually by the unit holders and, for the fractional units forming fractional rights, by the Supervisory Board of this fund.

The last capital increase reserved for subscribers to the company savings plans or to that of Societe Generale Group was held on 24 July 2023. The operation, implemented under Resolution 21 of the Combined General Meeting of 17 May 2022, was offered throughout 40 countries, subscribed to by approximately 50,000 people for a total of EUR 221.2 million and resulted in the issuance of 12,548,674 new shares, i.e. 1.5% of the share capital at the date of the operation. The principle of the capital increase, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2023, was made public in the table setting out the use of financial delegations in Part 3.1.7 of the Universal Registration Document filed on 13 March 2023 with the French Financial Markets Authority (AMF - Autorité des marchés financiers), and subsequently reprised in various documents, including the Board of Directors’ Report which presents the resolutions that are included in the Notice of Meeting brochure. The period and the subscription price of the capital increase were approved at the General Meeting of 23 May 2023. The Board of Directors’ and Statutory Auditors’ Reports were brought to the attention of the shareholders during the General Meeting and are permanently available on the French website dedicated to Societe Generale General Meetings(1)

Following the absorption of Crédit du Nord by Societe Generale on 1 January 2023, Societe Generale shares held by the employees of Crédit du Nord via the FCPE “Fonds G” fund are held via the FONDS E fund since 7 March 2023, and Fonds G disappeared at this date owing to its merger with FONDS E. 

7.4By-laws

Name – Type of Company – Duration – Registered Office – Purpose

Article 1

The Company, named Societe Generale, is a public limited company incorporated by deed approved by the Decree of 4 May 1864, and is approved as a bank.

The duration of Societe Generale, previously fixed at 50 years with effect from 1 January 1899, was then extended by 99 years with effect from 1 January 1949.

Under the legislative and regulatory provisions relating to credit institutions, notably the articles of the French Monetary and Financial Code that apply to them, the Company is subject to commercial laws, in particular articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as these By-laws.

Article 2

Societe Generale’s registered office is at 29, boulevard Haussmann, Paris (9th arrondissement).

In accordance with current legislative and regulatory provisions, it may be transferred to any other location.

Article 3

The purpose of Societe Generale is, under the conditions determined by the laws and regulations applicable to credit institutions, to carry out with individuals and corporate entities, in France or abroad:

  • all banking transactions;
  • all transactions related to banking operations, including in particular investment services or allied services as listed by articles L. 321-1 and L. 321-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code;
  • all acquisitions of interests in other entities.

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in force, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, including in particular insurance brokerage.

Generally, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial, agricultural, moveable assets or real property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the above-mentioned activities or likely to facilitate the accomplishment of such activities.

Person responsible for the Universal Registration Document

8.1Person responsible for the Universal Registration Document

Slawomir Krupa

Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale

8.2Statement of the person responsible for the Universal Registration Document and the Annual Financial Report

I hereby certify that the information contained in this Universal Registration Document is, to the best of my knowledge, in accordance with the facts and contains no omission likely to affect its meaning.

I certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the accounts have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards and are a fair reflection of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and all the undertakings included in the consolidation scope, and that the Management Report (the cross-reference table of the annual financial report in Chapter 9 indicates the contents of said report) presents a fair view of the Company’s business, performance and financial position and that of all the undertakings included in the consolidation scope, as well as a description of the main risks and uncertainties to which they are exposed

Paris, 11 March 2024

Chief Executive Officer

Slawomir Krupa

8.3Persons responsible for the audit of the accounts

Statutory auditors

Name: 

Ernst & Young et Autres
represented by Micha Missakian and Vincent Roty

 

Name: 

Deloitte & Associés 
represented by Jean-Marc Mickeler and Maud Monin

Address: 

1/2, place des Saisons,
92400 Courbevoie – Paris-La Défense (France)

 

Address: 

6, place de la Pyramide
92908 Paris-La Défense Cedex (France)

Date of appointment: 22 May 2012

 

Date of first appointment: 18 April 2003

Date of renewal: 23 May 2018

 

Date of last renewal: 23 May 2018

Term of office: six financial years

 

Term of office: six financial years

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023

 

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023

 

 

 

 

 

The companies Ernst & Young et Autres and Deloitte & Associés are registered as Statutory Auditors with the Compagnie régionale des Commissaires aux comptes de Versailles.

Cross-reference tables

9.1Cross-reference tables

9.1.1Cross-reference table of the Universal Registration Document

This cross-reference table contains the headings provided for in Annex 1 (as referred to in Annex 2) of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980 supplementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 809/2004, and refers to the pages of this Universal Registration Document where the information relating to each of these headings is mentioned.

Headings

 

Page numbers of the Universal Registration Document

1

Persons responsible

 

1.1

Name and function of the persons responsible

 8.3

1.2

Declaration by the persons responsible

 8.3

1.3

Statement or report attributed to a person as an expert

NA

1.4

Information sourced from a third party

NA

1.5

Statement by the issuer

 9.2

2

Statutory auditors

 

2.1

Names and addresses of the auditors

 8.3

2.2

Resignation, removal or non-reappointment of the auditors

 8.3

3

Risk factors

 4.1

4

Information about the issuer

 

4.1

Legal and commercial name of the issuer

 7.3.1

4.2

Place of registration, registration number and legal entity identifier (LEI) of the issuer

 7.3.1

4.3

Date of incorporation and the length of life of the issuer

 7.3.1

4.4

Domicile and legal form of the issuer, applicable legislation, country of incorporation, address and telephone number of its registered office and website

 7.3.1

5

Business overview

 

5.1

Principal activities

 1.2 - KEY FIGURES 1.4 2.5

5.2

Principal markets

 1.2 - KEY FIGURES 1.3 1.4 2.1 -  2.13;  Note 8.1.2 - Liabilities

5.3

Important events in the development of the business

 Key figures and profile of Societe Generale

5.4

Strategy and objectives

 1.3 1.4

5.5

Extent to which the issuer is dependent on patents or licences, industrial, commercial or financial contracts or new manufacturing processes

NA

5.6

Basis for any statements made by the issuer regarding its competitive position

 2.3.1 -  2.3.5

5.7

Investments

 2.8 -  2.10 4.14.2 Breakdown of environmental SPIF production (2023) Note 2.2 - Note 2.3.2

6

Organisational structure

 

6.1

Brief description of the Group

 1.2 -  2.1 -

6.2

List of the significant subsidiaries

 2.1 -  Note 8.4

7

Operating and financial review

 

7.1

Financial condition

 2.2 - 2.3.6 2.6 - 2.7.4 Financial information - 6.7 

7.2

Operating results

 2.2 - 2.3.6

8

Capital resources

 

8.1

Information concerning the issuer’s capital resources

 2.6 - 2.7.1 6.1 - 6.1.6 Note 6

8.2

Sources and amounts of the issuer’s cash flows

 6.1.6

8.3

Information on the borrowing requirements and funding structure of the issuer

 2.7.3

8.4

Information regarding any restrictions on the use of capital resources that have materially affected, or could materially affect the issuer’s operations

NA

8.5

Information regarding the anticipated sources of funds needed to fulfil commitments referred to in item 5.7

 2.7.3 2.9.1

9

Regulatory environment

 recent developments and macroeconomic and regulatory outlook 4.4.1

10

Trend information

 

10.1

Most significant recent trends in production, sales and inventory, and costs and selling prices since the end of the last financial year
Any significant change in the financial performance of the Group or provide an appropriate negative statement.

 2.9 2.11

10.2

Trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the issuer’s prospects for at least the current financial year

 recent developments and macroeconomic and regulatory outlook

11

Profit forecasts or estimates

 Outlook

12

Administrative, management and supervisory bodies and general management

 

12.1

Board of Directors and General Management

 3.1.1 3.1.2 - 3.1.3

12.2

Administrative, management and supervisory bodies and General Management conflicts of interests

 Absence of conflicts of interest

13

Remuneration and benefits

 

13.1

Amount of remuneration paid and benefits in kind

 3.1.6

13.2

Total amounts set aside or accrued by the issuer or its subsidiaries to provide for pension, retirement or similar benefits

 Note 5.1

14

Board and general management practices

 

14.1

Date of expiration of the current term of office

 Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2023 Presentation of the members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director Presentation of the members of the General Management Position of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers Position of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers in 2023

14.2

Members of the administrative bodies’ service contracts with the issuer

NA

14.3

Information about the issuer’s audit committee and remuneration committee

 Audit and Internal Control Committee Compensation Committee

14.4

Statement as to whether or not the issuer complies with the corporate governance regime

 Statement on the corporate governance regime

14.5

Potential material impacts on the corporate governance, including future changes in the board and committees composition

 3.1.2 - Changes in the composition of the Board of Directors and its Committees in 2023

15

Employees

 

15.1

Number of employees

 5.2.1

15.2

Shareholdings and stock options of company officers

 Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2023 Presentation of the members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director Presentation of the members of the General Management 3.1.6 Societe Generale share ownership and holding obligations

15.3

Description of any arrangements for involving the employees in the capital of the issuer

 Note 5.1.1.1 Note 5.1.3 Note 2.1.3;   Note 4.1;
 Note 4.3 ;  7.2.3 ;  7.2.4 ;  Employee shareholding

16

Major shareholders

 

16.1

Shareholders holding more than 5% of capital or voting rights

 7.2

16.2

Different voting rights held by the major shareholders

 7.2 7.3.1

16.3

Control of the issuer

 7.2.3 7.2.5

16.4

Arrangements, known to the issuer, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the issuer

NA

17

Related party transactions

 3.1.8 3.2 Note 5.1.1.2

18

Financial information concerning the issuer’s assets and liabilities, financial position and profits and losses

 

18.1

Historical financial information

 1.2 -  2.2 - 2.3.6;   Key figures Financial information

18.2

Interim and other financial information

NA

18.3

Auditing of historical annual financial information

 6.3 6.7

18.4

Pro forma financial information

NA

18.5

Dividend policy

 Outlook 7.1.6

18.6

Legal and arbitration proceedings

 4.11.2 Note 9

18.7

Significant change in the issuer’s financial position

 2.11

19

Additional information

 

19.1

Share capital

 List of outstanding delegations and their use in 2023 and early 2024 (until 7 February 2024) 7.1 - Article 4

19.2

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 7.4

20

Material contracts

 2.9

21

Documents available

 7.3

In accordance with EC Regulation No. 2019/890 dated 14 March 2019, complementary to (EU) Regulation No. 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the following information is included by reference in this Universal Registration Document:

  • the parent company and consolidated accounts for the year ended 31 December 2021, the related Statutory Auditors’ reports and the Group Management Report and presented respectively on pages 551 to 608 and 133-135, 167-172, 180-181, 191-194, 196, 206-210, 213-217, 222-226, 228-229, 242-248, 350-537, 538-543, 609-615, 544-550 of the Registration Document D. 22-0080 filed with the AMF on 9 March 2022;
  • the parent company and consolidated accounts for the year ended 31 December 2022, the related Statutory Auditors’ reports and the Group Management Report and presented respectively on pages 571 to 627 and 149-153, 181-187, 195-196, 206-209, 211, 222, 226-230, 235-239, 241, 247-253, 374-556, 628-634, and 557-563 of the Registration Document D. 23-0089 filed with the AMF on 13 March 2023.

The chapters of the Registration Documents D. 23-0089 and D. 22-0080 not mentioned above do not apply to investors or are covered in another part of this Universal Registration Document.

Both of the aforementioned Universal Registration Documents are available on the Company’s website www.societegenerale.com and on the AMF’s (French Financial Markets Authority) website https://www.amf-france.org/en.

9.2Declaration of the Issuer

This Universal Registration Document was filed on 11 March 2024 with the AMF, as competent authority under Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, without prior approval pursuant to Article 9 of the said regulation. The Universal Registration Document may be used for the purposes of an offer to the public of securities or admission of securities to trading on a regulated market if completed by a securities note and, if applicable, a summary and any amendments to the Universal Registration Document. The whole is approved by the AMF in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Appendices

10.1GAR Indicators

Summary of KPIs to be disclosed by credit institutions under Article 8 Taxonomy Regulation

 

Total environmentally sustainable assets

M EUR

KPI****

KPI*****

% coverage (over total assets)***

% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7 (2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2. of Annex V)

% of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7 (1)) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)

Main KPI

Green asset ratio (GAR) stock

10,167 

1.42%

1.42%

50.88%

42.92%

49.12%

 

Total environmentally sustainable activities

M EUR

KPI

KPI

% coverage (over total assets)

% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7 (2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2. of Annex V)

% of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7 (1)) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)

Additional KPIs

GAR (flow)

 

 NA 

 NA 

 NA 

 NA 

 NA 

 

Trading book*

 

 NA 

 NA 

 

 

 

 

Financial guarantees

4,014 

4.91%

4.91%

 

 

 

 

Assets under
management

76 

0.17%

0.17%

 

 

 

 

Fees and commissions income**

 

NA 

NA 

 

 

 

*       For credit institutions that do not meet the conditions of Article 94(1) of the CRR or the conditions set out in Article 325a(1) of the CRR.

**     Fees and commissions income from services other than lending and AuM.

Instutitons shall dislcose forwardlooking information for this KPIs, including information in terms of targets, together with relevant explanations on the methodology applied.

***    % of assets covered by the KPI over banks´ total assets.

****  based on the Turnover KPI of the counterparty.

*****based on the CapEx KPI of the counterparty, except for lending activities where for general lending Turnover KPI is used.

Note 1: Across the reporting templates: cells shaded in black should not be reported.

Note 2: Fees and Commissions (sheet 6) and Trading Book (sheet 7) KPIs shall only apply starting 2026. SMEs´inclusion in these KPI will only apply subject to a positive result of an impact assessment.

10.2Nuclear and fossil gas related activities

The first template aims to define funding dedicated to research, development, construction or exploitation activities in the nuclear or fossil gas sectors.  The following six templates illustrate the share of eligible and aligned activities in the natural gas and nuclear sector in relation to the main performance indicator of the GAR. These shares are calculated on turnover and capital expenditure, either from the numerator or the denominator of the GAR stock.  The latter two templates show the amount and proportion of exposures to gas and nuclear activities that are not eligible for Taxonomy in relation to all exposures classified as such.

This template shall take into account financing transactions, whether or not they are exposures, for which the use of the product is known.

Template 1 – Nuclear and fossil gas related activities

Row

Nuclear energy related activities

 

1.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demonstration and deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle.

Yes

2.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new nuclear installations to produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best available technologies.

Yes

3.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear installations that produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades.

Yes

 

Fossil gas related activities

 

4.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

5.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

6.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

Glossary

Corporate social responsibility glossary

AA1000: the AccountAbility 1000 (AA1000) framework standard was published in November 1999 by the predominantly Anglo-Saxon Institute of Social and Ethical Accountability (ISEA). Based on systematic stakeholder engagement in a company’s day-to-day business, it contains a series of indicators, targets and reporting systems designed to assure the credibility of a company’s performance in such respect. Various major corporations, non-governmental organisations and public institutions are among those to have adopted the standard.

Act4nature international is an initiative led by business networks with scientific partners, environmental NGOs and public bodies.  Its objective is to develop the mobilisation of companies in favour of biodiversity through pragmatic commitments supported by their CEOs.

ADEME: the Environment and Energy Management Agency (ADEME or Ademe) is a French public industrial and commercial institution (EPIC) created in 1991. It is under the joint authority of the French ministries responsible for research and innovation, the ecological and solidarity transition, and higher education. ADEME drives, manages, coordinates, facilitates and carries out environmental protection and energy control operations.

B Corp: certification is provided by B Lab to businesses that meet high standards of verified social and environmental performance, public transparency and legal accountability in order to achieve a balance between business profits and objectives. 

Bankers Association for Finance and Trade (BAFT): founded in 1921, BAFT is a global industry association for international transaction banking. It helps bridge solutions across financial institutions, service providers and the regulatory community that promote sound financial practices enabling innovation, efficiency and commercial growth.

Belt and Road: the new silk road comprises a “belt” of overland rail links and a “road” of shipping routes linking China to Europe through Kazakhstan, Russia, Belarus, Poland, Germany, France and the United Kingdom.

Biodiversity: Biodiversity refers to all living beings and the ecosystems in which they live. The term also includes the interactions of species with each other and with their environments.

Blended finance: the strategic use of development finance and philanthropic funds to encourage additional inflows of private capital for emerging markets, generating positive results for both investors and local communities.

Cash management: refers to one of the bank's business lines offering customers solutions in the following areas - management of means of payment, centralisation and optimisation of cash flow.

CDC Biodiversity: created in 2008 by Caisse des Dépôts, CDC Biodiversity is a subsidiary of the CDC Group whose main mission is to reconcile biodiversity and economic development in the service of the general interest.

Charte Eco d’Eau: a collective initiative under which businesses and citizens take action to preserve water resources. It sets out a charter of voluntary commitments under which signatory businesses can access solutions to help them structure and share their commitments.

Circular economy: the circular economy consists of producing goods and services in a sustainable way by limiting the consumption and waste of resources and the production of waste. It's about moving from a throwaway society to a more circular business model.

CIU (Collective Investment Undertaking): a type of financial instrument set up by an accredited entity to manage savings in accordance with a predefined strategy. It is effectively a professionally managed share portfolio. All sums invested in a CIU are pooled and converted into units or shares in the undertaking. These units or shares reflect the portfolio’s value at any given time. This value is expressed as a “net asset value”, calculated by dividing the total value of the CIU’s net assets by the total number of its units or shares. The net asset value represents both the subscription price for a unit or share (with fees being payable in addition) and its redemption price.

Cloud computing: is the practice of using a network of remote, internet-hosted computer servers to store, manage, and process data, rather than a local server or personal computer.

CSA: French polling institute specialising in market research and opinion polls.

CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive): an EU Directive that has been transposed into French law under the Order of 6 December 2023 and French Decree No. 2023-1394 of 30 December 2023. The CSRD provides for the creation of ESRS, European Sustainability Reporting Standards, which frame and harmonise sustainability reporting by businesses. 

Ecosystems: a dynamic complex of communities of plants, animals and microorganisms and their non-living environment that interact to form a functional unit.

Eco-PTZ+: an interest-free loan for energy renovation work in residential properties. Subject to certain conditions, owners, occupiers and co-ownership associations can apply for loans ranging from EUR 7,000 to EUR 50,000, depending on the work they want to finance. The scheme is set to run until 31 December 2023.

Ecosystem services: the benefits that humans derive from ecosystems.

EcoTree: a French company specialised in solutions that promote forestry and biodiversity with a view to delivering financial and environmental benefits.

EcoVadis is a provider of sustainability and CSR ratings. It works with companies of all sizes and in all sectors looking to measure their environmental, social and ethical impact. It establishes a scorecard that illustrates the level of integration of sustainability by companies across four themes: environment, labour and human rights, ethics and sustainable procurement. Certification is obtained on the basis of a process of ongoing improvement involving annual assessments through which companies can track and work on improving their score. 

EMEA: an abbreviation sometimes used by companies or organisations to refer to the business region encompassing Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Entreprises pour l’environnement (EpE): Formed in 1992, a French association of some sixty major French and international companies from all sectors committed to environmental transition.

Equipment finance: financing of sales and capital goods.

ETF: Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) are financial instruments that faithfully track the upward or downward movements in an underlying index.

Ethifinance: a European extra-financial rating, research and advisory group specialised in solutions for socially responsible investment (SRI) and corporate social responsibility (CSR).

Factoring/reverse factoring: factoring is a financial management technique by which a financial company (the factor) manages, within the framework of a contract (factoring contract), the accounts receivable of a company by financing its customer invoices, collecting its receivables, guaranteeing receivables from its debtors, applying and posting payments. 

The factoring service is remunerated by a commission on the amount of invoices, service commission and financial commission. Factoring allows companies to improve their cash flow and reduce their accounts receivable management costs.

Reverse factoring or Reverse Factoring (or Supply Chain Finance) is a financing solution that allows companies to pay their supplier before the due date without calling on their cash flow. The factoring company pays your suppliers' invoices within 24 hours after the delivery of the goods or the performance of the service. Your company will only pay the factor when the invoice is due.

Fing: the Fondation Internet Nouvelle Génération (New Generation Internet Foundation) is a French non-profit association set up in 2000. Its work falls into four main categories: bringing people together around new technologies; taking part in emerging ethical and societal debates; fostering innovative ideas and projects; and encouraging partnerships and the appropriation of innovation.

France Active Garantie: France Active is a movement of entrepreneurs that provides support to businesses and associations in the social and solidarity economy and entrepreneurs with the least access to bank services through funding, advice and access to a network of business and social stakeholders. 90% of start-up entrepreneurs supported by France Active are job seekers, one third of whom are on the lowest level of social support. France Active carries a proportion of the credit risk on funding for these players, thereby facilitating the approval of loans by creditor banks.

FTE: refers to work performed on a full-time equivalent basis, in line with the legal working hours for the country in question.

GHG Protocol: is an international protocol providing a framework for measuring, accounting for and managing greenhouse gas emissions from private and public sector activities developed by the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) and the World Resources Institute.

Green Bond Principles (GBP): a set of internationally recognised voluntary guidelines for issuers of green bonds that set out best practices and promote transparency. Established by the ICMA (International Capital Market Association), the GBP provide guidelines for issuers to follow when issuing green bonds. They aid investors by promoting availability of information necessary to evaluate the environmental impact of their green bond investments and they assist underwriters by offering vital steps that will facilitate transactions that preserve the integrity of the market.

Green circle: is a programming competition built in a serious game format by Societe Generale and CodinGame in order to raise awareness among developers about sustainable IT. 

Greenfin: an initiative launched by the French Ministry for the Ecological and Solidarity Transition, Greenfin certification is a guarantee of an investment fund’s green credentials. The label can be awarded to funds that invest in the common good and whose practices are transparent and sustainable. Funds that invest in companies in the nuclear and fossil fuel industries are not eligible for the Greenfin label.

Green Loan Principles (GLP): a set of internationally recognised voluntary guidelines to promote growth and transparency in the green loan market. Their aim is to create a framework of market standards and guidelines with a consistent methodology for use across the green loan market. 

Green, social and sustainable loans, bonds and securitisations: green, social and sustainable loans or bonds finance projects offering clearly identified environmental and/or social benefits.

Green, sustainable export finance: trade finance instruments that support, guarantee and/or finance an underlying project that has a clear positive impact on the environment.

Green sustainable trade finance: trade finance instruments that support, guarantee and/or finance an underlying project with a clear positive contribution to the environment.

GRI: the Global Reporting Initiative, or GRI, is an NGO founded in 1997 by the CERES (Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies) and the UNEP (United Nations Environment Programme) that has attracted stakeholders (companies, organisations, non-profit associations, etc.) from around the world. It was set up to develop a reporting framework allowing companies to measure how they are doing in terms of sustainable development. It has published a series of standards designed to help companies report on their economic, social and environmental performance.

IIRC: the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) is a global coalition of companies, investors, regulators, standard setters, members of the accounting profession and NGOs. Its members are united by the conviction that corporate reporting needs to be made more about value creation. To help make this happen, the International IR Framework provides a common set of guidelines, key concepts and components for Integrated Reporting.

Impact Based Finance: Societe Generale has developed a unique and disruptive impact-driven approach to address the need for guidance from private companies and public bodies that are transforming their operations to align with the SDGs in existing or new markets but facing difficulties in financing their investments. The approach is three-pronged: increasing impact, improving credit, and leveraging digital transformation. 

Impact investing: impact investing is an investment strategy that seeks to generate synergies combining social, environmental and societal impact with a neutral financial return.

International Capital Market Association (ICMA): a global professional body and de facto regulator whose members include investment banks and securities dealers active on the international debt capital market.

Ipsos: French polling company founded in 1975 that also conducts opinion marketing research worldwide.

ISO 50001: ISO 50001, published on 15 June 2011 by the International Organization for Standardization, is the result of a collaboration between 61 countries. It aims to improve the energy performance of any organisation and its implementation is therefore a potential source of energy savings for companies.

LDDS: the Livret de développement durable et solidaire (sustainable development and solidarity savings account) is an instant-access interest-bearing savings account designed to finance small- and medium-sized enterprises, as well as the social and solidarity economy. Since 1 October 2020, LDDS accountholders have also had the option of making donations to one or more social and solidarity companies or non-profit associations.

Le Chaînon Manquant: French non-profit association that combats food waste by recovering good-quality unsold foodstuffs from catering establishments for redistribution to those in need.

LGBTI: an acronym for people who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or intersex. It encompasses all those who engage in anything other than solely heterosexual relations.

Line of Defence (LoD) 3: Internal audit.

Line of Defence (LoD) 2: Compliance checks and risk management.

Line of Defence (LoD) 1: Other business lines and support functions.

Livret A: an interest-bearing, instant-access savings passbook that is regulated, meaning that its terms – especially the cap and interest rate – are set by the public authorities. Part of the deposits in such accounts can be used to help finance social housing projects. The Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations pools 60% of all funds on Livret A accounts, using them to invest in projects in the public interest, such as building social housing and granting long-term loans to providers of social housing or to local authorities for infrastructure development, including building hospitals and transport infrastructure. The remaining 40% is managed by the banks and generates interest for savers.

LuxFLAG: the Luxembourg Finance Labelling Agency (LuxFLAG) is an independent and international non-profit association founded in July 2006. It aims to promote sustainable investments by awarding a transparent label to investment vehicles that are active in the fields of microfinance, the environment, ESG (environment, social, governance), climate finance and green bonds. LuxFLAG labels are designed to reassure investors that the investment vehicle in question genuinely pursues responsible investment of the assets it manages. There are no restrictions on eligibility for international investment vehicles based on issuing countries or where the vehicle is domiciled. LuxFLAG is guided by four core values: sustainability, transparency, independence and responsibility.

OMDF (Off-Grid Market Development Fund): a fund that aims to step up the rollout of sustainable electricity in Madagascar through the use of off-grid solar solutions.

PEA PME/ETI: a French share savings plan designed to finance SMEs/mid-caps. The PEA PME/ETI was created to encourage French-resident savers to invest in French SMEs and mid-caps, in return for certain tax benefits. Savers benefit from tax reductions on the capital gains they derive from these plans, subject to certain conditions (such as a minimum holding period).

Phenix: a French start-up founded in 2014 to offer companies a way to cut down on waste. Phenix collects their unsold goods (foodstuffs, toiletries, cleaning products, school supplies, etc.) and then either donates them to food banks and charities or sells them at cut-price rates through its mobile app.

Physical risk: refers to the financial impact of climate change, as a result of more frequent extreme weather events as well as progressive climate change. Physical risks can be either “acute” (impact of extreme weather events, such as storms and flooding) or chronic (impact of more progressive shifts, such as higher temperatures, rising sea levels and water stress). These physical risks may have financial implications for organisations, such as direct damage, supply shocks (affecting their own assets or else their supply chains, resulting in an indirect impact) or demand shocks (affecting downstream destination markets). An organisation’s financial performance may also be affected by changes in water availability, sourcing and quality, food security, or extreme temperature variations affecting its premises, operations, supply chains, transport needs and employee safety.

Positive impact note and Positive impact support note: Societe Generale has put together a range of positive impact notes that offer investors the opportunity to invest in a structured note with the additional benefit of promoting Positive Impact Finance. When a client invests in positive impact notes, Societe Generale intends to hold in its books an amount of Positive Impact Finance assets equivalent to 100% of the outstanding nominal amount of the note.

Positive-impact project: a project whose environmental or social impacts have been measured and evaluated prior to its launch to identify how it will contribute to positive change for society or the planet. Positive-impact projects can cover a range of fields: the environment, education, social issues, health, food, biodiversity, gender equality, etc.

Proxy advisor: a firm that provides advice and voting recommendations to shareholders (generally in relation to corporate governance). Institutional investors can delegate proxy advisors to vote their shares for them, thus giving them influence that issuers must take into account. Proxy advisors also contribute to the production of governance ratings.

RTE: RTE, acronym for Réseau de transport d'électricité, is the French grid operator responsible for the public high-voltage electricity transmission network in France.

Scope 1,2,3: the methodology established by GHG Protocol* for calculating a company's carbon footprint requires the accounting of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions. Scope 1 corresponds to the direct emissions of the facilities owned by the company, Scope 2 corresponds to the indirect greenhouse gas emissions related to the consumption of electricity, heat or imported steam, Scope 3 makes it possible to list all other indirect emissions (upstream and downstream) related to the company's activity. 

Serious game: the term refers to "a serious game", i.e. an activity combining a "serious" intention – of a pedagogical, informative, communicational, marketing type – with playful elements.

SFRD (Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation): The European Union's SFDR regulation imposes transparency rules on EU financial market participants and financial advisers with regard to the integration of sustainability risks and the consideration of adverse sustainability impacts in their investment and advisory processes.

Social Bond Principles (SBP): established by the International Capital Market Association (ICMA), these are a set of best practices for issuers of social bonds. They provide guidelines, recommend transparency and disclosure and promote integrity. The SBP are voluntary guidelines that seek to support issuers in financing socially sound and sustainable projects that achieve greater social benefits. SBP-aligned issuance should provide transparent social credentials alongside an investment opportunity. 

Social impact bond: financial bonds issued by the public sector to private operators on a pay-for-success basis to finance social projects.

Social impact Solutions:  enable the creation of financial solutions to unlock both public and private funds for clients' social projects which contribute to their transition to sustainable development and the SDGs. These solutions require the use of joint expertise on social and economic aspects, most often leading to the establishment of multi-sectoral social partnerships with non-governmental organisations and the public sector.

Social Loan Principles (SLP): a set of voluntary guidelines that aim to create a framework of best practices and strengthen transparency in the social loan market. They seek to provide a consistent methodology for use across the social loan market.

Speak-up culture: in human resources, this refers to a working environment where people feel welcome, included and free to express their views and opinions, confident in the knowledge that they will be heard and acknowledged.

SPI: Sustainable and Positive Investment for wealth and asset management activities, including the structuring of products aimed at institutional and individual investors.

SPIF: Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance involves financing clients’ credit institution, leasing and/or support activities with a view to boosting their positive impact.

SRI: the SRI (Socially Responsible Investment) label is a tool for choosing sustainable and responsible investments. Created and supported by the French Ministry of Finance, the label aims to raise the profile of SRI products for savers in France and Europe.

Sustainability-linked bond: any type of bond instrument for which the characteristics (especially the financial characteristics) can vary depending on whether the issuer achieves certain predefined environmental, social and/or governance objectives.

Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles (SLBP): a set of guidelines intended for use by market participants and designed to drive the provision of the information needed to increase capital allocation to sustainability-linked bonds. The SLBP are applicable to all types of issuers and financial capital market instruments.

Sustainability-linked derivative: with these derivatives whose features are contingent on the achievement of specified sustainability targets, Societe Generale strengthens its commitment to the sustainable transformation of its corporate clients. Sustainability-linked swaps can notably hedge Sustainability-linked loans* and bonds*.

Sustainability-linked loan: a credit facility granted with an interest rate that varies according to the borrower’s ESG performance. Also referred to as positive-impact loans.

Sustainable & positive impact bonds: Societe Generale has created a range of sustainable and positive impact bonds for its clients to invest in as part of a positive impact finance approach. Sustainable and positive impact bonds issued in accordance with the Societe Generale sustainable & positive impact bonds framework mainly contribute to the EU goal of combating climate change through the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) and contribute towards one or more of the UN Sustainable Development Goals. https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2020-11/sg-sustainable-and-positive-impact-bond-framework-june-2020.pdf

Sustainable bond: a form of debt securities, sustainable bonds are issued to finance one or more existing, progressing or new projects that are identified and classified as “sustainable”. Such bonds are intended for all investor classes. A project’s “sustainability” is defined by its positive contribution to a sustainable development goal (social or environmental).

Sustainable bond issue: with a sustainable bond issue, the entirety of the net proceeds from the issue go towards financing or refinancing environmental and social projects.

Too Good to Go: a mobile application that connects its users with bakeries, restaurants, supermarkets and other food professionals that offer unsold food at reduced prices.

Transition risk: refers to the risk of financial losses for an institution as a direct or indirect result of adjusting to a more environmentally sustainable low-carbon economy. Transitioning to a low-carbon economy to meet the challenges of mitigating and adapting to climate change can involve major political, legal, technological and market changes. The exact nature and direction of these changes, as well as how fast they occur, will affect the extent of the financial and reputational risk elements making up transition risks. Although the TCFD’s recommendations do not specifically mention it, the Group also includes within transition risk the liability risk arising from possible compensation claims from parties having sustained losses as a result of physical or transition risks.

Truspair: The fintech Trustpair is a next-generation third-party risk management platform that specializes in the prevention of wire transfer fraud. Trustpair supports Finance Departments in the digitization of their third-party control processes to improve security and performance.

WWF: the World Wildlife Fund is an international non-governmental organisation (INGO) established in 1961, dedicated to environmental protection and sustainable development. It is one of the world’s largest environmental INGOs with more than six million supporters worldwide, working in more than 100 countries and supporting some 1,300 environmental projects.

Glossary of main technical terms

Acronym table

Acronym

Definition

Glossary

ABS

Asset-Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CDS

Credit Default Swap

See: Securitisation

CDO

Collateralised Debt Obligation

See: Securitisation

CLO

Collateralised Loan Obligation

See: Securitisation

CMBS

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CRD

Capital Requirement Directive

 

CVaR

Credit Value at Risk

 

EAD

Exposure at default

 

EL

Expected Loss

 

ESG

Environment, Social and Governance

 

G-SIB

Global Systemically Important Banks

See: SIFI

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

LGD

Loss Given Default

 

NSFR

Net Stable Funding Ratio

 

PD

Probability of Default

 

RMBS

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

RWA

Risk Weighted Assets

 

SVaR

Stressed Value at Risk

 

VaR

Value at Risk

 

Asset Backed Securities (ABS): see securitisation.

Basel 1 (Accords): prudential framework established in 1988 by the Basel Committee to ensure solvency and stability in the international banking system by setting an international minimum and standardised limit on banks’ capital bases. It notably establishes a minimum capital ratio – as a proportion of the total risks taken on by banks – of 8% (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 2 (Accords): prudential framework used to better assess and limit banks’ risks. It is focused on banks’ credit, market and operational risks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 3 (Accords): changes to prudential banking standards that supplement the Basel 2 accords by improving the quality and quantity of banks’ required capital. They also implement minimum requirements in terms of liquidity risk management (quantitative ratios), define measures to limit the financial system’s procyclicality (capital buffers that vary according to the economic cycle) and strengthen requirements related to systemically significant banks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012). The Basel 3 Accords are implemented in Europe under Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation 575/2013 (“CRR”), which have been in force since 1 January 2014.

Bond: a bond is a fraction of a loan, issued in the form of a security, which is tradable and – in a given issue – grants a receivable over the issuer according to the issue’s nominal value (the issuer being a company, public sector entity or government).

Cash Generating Unit (CGU): the smallest identifiable set of assets which generates incoming cash flow that is generally independent from the incoming cash flow generated by other assets or sets of assets in accordance with the IAS 36 accounting standard. “In accordance with IFRS standards, a company must determine the largest number of cash generating units (CGU) which make it up; these CGU should be generally independent in terms of operations and the company must allocate assets to each of these CGU. Impairment testing must be conducted at the CGU level periodically (if there are reasons to believe that their value has dropped) or annually (if they include goodwill).” (Source: Les Echos.fr, quoting Vernimmen).

Collateral: transferable asset or guarantee used as a pledge for the repayment of a loan in the event that the borrower cannot meet its payment obligations (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO): see securitisation.

Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO): see securitisation.

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS): see securitisation.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: includes principally share capital, associated share premiums and reserves, less prudential deductions.

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Common Equity Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to CRD4/CRR rules. Common Equity Tier 1 capital has a more restrictive definition than in the earlier CRD3 Directive (Basel 2).

Comprehensive Risk Measurement (CRM): capital charge in addition to Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) for the credit activities correlation portfolio which accounts for specific price risks (spread, correlation, collection, etc.). The CRM is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Core Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Core Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to Basel 2 rules and their changes known as Basel 2.5.

Cost-to-income ratio: ratio indicating the share of net banking income (NBI) used to cover the company’s operating costs. It is determined by dividing management fees by the NBI.

Cost of risk in basis points: the cost of risk in basis points is calculated using the ratio of the net cost of commercial risk to loan outstandings at the start of the period. Net cost of risk corresponds to the cost of risk calculated for on- and off-balance sheet exposures, i.e. Depreciation and reversals (used or not used) + Losses on unrecoverable receivables - Recovery of impaired debts. Provisions and reversals of provisions for litigation issues are excluded from this calculation.

CRD3: European Directive on capital requirements, incorporating the provisions known as Basel 2 and 2.5, notably in respect of market risk: improvement in the incorporation of the risk of default or rating migration for assets in the trading book (tranched and untranched assets), and reduction in the procyclicality of Value at Risk (see definition).

CRD4/CRR (Capital Requirement Regulation): Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (“CRR”) constitute the corpus of the texts transposing Basel 3 in Europe. They therefore define the European regulations relating to the solvency ratio, large exposures, leverage and liquidity ratios, and are supplemented by the European Banking Authority’s (“EBA”) technical standards.

Credit and counterparty risk: risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. Credit risk also includes the counterparty risk linked to market transactions, as well as that stemming from securitisation activities.

Credit Default Swaps (CDS): insurance mechanism against credit risk in the form of a bilateral financial contract, in which the protection buyer periodically pays the seller in return for a guarantee to compensate the buyer for losses on reference assets (government, bank or corporate bonds) if a credit event occurs (bankruptcy, payment default, moratorium, restructuring) (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Credit Value at Risk (CVaR): the largest loss that would be incurred after eliminating the top 1% of the most adverse occurrences, used to set the risk limits for individual counterparties.

Derivative: a financial asset or financial contract, the value of which changes based on the value of an underlying asset, which may be financial (equities, bonds, currencies, etc.) or non-financial (agricultural or other commodities, etc.). Depending on the circumstances, this change may be accompanied by a leverage effect. Derivatives can take the form of securities (warrants, certificates, structured EMTNs, etc.) or contracts (forwards, options, swaps, etc.). Listed derivative contracts are called Futures.

Doubtful loan coverage rate: ratio between portfolio provision and depreciation and doubtful outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Expected Loss (EL): losses that may occur given the quality of a transaction’s structuring and all measures taken to reduce risk, such as collateral.

Exposure at default (EAD): exposure in case of default, exposure incurred by the financial institution in the event of default of a counterparty. The EAD includes both balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures. Off-balance sheet exposures are converted to their balance sheet equivalent using internal or regulatory conversion factors (drawdown assumption).

Fair value: the amount for which an asset could be exchanged or a liability settled, between informed and consenting parties under normal market conditions.

Government-backed loans (PGE): In light of the Covid-19 pandemic, the French State set up an emergency financing scheme to help debtors manage their cash requirements for an amount capped at 25% of their revenue and with an initial bullet redemption phase over 12 months. At the end of this initial phase, the client may opt for a redemption period of up to five years. Ninety percent of the loan amount for professional and VSB clients is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a 0.25% commission to the French Public Investment Bank (BPI). For corporate clients, 70% to 90% of the loan amount is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a commission of between 0.25% and 0.50% paid to the French government and collected by the French Public Investment Bank (BPI) depending on the revenue bracket.

Gross rate of doubtful outstandings: the ratio between doubtful outstandings and gross book loan outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Haircut: percentage by which the market value of securities is reduced to reflect their value in the context of stress (counterparty or market stress risk). The extent of the reduction reflects the perceived risk.

Impairment: recording of probable loss on an asset (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Incremental Risk Charge (IRC): capital cost incurred due to rating migration risk and risk of issuers’ default within a one-year horizon for trading book debt instruments (bonds and CDS). The IRC is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Insurance risk: beyond asset/liability risk management (interest-rate, valuation, counterparty and currency risk), insurance risk includes underwriting risk, mortality risk and structural risk of life and non-life insurance activities, including pandemics, accidents and catastrophic events (such as earthquakes, hurricanes, industrial disasters, or acts of terrorism or war).

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP): process outlined in Pillar 2 of the Basel Accord, by which the Group verifies its capital adequacy with regard to all risks incurred. Investment grade: long-term rating provided by an external ratings agency, ranging from AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3 for a counterparty or underlying issue. A rating of BB+/Ba1 or lower indicates a Non-Investment Grade instrument.

Leverage ratio: the leverage ratio is intended to be a simple ratio developed with a view to limiting the size of banks’ balance sheets. The leverage ratio compares the Tier 1 capital with the accounting balance sheet/off-balance sheet, after restatements of certain items. A new definition of leverage ratio has been implemented in accordance with the application of the CRR.

Liquidity: for a bank, the capacity to cover its short-term maturities. For an asset, this term indicates the potential to purchase or sell it quickly on the market, with a limited discount (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR): this ratio is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile. The LCR requires banks to hold risk-free assets that may be easily liquidated on markets in order to meet required payments for outflows net of inflows during a thirty-day crisis period without central bank support (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Loss Given Default (LGD): ratio between the loss incurred from exposure to default by a counterparty and the amount of the exposure at the time of default.

Market risk: risk of decline in the value of financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and correlations between them. These parameters include but are not limited to exchange rates, interest rates, and the price of securities (equity, bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets, including real estate.

Market stress tests: to assess market risks, alongside the internal VaR and SVaR model, the Group monitors its exposure using market stress test simulations to take into account exceptional market occurrences, based on 26 historical scenarios and eight hypothetical scenarios.

Mezzanine: form of financing between equity and debt. In terms of ranking, mezzanine debt is subordinate to senior debt, but it is still above equity.

Minimum requirement of own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL): the EU Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD) requires compliance with a minimum ratio of “bail-inable” debt (i.e. debt that can be used in the event of the bank’s resolution). The MREL requirement is determined on a case-by-case basis for each bank.

Monoline insurer: insurance company participating in a credit enhancement transaction and which guarantees bond issues (for example, a securitisation transaction), in order to improve the issue’s credit rating.

Net earnings per share: net earnings of the company (adjusted for hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments) divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding.

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR): this ratio aims to promote resilience over a longer time horizon by creating additional incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding. This structural ratio has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Netting agreement: a contract in which two parties to a forward financial instrument, securities lending or resale contract agree to offset reciprocal claims arising from these contracts, with the settlement of these claims based only on the net balance, especially in the event of default or termination. A master netting agreement enables this mechanism to be extended to different kinds of transactions, subject to various framework agreements under a master agreement.

Operational risk (including accounting and environmental risk): risk of losses or sanctions, notably due to failures in procedures and internal systems, human error or external events, etc.

Own shares: shares held by the company, especially as part of the Share Buyback programme. Own shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share, with the exception of shares held as part of a liquidity contract.

Personal commitment: represented by a deposit, autonomous guarantee or letter of intent. Whoever makes themselves guarantor for an obligation binds themselves to the creditor to honour that obligation, if the debtor does not honour it themselves. An independent guarantee is an undertaking by which the guarantor binds himself, in consideration of a debt subscribed by a third party, to pay a sum either on first demand or subject to terms agreed upon. A letter of intent is an undertaking to do or not to do, the purpose of which is the support provided to a debtor in honouring their obligation.

Physical collateral: guarantees consisting of assets including tangible and intangible property and securities, including commodities, precious metals, cash, financial instruments and insurance contracts.

Prime Brokerage: a bundled package of services dedicated to hedge funds to facilitate and improve their activities. In addition to performing standard brokerage transactions on financial markets (buying and selling on the customer’s behalf), the prime broker offers securities lending and borrowing services and financing services specifically suited to hedge funds.

Probability of Default (PD): likelihood that a counterparty of the bank will default within one year.

Rating: assessment by a ratings agency (Moody’s, Fitch Ratings, Standard & Poor’s) of the financial solvency risk of an issuer (company, government or other public institution) or of a given transaction (bond loan, securitisation, covered bond). The rating has a direct impact on the cost of raising capital (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Resecuritisation: securitisation of an already securitised exposure where the risk associated with underlyings is divided into tranches and, therefore, at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitised exposure.

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS): see securitisation.

Return On Equity (ROE): ratio between the net income restated for interest on hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments and restated book equity (especially hybrid securities), which enables return on capital to be measured.

Risk appetite: level of risk, by type and by business line, that the Group is prepared to take on with regard to its strategic objectives. Risk appetite is derived using both quantitative and qualitative criteria. The Risk Appetite exercise is one of the strategic steering tools available to the Group’s decision-making bodies.

Risk weight: percentage of weighting of exposures which is applied to a particular exposure in order to determine the related risk-weighted asset.

Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA): value of a bank’s assets or exposures, weighted according to risk.

Securitisation: transaction that transfers a credit risk (loan outstandings) to an organisation that issues, for this purpose, tradable securities to which investors subscribe. This transaction may involve a transfer of outstandings (physical securitisation) or a transfer of risk only (credit derivatives). Securitisation transactions may, if applicable, enable securities subordination (tranches).

The following products are considered securitisations:

ABS: Asset Backed Securities.

CDO: Collateralised Debt Obligation, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio (bank loans (residential) or corporate bonds). Interest and principal payments may be subordinated (tranche creation).

CLO: Collateralised Loan Obligation, a CDO backed by an asset portfolio of bank loans.

CMBS: Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of corporate real estate loans leading to a mortgage.

RMBS: Residential Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of residential mortgage loans.

Share: equity stake issued by a company in the form of shares, representing a share of ownership and granting its holder (shareholder) the right to a proportional share in any distribution of profits or net assets as well as a right to vote in a General Meeting of Shareholders.

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR): identical to the VaR approach, the calculation method consists of a “historical simulation” with “one-day” shocks and a 99% confidence interval. Unlike the VaR, which uses 260 scenarios of daily variation year-on-year, the stressed VaR uses a fixed one-year window that corresponds to a historical period of significant financial tensions.

Structural interest rate and currency risk: risk of loss or of write-downs in the Group’s assets arising from variations in interest or exchange rates. Structural interest rate and exchange rate risks are incurred in commercial activities and proprietary transactions.

Structured issue or structured product: a financial instrument combining a bond product and an instrument (an option for example) providing exposure to all types of asset (equities, currencies, interest rates, commodities). Instruments can include a total or partial guarantee in respect of the invested capital. The term “structured product” or “structured issue” also refers to securities resulting from securitisation transactions, where holders are subject to a ranking hierarchy.

Systemically Important Financial Institution (SIFI): the Financial Stability Board (FSB) coordinates all of the measures to reduce moral hazard and risks to the global financial system posed by Globally Systemically Important Financial Institutions (G-SIFI). These banks meet criteria defined in the Basel Committee rules included in the document titled “Global Systemically Important Banks: Assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement” and published as a list in November 2011. This list is updated by the FSB each November. Banks classified as G-SIBs are subject to increasingly strict capital requirements.

Tier 1 capital: comprises Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital. The latter corresponds to perpetual debt instruments, with no incentive to redeem, less prudential deductions.

Tier 2 capital: supplementary capital consisting mainly of subordinated notes less prudential deductions.

Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total capital ratio or Solvency ratio: ratio between total (Tier 1 and Tier 2) capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC): on 10 November 2014, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) published for public consultation a term sheet proposing a “Pillar 1” type requirement regarding loss-absorbing capacity in the event of resolution. This new requirement only applies to G-SIBs (Global Systemically Important Banks). It is a ratio of liabilities considered to be “bail-inable” in the event of resolution and calculated with respect to weighted risks or the leverage ratio denominator (Source: Revue de l’ACPR, No. 25).

Transformation risk: appears as soon as assets are financed through resources with a different maturity. Due to their traditional activity of transforming resources with a short maturity into longer-term maturities, banks are naturally faced with transformation risk which itself leads to liquidity and interest-rate risk. Transformation occurs when assets have a longer maturity than liabilities; anti-transformation occurs when assets are financed through longer-maturity resources.

Treasury shares: shares held by a company in its own equity through one or several intermediary companies in which it holds a controlling share either directly or indirectly. Treasury shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share.

Value at Risk (VaR): composite indicator used to monitor the Group’s daily market risk exposure, notably for its trading activities (99% VaR in accordance with the internal regulatory model). It corresponds to the greatest risk calculated after eliminating the top 1% of most unfavourable occurrences observed over a one-year period. Within the framework described above, it corresponds to the average of the second and third largest losses computed.